Index Page Replies to Initial Written Questions Raised by Finance

Index Page

Replies to initial written questions raised by Finance Committee Members in examining the Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17

Director of Bureau : Secretary for Development Session No. : 16 File Name :DEVB(PL)-1-e1.docx

Reply Serial Question No. Serial No. Name of Member Head Programme DEVB(PL)001 0707 James TO Kun-sun 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)002 0708 James TO Kun-sun 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)003 0709 James TO Kun-sun 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Office DEVB(PL)004 3063 James TO Kun-sun 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)005 0752 CHAN Kam-lam 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)006 2118 LEUNG Yiu-chung 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)007 2119 LEUNG Yiu-chung 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)008 0452 Abraham SHEK 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Lai-him Planning DEVB(PL)009 0476 Abraham SHEK 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Lai-him Planning DEVB(PL)010 2455 Abraham SHEK 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Lai-him Planning DEVB(PL)011 3079 Frederick FUNG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kin-kee Planning DEVB(PL)012 3080 Frederick FUNG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kin-kee Planning DEVB(PL)013 1272 Cyd HO Sau-lan 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)014 1282 Cyd HO Sau-lan 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)015 0936 Starry LEE 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Wai-king Planning DEVB(PL)016 0946 Starry LEE 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Wai-king Planning DEVB(PL)017 0980 LAM Tai-fai 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)018 0661 Priscilla LEUNG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Mei-fun Planning DEVB(PL)019 0663 Priscilla LEUNG 138 Mei-fun Reply Serial Question No. Serial No. Name of Member Head Programme DEVB(PL)020 0664 Priscilla LEUNG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Mei-fun Planning DEVB(PL)021 1134 CHEUNG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kwok-che Planning DEVB(PL)022 2796 Regina IP LAU 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Suk-yee Office DEVB(PL)023 2800 Regina IP LAU 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Suk-yee Planning DEVB(PL)024 2801 Regina IP LAU 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Suk-yee Planning DEVB(PL)025 1156 Alan LEONG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kah-kit Planning DEVB(PL)026 1572 Alan LEONG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kah-kit Planning DEVB(PL)027 1574 Alan LEONG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kah-kit Planning DEVB(PL)028 1575 Alan LEONG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kah-kit Planning DEVB(PL)029 3201 Alan LEONG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Kah-kit Planning DEVB(PL)030 1100 Albert CHAN 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Wai-yip Office DEVB(PL)031 1884 WONG Yuk-man 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Office DEVB(PL)032 2383 Michael TIEN 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Puk-sun Planning DEVB(PL)033 3288 Michael TIEN 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Puk-sun Planning DEVB(PL)034 2385 James TIEN 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Pei-chun Planning DEVB(PL)035 1495 NG Leung-sing 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)036 1496 NG Leung-sing 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)037 2633 WU Chi-wai 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)038 2634 WU Chi-wai 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)039 2906 WU Chi-wai 138 DEVB(PL)040 1678 Charles Peter MOK 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)041 3232 Charles Peter MOK 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)042 1850 CHAN Chi-chuen 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning Reply Serial Question No. Serial No. Name of Member Head Programme DEVB(PL)043 2335 CHAN Chi-chuen 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Office DEVB(PL)044 2342 CHAN Chi-chuen 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)045 1815 CHAN Han-pan 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)046 0125 Kenneth CHAN 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Ka-lok Office DEVB(PL)047 0126 Kenneth CHAN 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Ka-lok Planning DEVB(PL)048 0166 Kenneth CHAN 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Ka-lok Office DEVB(PL)049 1350 LEUNG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Che-cheung Planning DEVB(PL)050 1918 Kenneth LEUNG 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)051 2726 Kenneth LEUNG 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Office DEVB(PL)052 2014 KWOK Ka-ki 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Office DEVB(PL)053 2035 KWOK Ka-ki 138 (1) Director of Bureau's Office DEVB(PL)054 2867 Fernando 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and CHEUNG Planning Chiu-hung DEVB(PL)055 2213 SIN Chung-kai 138 (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning DEVB(PL)056 0677 James TO Kun-sun 82 DEVB(PL)057 0711 James TO Kun-sun 82 DEVB(PL)058 0712 James TO Kun-sun 82 DEVB(PL)059 0842 TAM Yiu-chung 82 DEVB(PL)060 0843 TAM Yiu-chung 82 DEVB(PL)061 0844 TAM Yiu-chung 82 DEVB(PL)062 0845 TAM Yiu-chung 82 DEVB(PL)063 0846 TAM Yiu-chung 82 DEVB(PL)064 0847 TAM Yiu-chung 82 DEVB(PL)065 0848 TAM Yiu-chung 82 DEVB(PL)066 0458 Abraham SHEK 82 Lai-him DEVB(PL)067 0308 WONG Kwok-hing 82 DEVB(PL)068 0584 Joseph LEE 82 Kok-long DEVB(PL)069 0585 Joseph LEE 82 Kok-long DEVB(PL)070 0941 Starry LEE 82 Wai-king Reply Serial Question No. Serial No. Name of Member Head Programme DEVB(PL)071 1000 CHAN Hak-kan 82 DEVB(PL)072 1001 CHAN Hak-kan 82 DEVB(PL)073 1002 CHAN Hak-kan 82 DEVB(PL)074 1003 CHAN Hak-kan 82 DEVB(PL)075 0410 Priscilla LEUNG 82 Mei-fun DEVB(PL)076 1055 Paul TSE Wai-chun 82 DEVB(PL)077 1056 Paul TSE Wai-chun 82 DEVB(PL)078 1057 Paul TSE Wai-chun 82 DEVB(PL)079 1058 Paul TSE Wai-chun 82 DEVB(PL)080 1059 Paul TSE Wai-chun 82 DEVB(PL)081 1060 Paul TSE Wai-chun 82 DEVB(PL)082 1814 James TIEN 82 Pei-chun DEVB(PL)083 2384 James TIEN 82 Pei-chun DEVB(PL)084 2386 James TIEN 82 Pei-chun DEVB(PL)085 2611 WU Chi-wai 82 DEVB(PL)086 2612 WU Chi-wai 82 DEVB(PL)087 1859 CHAN Chi-chuen 82 DEVB(PL)088 2529 Alice MAK 82 Mei-kuen DEVB(PL)089 3130 Alice MAK 82 Mei-kuen DEVB(PL)090 2359 POON Siu-ping 82 DEVB(PL)091 1288 Tony TSE 82 Wai-chuen DEVB(PL)092 1289 Tony TSE 82 Wai-chuen DEVB(PL)093 0713 James TO Kun-sun 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)094 0715 James TO Kun-sun 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)095 3061 James TO Kun-sun 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)096 3062 James TO Kun-sun 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)097 0750 CHAN Kam-lam 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)098 0158 LAU Wong-fat 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)099 0449 Abraham SHEK 91 (1) Land Administration Lai-him DEVB(PL)100 2485 Jeffrey LAM 91 (1) Land Administration Kin-fung DEVB(PL)101 0994 CHAN Hak-kan 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)102 0995 CHAN Hak-kan 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)103 0996 CHAN Hak-kan 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)104 0997 CHAN Hak-kan 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)105 1038 CHAN Hak-kan 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)106 0096 IP Kwok-him 91 (1) Land Administration Reply Serial Question No. Serial No. Name of Member Head Programme DEVB(PL)107 2187 LEUNG 91 (1) Land Administration Kwok-hung DEVB(PL)108 1783 James TIEN 91 (3) Legal Advice Pei-chun DEVB(PL)109 1784 James TIEN 91 (1) Land Administration Pei-chun DEVB(PL)110 3220 Steven HO 91 (1) Land Administration Chun-yin DEVB(PL)111 2020 Frankie YICK 91 (1) Land Administration Chi-ming DEVB(PL)112 2610 WU Chi-wai 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)113 2615 WU Chi-wai 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)114 2616 WU Chi-wai 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)115 2617 WU Chi-wai 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)116 2618 WU Chi-wai 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)117 0163 Kenneth CHAN 91 (1) Land Administration Ka-lok DEVB(PL)118 1357 LEUNG 91 (1) Land Administration Che-cheung DEVB(PL)119 2199 LEUNG 91 (1) Land Administration Che-cheung DEVB(PL)120 0431 Dennis KWOK 91 (1) Land Administration DEVB(PL)121 2848 Fernando 91 (1) Land Administration CHEUNG Chiu-hung DEVB(PL)122 3254 Fernando 91 (1) Land Administration CHEUNG Chiu-hung DEVB(PL)123 3255 Fernando 91 (1) Land Administration CHEUNG Chiu-hung DEVB(PL)124 3256 Fernando 91 (1) Land Administration CHEUNG Chiu-hung DEVB(PL)125 3270 Martin LIAO 91 (1) Land Administration Cheung-kong DEVB(PL)126 1738 POON Siu-ping 91 DEVB(PL)127 1298 Tony TSE 91 (2) Survey and Mapping Wai-chuen DEVB(PL)128 2230 Tony TSE 91 (2) Survey and Mapping Wai-chuen DEVB(PL)129 1160 Albert HO 118 (2) District Planning Chun-yan DEVB(PL)130 0716 James TO Kun-sun 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)131 3156 James TO Kun-sun 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)132 0448 Abraham SHEK 118 (2) District Planning Reply Serial Question No. Serial No. Name of Member Head Programme Lai-him DEVB(PL)133 0453 Abraham SHEK 118 (2) District Planning Lai-him DEVB(PL)134 3282 Abraham SHEK 118 (2) District Planning Lai-him DEVB(PL)135 0893 Vincent FANG 118 (1) Territorial Planning Kang DEVB(PL)136 2008 WONG Kwok-hing 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)137 0283 Jeffrey LAM 118 (1) Territorial Planning Kin-fung (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)138 2984 WONG Kwok-kin 118 (1) Territorial Planning (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)139 0092 IP Kwok-him 118 (1) Territorial Planning DEVB(PL)140 0098 IP Kwok-him 118 (3) Town Planning Information Services DEVB(PL)141 0108 IP Kwok-him 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)142 2177 LEUNG 118 Kwok-hung DEVB(PL)143 2186 LEUNG 118 (2) District Planning Kwok-hung DEVB(PL)144 1526 Albert CHAN 118 (2) District Planning Wai-yip DEVB(PL)145 2563 Albert CHAN 118 (1) Territorial Planning Wai-yip DEVB(PL)146 2605 WU Chi-wai 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)147 2606 WU Chi-wai 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)148 2607 WU Chi-wai 118 (1) Territorial Planning DEVB(PL)149 2608 WU Chi-wai 118 (1) Territorial Planning DEVB(PL)150 2609 WU Chi-wai 118 (1) Territorial Planning DEVB(PL)151 2619 WU Chi-wai 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)152 2620 WU Chi-wai 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)153 2907 WU Chi-wai 118 (1) Territorial Planning DEVB(PL)154 1544 YIU Si-wing 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)155 1619 MA Fung-kwok 118 (3) Town Planning Information Services DEVB(PL)156 0130 Kenneth CHAN 118 (2) District Planning Ka-lok DEVB(PL)157 0164 Kenneth CHAN 118 (2) District Planning Ka-lok DEVB(PL)158 0165 Kenneth CHAN 118 (2) District Planning Ka-lok DEVB(PL)159 3039 CHAN Yuen-han 118 (1) Territorial Planning DEVB(PL)160 2197 LEUNG 118 (1) Territorial Planning Che-cheung DEVB(PL)161 2198 LEUNG 118 (2) District Planning Che-cheung Reply Serial Question No. Serial No. Name of Member Head Programme DEVB(PL)162 2717 LO Wai-kwok 118 (2) District Planning DEVB(PL)163 2718 LO Wai-kwok 118 (1) Territorial Planning DEVB(PL)164 1285 Tony TSE 118 (2) District Planning Wai-chuen DEVB(PL)165 1286 Tony TSE 118 (1) Territorial Planning Wai-chuen DEVB(PL)166 1302 Tony TSE 118 (2) District Planning Wai-chuen DEVB(PL)167 0696 James TO Kun-sun 33 (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure DEVB(PL)168 0710 James TO Kun-sun 33 (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure DEVB(PL)169 0717 James TO Kun-sun 33 (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure DEVB(PL)170 0208 Abraham SHEK 33 (3) Provision of Land and Lai-him Infrastructure DEVB(PL)171 0209 Abraham SHEK 33 (3) Provision of Land and Lai-him Infrastructure DEVB(PL)172 0896 Vincent FANG 33 (3) Provision of Land and Kang Infrastructure DEVB(PL)173 3283 Regina IP LAU 33 (3) Provision of Land and Suk-yee Infrastructure DEVB(PL)174 2390 James TIEN 33 (3) Provision of Land and Pei-chun Infrastructure DEVB(PL)175 2391 James TIEN 33 (3) Provision of Land and Pei-chun Infrastructure DEVB(PL)176 2401 Steven HO 33 (3) Provision of Land and Chun-yin Infrastructure DEVB(PL)177 2639 WU Chi-wai 33 (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure DEVB(PL)178 1586 MA Fung-kwok 33 (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure DEVB(PL)179 1351 LEUNG 33 (3) Provision of Land and Che-cheung Infrastructure DEVB(PL)180 2194 LEUNG 33 (3) Provision of Land and Che-cheung Infrastructure DEVB(PL)181 2212 SIN Chung-kai 33 (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure DEVB(PL)182 2439 Elizabeth QUAT 33 (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure DEVB(PL)183 1144 Alan LEONG 42 (2) Mechanical Installations Kah-kit Safety DEVB(PL)184 1205 LEE Cheuk-yan 100

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)001 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0707)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please provide information on the locations of the existing property developments of the MTRCL and the number of flats provided; the number of MTRCL projects planned to be taken forward, their locations, the number of flats that could be produced and the date of flat supply to the market.

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 36)

Reply:

There are two types of railway property development projects: (a) West Rail property development projects – which the MTR Corporation Limited (MTRCL) implements as the agent of the West Rail Property Development Limited; and (b) MTRCL’s own property development projects. Information on the latter is set out below -

Projects tendered but not yet completed

Estimated Flat Number Project Remarks (About) Tseung Kwan O Area 86 Package 4 2 200 Tendered in 2013-14 Tai Wai Station 2 900 Tendered in 2014-15 Tseung Kwan O Area 86 Package 5 1 600 Tendered in 2014-15 Tseung Kwan O Area 86 Package 6 2 400 Tendered in 2014-15 Tin Shui Wai Light Rail Terminus 1 500 Tendered in 2014-15 Tseung Kwan O Area 86 Package 7 1 250 Tendered in 2015-16 Tseung Kwan O Area 86 Package 8 1 430 Tendered in 2015-16 Tseung Kwan O Area 86 Package 9 1 780 Tendered in 2015-16 Tseung Kwan O Area 86 Package 10 1 170 Tendered in 2015-16

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 1

- 2 -

Projects under planning

Estimated Flat Project Remarks Number (About) Tseung Kwan O Area 86 5 670 Planned for tendering Remaining Packages from 2016-17 onwards Wong Chuk Hang Station 4 700 Planned for tendering from 2016-17 onwards Homantin Station 1 400 Planned for tendering from 2016-17 onwards

More information on the MTRCL’s property developments is available on its website: https://www.mtr.com.hk/en/corporate/properties/prop_dev_index.html.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 2

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)002 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0708)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please set out in a table form the number of sites sold through the Land Sale Programme and the estimated number of residential units that could be produced in each of the past ten years. Please also set out in a table form the number of sites for sale in each of the next five years, and the number of housing units which could be produced through land sale.

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 37)

Reply:

The number of government sites sold for private housing development and the number of flats that could be produced, as estimated at the time of sale, from 2006 to 2015 are set out in the table below. The actual number of flats to be produced is subject to actual design by developers.

Year Number of government sites Estimated flat number 2006 5 1 800 2007 12 5 900 2008 1 1 2009 3 1 500 2010 11 5 800 2011 21 6 700 2012 22 6 500 2013 27 8 800 2014 29 12 200 2015 17 7 600

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 3

- 2 -

It is the Government’s established practice to announce at the beginning of a year the annual Land Sale Programme of the subsequent financial year. For the 2016-17 Land Sale Programme announced on 25 February 2016, there are 29 residential sites with an estimated capacity to provide about 19 200 flats. The Government will follow the established practice in announcing the annual Land Sale Programme in upcoming years.

In addition to government land sale, other private housing land supply sources include railway property development projects, Urban Renewal Authority’s projects, and private development/redevelopment projects. The government sites to be put up for sale in the coming five years will depend on the supply situation from those other sources, the housing supply target set by the Long Term Housing Strategy, and market conditions, etc. Therefore, the number of government sites to be put up for sale and the number of flats that could be produced through land sale in the coming five years cannot be ascertained at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 4

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)003 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0709)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please advise on the Development Bureau’s estimated expenditure on salaries for the Secretary, the Under Secretary and the Political Assistant in 2015-16.

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 38)

Reply: The provisions for the salary in respect of the positions of Secretary for Development (SDEV), Under Secretary for Development and Political Assistant to SDEV included in the revised estimates for 2015-16 are $3.58 million, $2.68 million and $1.25 million respectively.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 5

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)004 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3063)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding urban renewal matters, please inform this Committee of the following:

1. Details of the work on overseeing the Urban Renewal Authority’s (URA) Demand-led Redevelopment Project in 2015-16;

2. In 2016-17 and 2017-18, will the Bureau work with URA to review the way forward for or conduct public consultations on the Urban Renewal Strategy (URS)? If yes, what are the details?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 68)

Reply:

1. The Demand-led Redevelopment Project (Pilot Scheme), which was launched in July 2011, is one of the key initiatives under the revised Urban Renewal Strategy promulgated in February 2011 (the 2011 URS).

To date, four rounds of application have been invited under the Pilot Scheme and 11 projects have commenced, of which two have been terminated due to the failure to meet the 80% owners’ acceptance threshold by the specified deadline. The fifth round of application is being invited and the deadline for submitting applications is 18 May 2016.

2. The 2011 URS was drawn up after a two-year review with an extensive public engagement to build consensus. As the initiatives under the 2011 URS have been implemented for only several years and the new initiatives introduced under the 2011 URS (such as the Demand-led Redevelopment Project (Pilot Scheme) and the Facilitation Services (Pilot Scheme)) are yet to be fully tested, we have no plan to conduct another URS review. - End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 6

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)005 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0752)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

How many appeals were lodged against warning notices or removal orders in respect of unauthorised building works last year? What is the average time taken in processing each case? How many cases are pending final determination? What are the reasons for that?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Kam-lam (Member Question No. 47)

Reply:

In 2015, a total of 355 valid appeals were lodged with the Appeal Tribunal established under the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123) against orders and notices issued by the Building Authority in respect of unauthorised building works (UBWs).

As at 31 December 2015, 113 of the 355 valid appeals relating to UBWs had been dealt with (i.e. allowed or dismissed after a hearing; withdrawn by the appellant before the hearing; or dismissed without a hearing upon the appellant’s failure to submit the required statement of particulars within the statutory timeframe). The average time for the appeals to reach their conclusion was 124 days. The remaining 242 appeals were at various stages of the proceedings, such as pending the parties’ submission of appeal documents, the Tribunal’s consideration of pre-hearing interlocutory applications and directions, the Tribunal’s preparation of written determination, and the parties’ settlement on the quantum of costs awarded.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 7

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)006 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2118)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the consultancy studies commissioned by the Development Bureau and the departments under its purview for the purpose of formulating and assessing policies, please provide information about the studies in the following format. a) Please provide details of the public policy studies and strategic public policy studies commissioned with funds allocated from 2012-13 to 2015-16.

Name of Mode of Title, content, Start Progress of The For completed consultant award objective and date study (under Administration’s studies, have they consultancy planning/ follow-ups to the been made fee ($) of In progress/ study report and public? If yes, project completed their progress (if through what (completion any) channels? If no, month and why? year)) b) Regarding the consultancy studies commissioned by the Development Bureau and the departments under its purview for the purpose of formulating and assessing policies, are there any such projects for which funds have been reserved in 2016-17? If yes, what are the details?

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 56)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 8

- 2 -

Reply: The consultancy studies commissioned by the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) and its departments for the purpose of formulating and assessing policies are as follows – a) Information on the public policy studies and strategic public policy studies commissioned with funds allocated from 2012-13 to 2015-16 is set out in the table below:

For Progress of completed study (under The studies, have planning/ Mode Administration’s they been in progress/ Name of of Title, content and Consultancy Start follow-ups to the made completed consultant award objective of project fees ($) Date study report and public? If (completion their progress yes, through month and (if any) what year)) channels? If

no, why?

GHK (Hong Tender Business Viability 2012-13 January Completed Findings of the The executive Kong) Ltd. Study for 71,210 2011 (August 2012) study were summary has Development of presented and been uploaded Site 4 and possibly discussed at the onto the Site 7 in the New Harbourfront website of Central Commission and Development Harbourfront its respective Task Bureau Force for (DEVB). The study is for deliberation on the determining the way forward for business viability the development of and recommending Site 4 and Site 7. a public-private collaboration model for development of Site 4 and possibly Site 7 in the New Central Harbourfront.

Versitech Tender Consultancy 2012-13 March Completed Following up on The working Limited, Review on the Pilot 180,000 2013 (October the paper and Hong Kong Mediation Scheme 2014) recommendations final report of University in Support of 2013-14 in the consultancy the Property Owners 45,000 report, we wound consultancy Affected by down the Pilot review have Compulsory Sale 2014-15 Mediation Scheme been uploaded under the Land 675,000 in end-2014. A onto DEVB’s (Compulsory Sale more focused website. for Redevelopment) publicity and Ordinance (Cap. public education 545) programme on mediation in The study is for a compulsory sale comprehensive was drawn up,

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 9

- 3 -

no, why? review of the Pilot which has been Mediation Scheme. consolidated in the "Outreach Support Service for Minority Owners in Prospective Compulsory Sale Cases under the Land (Compulsory Sale for Redevelopment) Ordinance" since August 2015.

Ove Arup & Tender Strategic Financial 2015-16 June 2015 In progress Progress has been Study not yet Partners Consultancy on the 1,750,000 closely monitored. completed Hong Kong assessment of the Preliminary Limited financial implication findings prepared of the development by the consultant (Note1) of harbourfront sites were presented to the Harbourfront The study is for Commission. understanding the financial resource requirement for different development and management modes to be used on harbourfront sites. Study findings would help the deliberations on whether a Harbourfront Authority is to be established.

Chinese Tender Urban Climatic Map 2012-13 July 2006 Completed The Government is The final University of and Standards for 2,634,510 (December taking steps to report and Hong Kong Wind Environment 2012) implement the executive – Feasibility Study study’s summary of recommendations the study have The study is for progressively. been uploaded formulating urban onto Planning climatic map and Department’s refining the Air website. Ventilation Assessment System for Hong Kong, with the aims to provide a more scientific and objective basis for identifying urban climatic issues to guide planning and

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 10

- 4 -

no, why? design and to assess the impacts of major development proposals on the local wind environment.

Ove Arup & Tender Consultancy Study 2012-13 February Completed The Buildings The BD Partners on Fire Engineering 1,045,000 2002 (October Department (BD) promulgated Hong Kong Approach and Fire 2013) published the new the new CoP Limited Safety in Buildings CoP for Fire Safety to authorised in Buildings in persons, The study is for 2011. registered reviewing the code structural of practice (CoP) for engineers and fire safety in registered buildings and geotechnical renovation works. engineers, posted it on the BD’s website.

Ronald Lu & Tender Consultancy Study 2013-14 August Completed The BD has The BD has Partners on Design and 680,250 2010 (February promulgated the promulgated (Hong Construction 2015) new “Guidelines the new Kong) Ltd Requirements for 2014-15 on Design and Guidelines Residential 136,050 Construction through a Buildings for Requirements for practice note Energy Efficiency Energy Efficiency to authorised of Residential persons, The study is for Buildings registered developing a set of 2014” after structural design and consultation with engineers and construction the industry. registered requirements for geotechnical improving energy engineers, and efficiency in posted them residential buildings. on the BD’s website.

Ove Arup & Tender Consultancy Study 2012-13 May 2012 In progress The BD will Study not yet Partners for the Review of 2,578,700 conduct completed. Hong Kong the CoP on Wind consultation with Limited Effects in Hong 2013-14 stakeholders of the Kong 2004 429,780 building industry (Note2) on the draft The study is for 2014-15 updated CoP in reviewing the 644,000 2016. existing CoP to bring it in line with 2015-16 contemporary 220,000 international standards and design approaches,

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 11

- 5 -

no, why? and to meet the latest development in wind engineering and meteorological data; and drafting of an updated CoP.

AECOM Tender Consultancy Study 2012-13 October In progress The BD will Study not yet Asia on the Structural 448,130 2012 conduct completed. Company Use of Glass consultation with Ltd 2013-14 stakeholders of the The study is for 512,150 building industry (Note2) developing a set of on the draft CoP in material, design, 2014-15 2016. construction and Nil quality assurance standards; and 2015-16 drafting of a CoP for Nil the structural use of glass in buildings.

Ronald Lu & Tender Consultancy Study 2013-14 November In progress The study is under Study not yet Partners on the Review of 238,000 2013 the Formulation of completed (Hong the Building Recommendation Kong) Ltd (Planning) 2014-15 Stage. Consultation Regulations 595,000 with stakeholders (Note3) of the building The study is for 2015-16 industry on the updating, Nil initial draft modernising and recommendations developing the of the study will be planning and design conducted in 2016. standards for buildings under a performance-based regulatory system to achieve a safe, healthy and sustainable built environment.

ICF Tender Review of Land 2014-15 April In progress The Study not yet Consulting Requirements for 2,004,500 2014 recommendations completed Services Grade A Offices, will serve as inputs Hong Kong Business and 2015-16 for the updating of Limited Industrial Uses 2,070,000 the territorial development (Note4) The study is for strategy, i.e. Hong updating the future Kong 2030 + : floor space and land Towards a requirements for Planning Vision Grade A offices, and Strategy business and Transcending 2030 industrial uses in (HK 2030+). Hong Kong and for devising a broad

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 12

- 6 -

no, why? spatial planning strategy to meet the projected demands.

Prudential Tender Consultancy Study 2014-15 October In progress The consultant has Study not yet Surveyors on the Investigation 345,000 2014 completed the completed International Technologies of preliminary review Ltd Water Seepage 2015-16 on testing methods 458,000 and procedures in (Note5) The study is for water seepage exploring the latest investigation, and technologies in submitted the 1st water seepage Interim Research investigation and Report to BD in developing the most February 2015. suitable, reliable, practical and economically viable, non-destructive testing methods with a view to identifying readily the cause(s) and source(s) of water seepage in buildings so as to enhance the capability of the Joint Office in handling water seepage reports.

Ove Arup & Tender Consultancy Study 2014-15 February In progress The BD will Study not yet Partners to formulate a CoP Nil 2015 conduct completed Hong Kong on Seismic-resistant consultation with Limited Design Standards 2015-16 stakeholders of the building industry for Buildings in 2,024,000 (Note5) on the draft CoP in Hong Kong 2017.

The study is for introducing statutory seismic-resistant requirements to new buildings in Hong Kong, and formulating a CoP on seismic-resistant building design standards for reference by professionals and practitioners of the building industry in Hong Kong.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 13

- 7 -

no, why? Ove Arup & Tender Strategic 2014-15 March In progress The assessment Study not yet Partners Environmental 145,630 2015 will serve as inputs completed Hong Kong Assessment for HK for the updating of Limited 2030+ 2015-16 the territorial 1,650,500 development 5 (Note ) The study is for strategy, i.e. HK identifying any 2030+. environmental concerns early in the planning process, and proposing the strategic environmental action plan to maximise environmental gain and ensure an acceptable environment in future.

Ove Arup & Tender Transport and Land 2015-16 May 2015 In progress The assessment Study not yet Partners Use Assessment 2,558,000 will serve as inputs completed Hong Kong for the updating of Limited The study is for the territorial assessing, prioritising development (Note1) and optimising the strategy, i.e. HK location choice of 2030+. major long-term development opportunities from transport perspective.

Samson Tender Consultancy Study 2015-16 September In progress The BD will Study not yet Wong & for the Revision of 119,000 2015 conduct completed Associates General Guidelines consultation with Property and Technical stakeholders of the Consultancy Guidelines on building industry Limited Minor Works for preparing the revised Guidelines. (Note1) The study is for preparing up-to-date Guidelines which provide the general public and stakeholders including professionals and trade practitioners an overview of the Minor Works Control System (MWCS), information of amendments to the Building (Minor

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 14

- 8 -

no, why? Works) Regulation since the first implementation of the MWCS and guidelines for complying with the relevant legislations.

______

Note1 - Consultancy studies straddle 2015-16 and 2016-17. The split of consultancy fee in 2016-17 is provided in part (b) of the reply.

Note2 - Consultancy studies straddle 2012-13, 2013-14, 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2016-17. The split of consultancy fee in 2016-17 is provided in part (b) of the reply.

Note3 - Consultancy study straddles 2013-14, 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2016-17. The split of consultancy fee in 2016-17 is provided in part (b) of the reply.

Note4 - Consultancy study straddles 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2016-17 but no consultancy fee is earmarked in 2016-17.

Note5 - Consultancy studies straddle 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2016-17. The split of consultancy fee in 2016-17 is provided in part (b) of the reply.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 15

- 9 -

b) Funds have been included in the 2016-17 estimates for the following consultancy studies:

For Progress of completed study (under The studies, have Mode planning/in Administration’s they been Title, content and Name of of Consultancy progress/ follow-ups to the made objective of Start Date consultant award fees ($) completed study report and public? If project (completion their progress (if yes, through month and any) what year)) channels? If no, why? Ove Arup & Tender Strategic Financial 525,000 June In progress Progress has been The executive Partners Consultancy on the 2015 closely monitored. summary will Hong Kong assessment of the Preliminary findings be uploaded Limited financial prepared by the onto DEVB’s implication of the consultant were website. development of presented to the harbourfront sites Harbourfront Commission. The study is for understanding the financial resource requirement for different development and management modes to be used on harbourfront sites. Study findings would help the deliberations on whether a Harbourfront Authority is to be established.

C L Tsang & Tender Consultancy 385,000 October In progress The consultancy Consultations Partners Service for the 2015 services procured with the Shankland open space fronting would be for Harbourfront Cox Asia the hotel sites at preparation of a Commission Ltd. Kai Tak section16 application and relevant to the Town District Planning Board Council were (TPB) conducted before submission of the application to TPB.

Institute of Tender Consultancy 1,400,000 March In progress Not applicable Not applicable Transport, Services on 2016 University of “Walkability” in Hong Kong pedestrian planning and enhancement of pedestrian network in Hong Kong

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 16

- 10 -

Ove Arup & Tender Consultancy Study 860,000 May In progress The BD will conduct Not applicable Partners for the Review of 2012 consultation with Hong Kong the CoP on Wind stakeholders of the Limited Effects in Hong building industry on Kong 2004 the draft updated CoP in 2016. The study is for reviewing the existing CoP to bring it in line with contemporary international standards and design approaches, and to meet the latest development in wind engineering and meteorological data; and drafting of an updated CoP.

AECOM Tender Consultancy Study 192,000 October In progress The BD will conduct Not applicable Asia on the Structural 2012 consultation with Company Use of Glass stakeholders of the Ltd building industry on The study is for the draft CoP in developing a set of 2016. material, design, construction and quality assurance standards; and drafting of a CoP for the structural use of glass in buildings.

Ronald Lu Tender Consultancy Study 1,547,000 November In progress The study is under Not applicable & Partners on the Review of 2013 the Formulation of (Hong the Building Recommendations Kong) Ltd (Planning) Stage. Consultation Regulations with stakeholders of the building industry The study is for on the initial draft updating, recommendations of modernising and the study will be developing the conducted in 2016. planning and

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 17

- 11 -

Prudential Tender Consultancy Study 3,761,000 October In progress Field tests will be Not applicable Surveyors on the Investigation 2014 carried out to verify International Technologies of the practicability and Ltd Water Seepage reliability of proposed testing This study is for methods. exploring the latest technologies in water seepage investigation and developing the most suitable, reliable, practical and economically viable, non-destructive testing methods with a view to identifying readily the cause(s) and source(s) of water seepage in buildings so as to enhance the capability of the Joint Office in handling water seepage reports.

Ove Arup Tender Consultancy Study 2,400,000 February In progress The BD will conduct Not applicable &Partners to formulate a CoP 2015 consultation with Hong Kong on Seismic-resistant stakeholders of the Limited Design Standards building industry on for Buildings in the draft CoP in Hong Kong 2017.

This study is for introducing statutory seismic-resistant requirements to new buildings in Hong Kong, and formulating a CoP on seismic-resistant building design standards for r

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 18

- 12 -

Ove Arup & Tender Strategic 3,059,000 March In progress The assessment will Not applicable Partners Environmental 2015 serve as inputs for the Hong Kong Assessment for HK updating of the Limited 2030+ territorial development The study is for strategy, i.e. HK identifying any 2030+. environmental concerns early in the planning process, and proposing the strategic environmental action plan to maximise environmental gain and ensure an acceptable environment in future.

Ove Arup & Tender Transport and Land 3,126,000 May In progress The assessment will Not applicable Partners Use Assessment 2015 serve as inputs for the Hong Kong updating of the Limited The study is for territorial assessing, development prioritising and strategy, i.e. HK optimising the 2030+. location choice of major long-term development opportunities from transport perspective.

Samson Tender Consultancy Study 1,154,000 September In progress The BD will conduct Not applicable Wong & for the Revision of 2015 consultation with Associates General Guidelines stakeholders of the Property and Technical building industry for Consultancy Guidelines on preparing the revised Limited Minor Works Guidelines.

The study is for preparing up-to-date Guidelines which provide the general public and stakeholders

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 19

- 13 -

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 20

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)007 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2119)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Since 2012-13, the Development Bureau has been continuing “to prepare for the implementation of the new title registration system”. Please list out, by year and in details, the work nature, expenditure and manpower involved in this respect, as well as the details and expenditure for the work on this front in 2016-17.

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 58)

Reply:

As reported to the then Joint Sub-committee on Amendments to the Land Titles Ordinance (Cap. 585) ("LTO") of the Legislative Council, our post-enactment review with the major stakeholders had identified a need for substantive amendments to the enacted LTO before the new title registration system could be implemented. The Joint Sub-committee requested the Government to report further progress of such review to the Panel on Administration of Justice and Legal Services and the Panel on Development when the full package of necessary legislative proposals to amend the LTO were available.

The Development Bureau and the Land Registry have been actively engaging and forging consensus amongst key stakeholders on various changes to the rectification, indemnity and conversion arrangements under the LTO in an effort to formulate the substantive legislative amendments required. Such work will continue in 2016-17. Information on the progress of the post-enactment review and other preparatory work is published and updated from time to time on the Land Registry’s website.

The post-enactment review of the LTO is handled by the Buildings Unit of the Development Bureau as part of the Unit’s overall duties. We are unable to provide a breakdown of the expenditure and manpower incurred by the Development Bureau solely for this initiative. - End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 21

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)008 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0452)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

As revealed by the Secretary for Development at the press release for 2016-17 Land Sale Programme, the realisation of the forecast of the total potential private housing land supply of about 28 600 flats in the next financial year will depend on factors including the readiness for sale of government sites upon timely completion of relevant procedures/proceedings, the implementation progress of railway property development projects and projects of the URA, and developers' initiative to conclude lease modifications and pursue redevelopment. In these lights, will the Administration inform this Committee: a) What efforts will be taken by the Administration to ensure the timely completion of relevant procedures/proceedings concerning government sites? b) Between potential sites designated for private housing and potential sites for public housing, whether different priorities are set by the Administration in terms of handling the procedures and proceedings involved; if so, of the details of such arrangement and the respective resources allocated for handling procedures and proceedings for each of the two types of potential sites? c) As there are uncertainties arising from implementation progress of railway property development projects and projects of the URA, and developers’ initiative to conclude lease modifications and pursue redevelopment, does it mean that it’s beyond the Administration’s grip on the private housing land supply in the next financial year and the Administration has no role to play in fostering supply in these areas?

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 24)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 22

- 2 -

Reply: a) The Government is determined to ensure a steady and sustained supply of land to the market. Before sites in the Government Land Sale Programme (LSP) are disposed of, various procedures/proceedings may have to be completed as required, including termination of short term tenancies/government land licences, reprovisioning of affected facilities, removal/diversion of utility services, site clearance, completing infrastructural works to service the sites and amendments to the Outline Zoning Plans. Relevant departments will accord priority to these tasks and complete the relevant procedures/proceedings as soon as practicable. b) The Government seeks to ensure that there will be adequate land to meet the public housing target. At the same time, the Government has a responsibility to cater for the demand for private housing by supplying land for such development so as to ensure the healthy development of the property market. As such, the Government accords equal importance to the procedures/proceedings of making available both public and private housing sites. c) Other than government land sale, other sources of private housing land include railway property development projects, projects of the Urban Renewal Authority (URA), private development/redevelopment projects. The realisation of private housing land supply from other sources depends on a number of factors, including the implementation progress of railway property development projects and projects of the URA, and developers’ initiatives to conclude lease modifications and pursue redevelopment. The Government will continue to closely liaise with the MTR Corporation Limited and URA to encourage them to take forward their projects as planned, and to streamline land development/administration processes to facilitate private development/ redevelopment.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 23

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)009 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0476)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In "Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17", the Government states that it will "continue to oversee the work of Building Department in formulating a set of seismic-resistant building design standards with a view to further enhancing building safety". In this connection, please provide the details of such standards as well as the proposed completion date, the manpower and resources allocated for the exercise.

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 46)

Reply: The Buildings Department (BD) commissioned a consultancy study in February 2015 to formulate a code of practice on seismic-resistant design standards for buildings in Hong Kong (CoP). The study is expected to complete in three years. The CoP will set out detailed technical guidelines for determining seismic actions on buildings and the corresponding design and construction of seismic-resistant buildings in Hong Kong. The Buildings Unit of the Development Bureau oversees the work of BD in relation to the formulation of seismic-resistant building design standards as part of the Unit’s overall duties. We are unable to provide a breakdown of the expenditure and manpower incurred by the Development Bureau solely for this initiative.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 24

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)010 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2455)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Under the Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016–17, during 2016–17, the Branch says it will continue to arrange for the sale of government land through the Land Sale Programme to increase land supply for private housing and other development needs. In this connection, will the branch inform this Council: a) of the respective numbers of sites put up for sale by the Government through auction and tender in each of the past five years (2012-2015) up to Feb 2016; whether relatively fewer sites were sold by auction; if so, of the reasons for that; the criteria based on which the Government decides on the means of land sale to be adopted; b) of the sites put up for sale by the Government through tender in each of the past five years till Feb 2016, please provide details about the unsuccessful tenders, including the reasons for rejecting the tenders, the number of bids received for the original tender and the number of bids received in the retender, the interval between the announcement of the tender result and the announcement of the retender result (i.e. the opening and closing dates of the original tender and the retender, and the announcement dates of the result of the original tender and the result of the retender) c) whether the Government will comprehensively review and enhance the current procedure for the sale of land by tender, so as to increase its transparency; if it will, of the details of the review and the implementation timetable; if not, the reasons for that and whether it will conduct such a review in future; and d) whether the Government will sell land, particularly the residential sites, more often by auction in future particularly after unsuccessful tendering; if it will, of the details; if not, the reasons for that.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 25

- 2 -

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 5)

Reply: a) and d) Both public tender and auction are fair, just and competitive. During the period from 2012 to February 2016, the Government disposed of 114 sites under the Land Sale Programme (LSP) through public tender. Public tender has been a common method of land disposal for development projects undertaken by the Urban Renewal Authority and for railway property developments. The market is well accustomed to this common method of land disposal. The Government will continue to adopt public tender as the mainstream approach for disposing of land under the LSP. b) The information on the unsuccessful tenders under the LSP in the past five years is set out below –

Number Number of of Bids Reason for Bids Site Received Key Dates of the Key Dates of the Rejecting the Received (Lot Number) for the First Tender Re-tender First Tender for the First Re-tender Tender Fo Chun Road, 7 15 Tender invitation date: Tender invitation date: Pak Shek Kok, 24.1.2014 12.9.2014 Tai Po (TPTL 213) Tender closing date: Tender closing date: 7.3.2014 24.10.2014

Date of announcing the Date of announcing the result: result: 12.3.2014 5.11.2014

Sai Shan Road, 9 Not yet Tender invitation date: Not applicable Tsing Yi retendered 18.9.2015 (TYTL 190) The premium bids did not Tender closing date: meet the 30.10.2015 Government’s reserve prices Date of announcing the result: 4.11.2015

Au Tau, Yuen 10 Not yet Tender invitation date: Not applicable Long retendered 18.12.2015 (Lot 1066 in DD 103) Tender closing date: 22.1.2016

Date of announcing the result: 25.1.2016

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 26

- 3 -

c) Following the announcement of a quarterly LSP but before commencement of tender invitation for individual sites, the Lands Department (Lands D) will issue a press release to announce tender invitation and closing dates together with key facts about the site(s), including site area, user, minimum and maximum gross floor areas. Interested bidders can prepare accordingly.

For land sale through cash tender (i.e. tender assessment based on premium bids), Lands D will announce the name of the successful bidder and the premium bid, as well as the name(s) of all other tenderer(s). Since March 2013, Lands D has also announced the names of the parent companies of all the tenderers if shown in the Forms of Tender submitted.

The above arrangement provides the needed transparency to the market.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 27

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)011 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3079)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is stated in paragraph 124 of the Budget Speech that “the 2016-17 Land Sale Programme comprises 29 residential sites, including 14 new sites, capable of providing about 19 000 units. Taking into account railway property development projects, the Urban Renewal Authority’s projects and private redevelopment and development projects, we estimate that the potential land supply for private housing in 2016-17 will have a capacity to produce 29 000 units.” Please advise this Committee on the estimated and actual number of private residential units that could be provided by the Government’s Land Sale Programme, railway property development projects, projects of URA, projects subject to lease modification/land exchange and other private development projects in the financial years of 2012-13, 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16 respectively?

Asked by: Hon Frederick FUNG Kin-kee (Member Question No. 52)

Reply:

The private housing flat production capacity of the land supplied/to be supplied to the market by various sources estimated on the information available at the time when the estimation was made is set out below -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 28

- 2 -

Flat production capacity of land supplied/to be supplied in the Financial Year (About) (Note) Source of supply 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 (Estimated at (Estimated at (Estimated at (Estimated at March 2013) March 2014) March 2015) February 2016) Government Land 8 200 13 000 6 300 9 300 Sale Programme

Railway property 4 100 2 900 8 400 7 500 development projects

Projects of the 900 250 2 700 1 100 Urban Renewal Authority

Projects subject to 700 90 100 600 lease modification/land exchange

Private 2 700 1 800 3 700 1 700 redevelopment projects not subject to lease modification/land exchange

Note : The estimates may be different from the actual number of residential flats eventually produced, as the latter depends on the actual design by developers.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 29

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)012 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3080)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is stated in paragraph 124 of the Budget Speech that “the 2016-17 Land Sale Programme comprises 29 residential sites, including 14 new sites, capable of providing about 19 000 units…” Please advise this Committee on the detailed distribution of the potential private residential units to be provided by various land supply sources, including the Government’s Land Sale Programme, railway property development projects, projects of the Urban Renewal Authority, projects subject to lease modification/land exchange, and other private development projects, as well as the distribution of these sites for developing private residential units broken down by District Council districts.

Asked by: Hon Frederick FUNG Kin-kee (Member Question No. 53)

Reply:

The requested information in respect of the residential sites in the 2016-17 Land Sale Programme is set out below –

District Council district No. of site Estimated flat no. (about) Southern 1 1 420 Central & Western 1 50 Kowloon City 7 6 510 Kwun Tong 2 1 930 Sham Shui Po 1 350 Islands 1 20 Kwai Tsing 1 740 Sha Tin 3 1 230 Tai Po 7 2 810 Tuen Mun 4 3 650 Yuen Long 1 490

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 30

- 2 -

In 2016-17, four railway property development projects are planned to be tendered. One West Rail property development project (about 1 650 flats) is located in Yuen Long district. The other three projects (about 3 190 flats in total), which are MTR Corporation Limited’s own projects, are in Sai Kung district, Kowloon City district and Southern district respectively.

Of the five Urban Renewal Authority projects planned to be tendered in 2016-17 (about 480 flats in total), two are in Yau Tsim Mong district and one each in Kowloon City district, Sham Shui Po district and Central & Western district.

The forecast of about 4 100 private residential units from projects subject to lease modification/land exchange and other private development/redevelopment projects is made based on the historical annual average figures over the past ten-year period from 2006 to 2015.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 31

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)013 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1272)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (700) General non-recurrent (Item 865 Operation Building Bright) (Item 878 Building Maintenance Grant Scheme for Elderly Owners) Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

1. Please provide statistics on the buildings in Hong Kong, in respect of their quantity, the district and population distribution thereof; the number of buildings applied for loans, number of buildings applied for participation in Operation Building Bright (OBB), number of buildings applied for participation in the Building Maintenance Grant Scheme for Elderly Owners (BMGSEO), broken down by building age of 20 years, 30 years, 40 years and 50 years or above.

2. Regarding the OBB, please provide data, with respect to 2014-15 and 2015-16, with a breakdown of the participating buildings regarding their: i) quantity; ii) date of participation; iii) building age; iv) duration of maintenance work; v) district; and vi) amount of subsidy involved; and explain how exactly does the OBB solve the problem of rehabilitation of old buildings, as well as how effective it is.

3. Regarding the BMGSEO, please provide data, with respect to 2014-15 and 2015-16, with a breakdown of the participating buildings regarding their: i) quantity; ii) date of participation; iii) building age; iv) duration of maintenance work; v) district; and vi) amount of subsidy involved; and explain how exactly does the BMGSEO solve the problem of rehabilitation of old buildings for elderly owners, as well as how effective it is.

Asked by: Hon Cyd HO Sau-lan (Member Question No. 22)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 32

- 2 -

Reply:

1. The geographical distribution of private buildings of different age groups from 20 years to 50 years and above as of end 2015 is set out below -

Building Age District 20-29 30-39 40-49 50 or above Central and Western 637 780 1 013 690 Eastern 436 468 291 384 Kowloon City 376 605 544 1 380 Kwai Tsing 181 254 164 19 Kwun Tong 209 293 284 114 North 437 106 154 205 Islands 458 474 53 44 Sai Kung 878 935 144 62 Sham Shui Po 333 394 442 825 Sha Tin 676 496 88 24 Southern 882 804 374 411 Tai Po 1 067 752 83 29 Tsuen Wan 257 159 229 141 Tuen Mun 473 356 67 10 Wan Chai 361 494 598 780 Wong Tai Sin 70 72 174 139 Yau Tsim Mong 344 534 730 1 265 Yuen Long 2 593 767 155 78 Total 10 668 8 743 5 587 6 600

Breakdowns on the population distribution and the number of buildings with owners having applied for the Buildings Department (BD)’s Building Safety Loan Scheme are not available. Relevant information on Operation Building Bright (OBB) and the Building Maintenance Grant Scheme for Elderly Owners (BMGSEO) is set out in part 2 and part 3 below.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 33

- 3 -

2. Based on information provided by the Hong Kong Housing Society (HKHS), the Urban Renewal Authority (URA) and the BD, the geographical distribution of private buildings of different age groups participating in OBB as of end January 2016 is set out below –

Building Age District 30-39 40-49 50 or above Central and Western 36 130 63 Eastern 28 70 118 Kowloon City 63 67 473 Kwai Tsing 17 45 3 Kwun Tong 29 79 42 North 1 4 11 Islands 0 0 0 Sai Kung 0 0 0 Sham Shui Po 37 86 426 Sha Tin 4 6 0 Southern 7 11 20 Tai Po 4 20 7 Tsuen Wan 4 58 80 Tuen Mun 6 12 0 Wan Chai 19 83 82 Wong Tai Sin 5 24 13 Yau Tsim Mong 44 168 416 Yuen Long 49 65 1 Total 353 928 1 755

The HKHS, the URA and the BD do not compile statistics on the date of participation in their respective schemes and the duration of repair and maintenance works involved. Generally speaking, based on the experience gained from completed OBB cases, it usually takes an average of about two and a half years for an owners’ corporation to go through the process from the appointment of consultant to works completion. However, the actual time taken may vary with different participating buildings.

The works and the release of OBB subsidy to owners may span over several years depending on their works progress. From the inception of OBB in 2009 up to 31 January 2016, the total number of household units provided with financial assistance was 114 896, involving a total amount of $2,003 million released.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 34

- 4 -

OBB covers essential repair and maintenance works in the common areas of participating buildings as well as their sanitary facilities. Up to the end of January 2016, a total of 3 036 target buildings have received assistance under OBB, out of which 2 608 buildings have had their repair and maintenance works completed with certification by an Authorized Person. The structural and fire safety of these buildings has been enhanced. OBB has also provided the owners of participating buildings with technical support and market information, which enables them to acquire necessary knowledge and skills in carrying out building repair and maintenance works smoothly. Such experience would be valuable for the building owners to undertake future building repair and maintenance works. The above clearly demonstrates that OBB has been effective in facilitating the rehabilitation of old buildings.

3. Based on information provided by the HKHS, the number of BMGSEO applications with approval in principle granted in different districts in 2014-15 and 2015-16, and the age distribution of the buildings in which the relevant property units are located are tabulated below –

2014-2015 Age of the building in which the relevant property unit is located District Less 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50 or Total than 10 above Central and 13 0 9 45 55 4 126 Western Eastern 13 15 4 59 151 26 268 Kowloon City 10 2 16 43 33 29 133 Kwai Tsing 11 4 75 46 7 0 143 Kwun Tong 8 5 68 29 27 0 137 North 0 1 33 9 1 0 44 Islands 1 2 1 3 0 0 7 Sai Kung 5 9 73 0 0 0 87 Sham Shui Po 4 0 13 47 43 38 145 Sha Tin 41 5 252 42 0 0 340 Southern 2 0 45 27 2 0 76 Tai Po 3 0 188 11 11 0 213 Tsuen Wan 5 0 38 20 23 4 90 Tuen Mun 7 5 125 172 0 0 309 Wan Chai 0 0 1 22 43 9 75 Wong Tai Sin 8 14 115 17 6 1 161 Yau Tsim Mong 8 3 9 43 116 37 216 Yuen Long 3 4 30 50 13 0 100 Total 142 69 1 095 685 531 148 2 670

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 35

- 5 -

2015-16 Age of the building in which the relevant property unit is located

District Less than 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50 or Total 10 above Central and 0 1 32 37 65 9 144 Western Eastern 3 5 18 180 61 31 298 Kowloon City 1 2 16 64 69 23 175 Kwai Tsing 1 0 114 27 17 0 159 Kwun Tong 3 9 44 74 21 4 155 North 0 6 56 9 0 0 71 Islands 3 6 0 4 0 0 13 Sai Kung 1 13 230 2 0 0 246 Sham Shui Po 1 1 12 46 30 36 126 Sha Tin 1 10 115 57 0 0 183 Southern 1 4 31 4 3 1 44 Tai Po 1 2 67 22 4 0 96 Tsuen Wan 1 0 18 17 16 3 55 Tuen Mun 3 8 160 74 1 0 246 Wan Chai 0 0 9 28 39 33 109 Wong Tai Sin 0 1 103 19 9 3 135 Yau Tsim Mong 2 5 12 42 78 53 192 Yuen Long 0 2 24 14 3 0 43 Total 22 75 1 061 720 416 196 2 490

In 2014-15, the total amount of subsidy committed to be released was $54 million while the amount for 2015-16 is about $69 million.

While OBB is administered on a building basis, BMGSEO applications are submitted on the basis of individual property units. The HKHS does not compile statistics on the number of buildings involved, the date of participation and the duration of repair and maintenance works involved. Generally speaking, based on the experience gained from the completed BMGSEO cases, it takes an average of about three years for the completion of common area works and six months for the completion of in-flat repair and maintenance works.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 36

- 6 -

Elderly owner-occupiers with low income or no income at all often fail to properly repair and maintain their self-occupied premises in a timely manner due to lack of financial means, rendering their premises dilapidated. The BMGSEO is tailor-made for such needy elderly owner-occupiers. Together with other loan and grant schemes, the BMGSEO provides a comprehensive package of financial assistance for elderly owner-occupiers in need to maintain and repair their buildings. It is well received and effective in achieving its objective of addressing the need of elderly owner-occupiers.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 37

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)014 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1282)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In regard to the growing co-operation between Hong Kong and the Mainland in recent years, please provide relevant information on Hong Kong/Mainland cross-boundary projects or programmes in which your bureau and the departments under your purview have been involved. a) For Hong Kong/Mainland cross-boundary projects or programmes, please provide information for 2014-15 and 2015-16 as per following table:

Project / Details, Expenditure Mainland Has any Have minutes Progress (% Have the Has public Details of the Programme objective and involved officials and agreement of meeting completed, details, consultation legislative whether it is department/ been been commencement objectives, on the amendments or related to the organisation signed and prepared? If date, target amount cross-boundar policy changes Framework involved whether it so, have they completion date) involved or y project been involved in the Agreement has been been made impact on conducted in project/ on Hong made public? the public, Hong Kong? programme Kong / public? If society, Guangdong not, what culture and Co-operation are the ecology (the reasons? been Framework released to Agreement) the or the public? If National 13th so, through Five-year which Plan channels and what were the manpower and expenditure involved? If not, what are the reasons?

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 38

- 2 -

b) Has provision been earmarked for Hong Kong/Mainland cross-boundary projects or programmes in this year (2016-17)? If yes, please provide information in respect of Hong Kong/Mainland cross-boundary projects or programmes for 2016-17 as per following table:

Project / Details, Expenditure Mainland Has any Have minutes Progress (% Have the Has public Details of the Programme objective and involved officials and agreement of meeting completed, details, consultation legislative whether it is department/ been been commencement objectives, on the amendments or related to the organisation signed and prepared? If date, target amount cross-boundar policy changes Framework involved whether it so, have they completion date) involved or y project been involved in the Agreement on has been been made impact on conducted in project/ Hong Kong / made public? the public, Hong Kong? programme Guangdong public? If society, Co-operation not, what culture and (the are the ecology Framework reasons? been Agreement) released to or the the National 13th public? If Five-year Plan so, through which channels and what were the manpower and expenditure involved? If not, what are the reasons?

c) Apart from the projects or programmes listed above, are there any other modes of Hong Kong/Mainland cross-boundary cooperation? If so, in what modes are they taken forward? What were the manpower and expenditure involved over the past three years? How much financial and manpower resources have been earmarked in the 2016-17 Estimates?

Asked by: Hon Cyd HO Sau-lan (Member Question No. 7)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 39

- 3 -

Reply: a) Information on Hong Kong/Mainland cross-boundary projects or programmes under the purview of the Planning and Lands Branch (PLB) of Development Bureau and the relevant departments in 2014-15 and 2015-16 is set out below -

Project / Details, objective Expenditure Mainland Has any Have minutes of Progress (% Have the details, Has public Details of the Programme and whether it is involved officials and agreement been meeting been completed, objectives, amount consultation on legislative related to the department/ signed and prepared? If so, have commencement involved or impact the amendments Framework organisation whether it has they been made date, target on the public, cross-boundary or policy Agreement on involved been made public? completion date) society, culture and project been changes Hong Kong / public? If not, ecology been conducted in involved in the Guangdong what are the released to the Hong Kong? project/ Co-operation (the reasons? public? If so, programme Framework through which Agreement) or the channels and what National 13th were the manpower Five-year Plan and expenditure involved? If not, what are the reasons?

Study on the The Study was 2011-12 Housing and The Matters rel,ating to The Study In February 2015, Stage 1 and The Study Action Plan jointly $1.9 Urban-rural agreement on the Study were commenced the Study Stage 2 PE will not for the Bay commissioned million Development jointly reported to the in April 2010, recommendation activities involve any Area of the by the Department undertaking Hong Kong/ and s were were held in change in Pearl River Governments 2012-13 of GD the Study was Guangdong completed in promulgated to Hong Kong. legislation or Estuary of HK, $0.051 Province signed by the Co-operation Joint December the public through policies. Guangdong million Governments Conference , and 2014. the publication of (GD) and of HK, press releases were a press release, a Macao for 2013-14 Guangdong published after the “Summary providing a $0.059 and Macao in meetings. Report” and an liaison and million 2010. The “Updated communication gist of the The Study reports Summary of platform to 2014-15 agreement has including study Recommendatio explore ways to $0.088 been made recommendations ns”. These facilitate the million known to the and pubic documents were development of public. engagement uploaded to the the “Bay Area reports are available Study website. of the Pearl at the Study River website for public The expenses and Estuary” into a viewing. manpower core area of involved were quality living as covered by the well as study fee and economic adsorbed by prosperity. existing staff respectively. It is one of the regional cooperation projects in the “Framework Agreement”.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 40

- 4 -

Project / Details, Expenditur Mainland Has any Have minutes of Progress (% Have the details, Has public Details of the Programme objective and e involved officials and agreement meeting been completed, objectives, consultation legislative whether it is department/ been signed prepared? If so, commencem amount involved on the amendment related to the organisation and whether it have they been ent date, target or impact on the cross-bound s or policy Framework involved has been made public? completion public, society, ary project changes Agreement on made date) culture and been involved in Hong Kong / public? If not, ecology been conducted in the project/ Guangdong what are the released to the Hong programme Co-operation reasons? public? If so, Kong? (the through which Framework channels and Agreement) or what were the the National 13th manpower and Five-year Plan expenditure involved? If not, what are the reasons?

Planning The Study was 2014-15 Urban On Matters relating to The Study In July 2013, the Stages 1 and The Study and a joint study $1.80M Planning, 13.11.2008, the Study were commenced Study findings 2 PEs will not Engineering between Hong Land and HK and SZ reported to the in 2009 and and conducted involve any Study on Kong and 2015-16 Resources signed a then Hong was recommendation concurrently change in Development Shenzhen $0.52M Commission Cooperation Kong-Shenzhen completed in s were in HK and legislation or of Lok Ma governments. of SZ Agreement Joint Task Force on 2013 promulgated SZ . policies. Chau Loop The objective is Municipality on the Boundary District through a press to formulate a undertaking of Development. , release, an comprehensive a joint study and press releases information plan for the for the were published digest and Stage 2 development of development after the meetings. PE Report. These Lok Ma Chau of the LMC documents were Loop with a Loop. The gist The study reports uploaded onto the view to of the are available at the Study website. developing it as agreement has Study website. for a sustainable been made public viewing.. The expenses and knowledge and known to the manpower technology public. involved were exchange zone covered by the on the basis of study fee and mutual benefits adsorbed by to both sides. existing staff respectively. It is one of the cooperation areas in the “Framework Agreement”

b) No provision is earmarked for Hong Kong/Mainland cross-boundary projects or programmes in 2016-17.

c) Apart from the projects or programmes set out above and exchanges in connection with these projects or programmes, the PLB of Development Bureau and the relevant departments did not undertake any other specific initiative on cross-boundary co-operation in 2013-14 to 2015-16. As announced in the 2016 Policy Address, HKSARG will provide to Guangdong (GD) advice on planning concepts relating to the establishment of the GD-HK in-depth co-operation zone in Nansha. Two time-limited posts at senior professional level are earmarked in the 2016-17 draft Estimates for the related work.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 41

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)015 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0936)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please provide new completions and stock of private retail by district in each of the past five years. Please also advise on the forecast completions of private retail by district in 2016-17.

Asked by: Hon Starry LEE Wai-king (Member Question No. 39)

Reply:

According to the Rating and Valuation Department, the stock and completions of private retail in 2011-2015 and forecast completions in 2016 are listed in Annexes I, II and III respectively. No forecast is available for 2017.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 42

Annex I

Private Retail – Stock at year-end (2011 – 2015)

Floor Area # ( '000 m² ) District 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015* Central & Western 979 989 982 986 992 Wan Chai 863 893 900 900 920 Eastern 658 657 658 659 663 Southern 195 203 202 203 202 Hong Kong 2 696 2 742 2 742 2 748 2 778 Yau Tsim Mong 1 719 1 725 1 728 1 733 1 731 Sham Shui Po 588 592 594 602 611 Kowloon City 611 617 615 614 623 Wong Tai Sin 295 311 312 312 310 Kwun Tong 577 597 592 595 629 Kowloon 3 790 3 841 3 841 3 856 3 904 Kwai Tsing 312 313 314 315 322 Tsuen Wan 455 455 455 462 465 Tuen Mun 378 397 397 395 394 Yuen Long 424 424 429 427 431 North 215 215 215 228 227 Tai Po 211 210 213 212 216 Sha Tin 441 442 451 451 463 Sai Kung 285 285 285 290 292 Islands 293 297 295 295 300 New Territories 3 015 3 037 3 054 3 075 3 109 Overall 9 500 9 621 9 637 9 679 9 791

# Measured on the basis of “internal floor area” which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

* Provisional figures

Note: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Source: Rating and Valuation Department

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 43

Annex II

Private Retail – Completions (2011 – 2015)

Floor Area # ( m² )

District 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Central & Western 4 100 4 800 3 500 7 400 1 100 Wan Chai 3 200 23 600 11 500 900 14 900 Eastern 400 800 1 800 4 200 700 Southern 6 000 8 200 200 - - Hong Kong 13 700 38 400 17 000 12 500 16 700 Yau Tsim Mong 11 500 8 700 4 700 5 400 8 300 Sham Shui Po 100 800 2 300 6 100 3 300 Kowloon City 1 300 4 100 1 300 3 800 2 800 Wong Tai Sin - 6 700 - - - Kwun Tong 600 7 100 2 600 7 500 15 300 Kowloon 13 500 27 400 10 900 22 800 29 700 Kwai Tsing - 1 200 - - - Tsuen Wan - - - 800 300 Tuen Mun 400 18 800 - - - Yuen Long 200 - 2 200 2 500 2 300 North - - - 12 700 - Tai Po - - 1 600 - 2 000 Sha Tin - 2 100 6 700 2 100 11 600 Sai Kung 9 900 - - 3 700 2 500 Islands 500 - - - 3 000 New Territories 11 000 22 100 10 500 21 800 21 700 Overall 38 200 87 900 38 400 57 100 68 100

# Measured on the basis of “internal floor area” which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

Note: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Source: Rating and Valuation Department

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 44

Annex III

Private Retail–Forecast Completions (2016)

Floor Area # ( m² )

District 2016* Central & Western 9 700 Wan Chai 15 300 Eastern 1 400 Southern 400 Hong Kong 26 800 Yau Tsim Mong 13 900 Sham Shui Po 4 400 Kowloon City 8 500 Wong Tai Sin 2 200 Kwun Tong 5 000 Kowloon 34 000 Kwai Tsing - Tsuen Wan - Tuen Mun - Yuen Long 39 700 North - Tai Po - Sha Tin 11 100 Sai Kung 12 700 Islands 1 000 New Territories 64 500 Overall 125 300

# Measured on the basis of “internal floor area” which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/ or party walls.

* Provisional figures

Note: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Source: Rating and Valuation Department

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 45

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)016 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0946)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please provide the gross floor area of completed private offices by grade and by district (i.e. Grades A, B and C) in each of the past five years respectively. Please also advise on the gross floor area of private offices by grade and by district. What are the forecast increase in gross floor area of private offices by grade and by district in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon Starry LEE Wai-king (Member Question No. 49)

Reply:

Based on the information from the Rating and Valuation Department, the stock of private offices in 2015, completions in 2011-2015 and forecast completions in 2016-2017 are listed in Annexes I, II and III.

The 2016-17 Land Sale Programme comprises eight commercial/business sites (one in Kwai Tsing District, one in Southern District, two in Kowloon City District, three in Sham Shui Po District and one in Central and Western District), which have a capacity to provide about 536 000 square metres of commercial gross floor area (GFA). We do not have estimates of commercial GFA that may be produced from other sources in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 46

Annex I

Private Offices – Stock at year-end*

Floor Area # ( m² )

District Grade A Grade B Grade C All Grades Central & Western 1 895 800 773 900 575 000 3 244 700 Wan Chai 914 600 567 800 300 700 1 783 100 Eastern 740 100 203 100 79 800 1 023 000 Southern 164 700 66 900 18 000 249 600 Hong Kong 3 715 200 1 611 700 973 500 6 300 400 Yau Tsim Mong 1 140 600 622 500 408 400 2 171 500 Sham Shui Po 189 400 66 300 39 200 294 900 Kowloon City 107 300 42 000 20 400 169 700 Wong Tai Sin - 45 600 1 200 46 800 Kwun Tong 1 209 000 149 800 12 500 1 371 300 Kowloon 2 646 300 926 200 481 700 4 054 200 Kwai Tsing 149 000 24 800 2 000 175 800 Tsuen Wan 114 600 10 300 800 125 700 Tuen Mun 32 300 - 8 500 40 800 Yuen Long 9 200 8 700 19 000 36 900 North 26 900 3 300 500 30 700 Tai Po - 5 200 1 200 6 400 Sha Tin 348 500 3 800 - 352 300 Sai Kung 9 000 3 400 - 12 400 Islands 128 600 19 000 - 147 600 New Territories 818 100 78 500 32 000 928 600 Overall 7 179 600 2 616 400 1 487 200 11 283 200

# Measured on the basis of "internal floor area" which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

* Provisional figures. The Rating and Valuation Department will publish the confirmed figures in "Hong Kong Property Review 2016" in April 2016.

Notes: Private office stock is based on rating records. The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Source: Rating and Valuation Department

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 47

Annex II

Private Office Grade A–Completions

Floor Area # ( m² )

District 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Central & Western - 12 300 3 600 - - Wan Chai - 19 400 - - 4 900 Eastern - - - - - Southern 50 500 - 15 000 - 17 600 Hong Kong 50 500 31 700 18 600 - 22 500 Yau Tsim Mong - - - - - Sham Shui Po - - - 16 200 10 800 Kowloon City - - - - - Wong Tai Sin - - - - - Kwun Tong 68 900 32 700 55 500 10 300 77 200 Kowloon 68 900 32 700 55 500 26 500 88 000 Kwai Tsing - 39 300 - - - Tsuen Wan - - - 26 300 - Tuen Mun - - - - - Yuen Long - - - - - North - - - - - Tai Po - - - - - Sha Tin 6 100 - 22 700 33 300 13 400 Sai Kung - - - - - Islands - - - - - New Territories 6 100 39 300 22 700 59 600 13 400 Overall 125 500 103 700 96 800 86 100 123 900

# Measured on the basis of "internal floor area" which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

Notes: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 48

Private Office Grade B–Completions

Floor Area # ( m² )

District 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Central & Western 29 700 - - 10 400 - Wan Chai - 9 600 5 200 - - Eastern - 12 600 - - - Southern - - 11 100 - 18 000 Hong Kong 29 700 22 200 16 300 10 400 18 000 Yau Tsim Mong - - - - 5 400 Sham Shui Po - - - - - Kowloon City - - - - - Wong Tai Sin - - - - - Kwun Tong - 9 800 8 400 - 17 200 Kowloon - 9 800 8 400 - 22 600 Kwai Tsing - - - - - Tsuen Wan - - - - - Tuen Mun - - - - - Yuen Long - - - - - North - - - 3 300 - Tai Po - - - - - Sha Tin - - - - - Sai Kung - - - - - Islands - - - - - New Territories - - - 3 300 - Overall 29 700 32 000 24 700 13 700 40 600

# Measured on the basis of "internal floor area" which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

Notes: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 49

Private Office Grade C–Completions

Floor Area # ( m² )

District 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Central & Western - - - 1 400 - Wan Chai - - - - - Eastern - - - 1 700 - Southern - - - - - Hong Kong - - - 3 100 - Yau Tsim Mong - - 1 200 700 - Sham Shui Po - - - - - Kowloon City - - - - - Wong Tai Sin - - - - - Kwun Tong - - - - - Kowloon - - 1 200 700 - Kwai Tsing - - - - - Tsuen Wan - - - - - Tuen Mun - - - - - Yuen Long - - - - - North - - - - - Tai Po - - - - - Sha Tin - - - - - Sai Kung - - - - - Islands - - - - - New Territories - - - - - Overall - - 1 200 3 800 -

# Measured on the basis of "internal floor area" which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

Notes: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 50

Private Offices (All Grades) –Completions

Floor Area # ( m² )

District 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Central & Western 29 700 12 300 3 600 11 800 - Wan Chai - 29 000 5 200 - 4 900 Eastern - 12 600 - 1 700 - Southern 50 500 - 26 100 - 35 600 Hong Kong 80 200 53 900 34 900 13 500 40 500 Yau Tsim Mong - - 1 200 700 5 400 Sham Shui Po - - - 16 200 10 800 Kowloon City - - - - - Wong Tai Sin - - - - - Kwun Tong 68 900 42 500 63 900 10 300 94 400 Kowloon 68 900 42 500 65 100 27 200 110 600 Kwai Tsing - 39 300 - - - Tsuen Wan - - - 26 300 - Tuen Mun - - - - - Yuen Long - - - - - North - - - 3 300 - Tai Po - - - - - Sha Tin 6 100 - 22 700 33 300 13 400 Sai Kung - - - - - Islands - - - - - New Territories 6 100 39 300 22 700 62 900 13 400 Overall 155 200 135 700 122 700 103 600 164 500

# Measured on the basis of "internal floor area" which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

Notes: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Source: Rating and Valuation Department

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 51

Annex III

Private Offices–Forecast Completions in 2016*

Floor Area # ( m² )

District Grade A Grade B Grade C All Grades Central & Western - 11 800 2 400 14 200 Wan Chai - - - - Eastern 23 800 - - 23 800 Southern - 10 400 - 10 400 Hong Kong 23 800 22 200 2 400 48 400 Yau Tsim Mong 40 500 100 - 40 600 Sham Shui Po - - - - Kowloon City - - - - Wong Tai Sin 20 700 - - 20 700 Kwun Tong 50 100 - - 50 100 Kowloon 111 300 100 - 111 400 Kwai Tsing - - - - Tsuen Wan - - - - Tuen Mun - - - - Yuen Long - - - - North - - - - Tai Po - - - - Sha Tin 39 100 - - 39 100 Sai Kung - - - - Islands - - - - New Territories 39 100 - - 39 100 Overall 174 200 22 300 2 400 198 900

# Measured on the basis of "internal floor area" which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

* Provisional figures. The Rating and Valuation Department will publish the confirmed figures in "Hong Kong Property Review 2016" in April 2016.

Notes: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 52

Private Offices–Forecast Completions in 2017*

Floor Area # ( m² )

District Grade A Grade B Grade C All Grades Central & Western - 16 000 1 300 17 300 Wan Chai 26 900 - - 26 900 Eastern - - - - Southern - - - - Hong Kong 26 900 16 000 1 300 44 200 Yau Tsim Mong 29 900 - - 29 900 Sham Shui Po - - - - Kowloon City 8 200 - - 8 200 Wong Tai Sin 14 300 - - 14 300 Kwun Tong 135 800 - - 135 800 Kowloon 188 200 - - 188 200 Kwai Tsing - - - - Tsuen Wan - - - - Tuen Mun - - - - Yuen Long - - - - North - - - - Tai Po - - - - Sha Tin - - - - Sai Kung - - - - Islands - - - - New Territories - - - - Overall 215 100 16 000 1 300 232 400

# Measured on the basis of "internal floor area" which is defined as the area of all enclosed space of the unit measured to the internal face of enclosing external and/or party walls.

* Provisional figures. The Rating and Valuation Department will publish the confirmed figures in "Hong Kong Property Review 2016" in April 2016.

Notes: The sum of individual items might not add up to the respective total because of rounding.

Source: Rating and Valuation Department

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 53

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)017 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0980)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Government has indicated that it would continue the review on the Small House Policy. Please provide the estimated expenditure, manpower and details of the work in the Government’s efforts to review the Small House Policy, resolve the issue of the buying and selling of rights to build small houses, etc. Will additional expenditure and manpower be provided to enhance communication with the Heung Yee Kuk, and clarify the legal issues of the buying and selling of rights to build small houses with the public?

Asked by: Dr Hon LAM Tai-fai (Member Question No. 38)

Reply:

The review of the small house policy is still on-going. The small house policy has been operating for a long time. The review inevitably involves complicated issues concerning various aspects, including legal, environment and land use planning, all of which require careful examination. The review is not a matter of high priority and there is no firm timetable for its completion. Nevertheless, the Government will continue to handle this review carefully and judiciously, engaging stakeholders as well as the wider community in constructive dialogue over the relevant issues as and when necessary.

The review is conducted by the Development Bureau using its existing resources and by our colleagues as part of their overall duties. We are therefore unable to provide a breakdown of the resources deployed solely for the review.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 54

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)018 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0661)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Phase II of the public engagement (PE) exercise on the proposed establishment of a Harbourfront Authority (HFA) conducted by the Harbourfront Commission in collaboration with the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) was completed on 24 December 2014. It was mentioned in Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2015-16 that the Government would consider the way forward for the proposed establishment of a HFA in the light of public views; however, the HFA is no more mentioned in the Estimates this year. In this connection, will the Government inform this Committee on:

1. whether the Government still intends to establish the HFA now that the Phase II PE on the HFA’s proposed establishment has been completed for over a year. If yes, when will the Government announce the details on the establishment of the HFA and what are the expenditure and staff establishment to be involved for the financial year 2016-17? If no, please provide the reasons; and

2. the resources allocated to the preparation for the establishment of a HFA over the past three years, with a detailed breakdown of the expenditure involved.

Asked by: Dr Hon Priscilla LEUNG Mei-fun (Member Question No. 34)

Reply:

It is the vision of the Government to deliver an attractive, vibrant, accessible and sustainable harbourfront for the Hong Kong people. The Harbourfront Commission (HC) has submitted its final report on the proposed establishment of a Harbourfront Authority (HFA) to the Chief Executive on 19 January 2016. As stated in the press release issued by the Development Bureau on 19 January 2016, the Government welcomes the submission of the report and will further deliberate with HC on the best way forward for harbourfront development in Hong Kong. This is part of our on-going work to continue to carry out the

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 55

- 2 -

stated mission to protect Victoria Harbour and beautify the harbourfront for the enjoyment of all as stated in the Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17 in the Estimates. We are still considering the proposal and there is as yet no firm details or timetable.

The work relating to the public engagement on the proposal to establish a HFA was undertaken by staff of the Harbour Unit of the Planning and Lands Branch of the Development Bureau as part of their overall duties. We are unable to provide a breakdown of the manpower deployed solely for such work. As regards the resources allocated to the preparation for the establishment of a HFA over the past three years, $570,087, $1,434,000 and $3,395,000 was spent on Public Engagement and related activities in the financial year of 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16 respectively. The amount does not include emoluments of the staff of the Harbour Unit.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 56

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)019 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0663)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not specified

Programme: (-) Not specified

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In Yau Tsim Mong and Kowloon City district, the construction work of many recreational parks have been delayed for years and the parks are yet to be completed. In this regard, would the Government please inform this Committee on the following:

1. Regarding (i) the open space near Whampoa Garden; (ii) the open space at the junction of Hung Luen Road and Oi King Street; (iii) the open space at Kin Wan Street; (iv) the open space at Hung Lok Road; (v) the open space at the former site of the Tai Kok Tsui Bus Terminus; (vi) the open space at 18 Hoi Fan Road; and (vii) the seven open space sites/recreational parks at Kai Tak Avenue Park, please provide the respective works progress, estimated time of completion and allocated expenditure over the past three years.

2. Please provide the reasons or difficulties faced by the Bureau that have resulted in the long delay of the construction works of the seven above-mentioned open space/recreational parks.

Asked by: Dr Hon Priscilla LEUNG Mei-fun (Member Question No. 38)

Reply:

The provision of open space/recreational facility is under the purview of the Home Affairs Bureau and the Leisure and Cultural Services Department (LCSD), which will formulate and review the implementation programme of individual open space/recreational facility having regard to their policy and resource priority.

The seven sites mentioned in the question are located in zones where “open space” use is always permitted. The progress of the implementation of open space and the latest land status of the seven sites in question are as follows -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 57

- 2 -

Expenditure over the past Project Progress/Land status Estimate time of completion three years (2013-16)1 Open space near A major part of this site The site can be developed About $340,000 Whampoa Garden is currently used as after the existing public public transport transport interchange is interchange (PTI) which relocated. The relocation is is planned to be vacated estimated to be completed by by the Transport 30 September 20182. Department after a new According to LCSD, there is PTI is provided. no plan for open space development yet.

Open space at the Part of the site is According to LCSD, there is About $23,000 junction of Hung temporarily allocated to no plan for open space Luen Road and Oi the Drainage Services development yet. King Street Department as a works area. Temporary use of the remaining part of the site is being explored.

Open space at Kin Part of the site is vacant According to LCSD, there is About $120,000 Wan Street whilst the remaining no detailed implementation part is subject to a Short programme yet. Term Tenancy for Fee-paying Public Carpark.

Open space at The site is currently held According to LCSD, there is Not applicable Hung Lok Road under a Short Term no plan for open space Tenancy granted to development yet. MTR Corporation Limited (MTRCL) as the works area for the construction of MTR - Kwun Tong Line Extension. It is estimated that MTRCL could release the site by 31 March 2017.

1 The expenditures refer to the costs incurred by Lands Department for the management of vacant Government land (including grass cutting, tree trimming and security services).

2. In its final report on the proposed establishment of a Harbourfront Authority (HFA), the Harbourfront Commission (HC) recommends allocating the Hung Hom harbourfront including the site concerned and the existing Hung Hom Promenade to the proposed HFA for development. The Government is considering HC’s report.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 58

- 3 -

Expenditure over the past Project Progress/Land status Estimate time of completion three years (2013-16)1 Open space at the The site was allocated to According to LCSD, there is Not applicable former site of the LCSD on 1 September no detailed implementation Tai Kok Tsui Bus 2009 and is currently programme yet. Terminus used as a temporary nursery area.

Open space at While the site was According to LCSD, there is About $680,000 18 Hoi Fan Road allocated to LCSD on no detailed implementation 1 April 2009, the site is programme yet. possessed by the Lands Department.

Kai Tak Avenue Allocation of the site to According to LCSD, there is About $400,000 Park LCSD is in progress. no detailed implementation Part of the site is programme yet. currently allocated to other departments for temporary use.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 59

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)020 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0664)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is the wish of many West Kowloon residents to have a West Kowloon Waterfront Promenade (“WKWP”) that connects Hung Hom with Sham Shui Po. However, the current distance covered by the WKWP falls far short of public expectation. In this connection, will the Government advise this Committee on the following:

1. how much resources will be allocated to the management of WKWP in the next three years? Please provide a detailed breakdown of the expenditure on items like repairs and maintenance as well as promotion.

2. will the Government consider extending the Promenade to connect Hung Hom with Sham Shui Po? Will it also consider the construction of boulevards to connect the Promenade with the hinterland so as to enhance the overall accessibility? If yes, what are the details? If not, what are the reasons?

3. commuting by bicycles has been gaining popularity in recent years. Has the Government considered adding cycle tracks to all waterfront promenades in the territory? If yes, what are the details?

Asked by: Dr Hon Priscilla LEUNG Mei-fun (Member Question No. 39)

Reply:

1. Victoria Harbour is a precious public asset of Hong Kong and an icon of the city. The Government will continue to strive to enhance the harbourfront and improve its accessibility and connectivity.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 60

- 2 -

With the completion of various harbourfront enhancement works in recent years, waterfront promenades are now available for public use on the central and western part of Kowloon from Tsim Sha Tsui Ferry Pier to Laguna Verde in Hung Hom, at the headland area for the development of the future Park of the West Kowloon Cultural District (WKCD), and from Hampton Place to New Yau Ma Tei Typhoon Shelter in Tai Kok Tsui.

The existing waterfront promenade within the future Park site in WKCD will be closed for upgrading works by phases as the development of the WKCD project proceeds. The management and maintenance responsibilities of the existing and future upgraded waterfront promenades within WKCD rest with the West Kowloon Cultural District Authority. Meanwhile, Avenue of Stars in Tsim Sha Tsui, the waterfront promenades fronting Harbour Grand as well as Laguna Verde in Hung Hom and the part from Hampton Place to One Silver Sea in Tai Kok Tsui are under private management. No government funding or resources would be incurred for the management and maintenance of these promenades.

As for the remaining promenade sections under the management of the Government, the expenditure earmarked or estimated for management and maintenance is around $5.1 million in 2016-17, $5.4 million in 2017-18 and $5.7 million in 2018-19. The Harbour Unit of the Planning and Lands Branch of Development Bureau will continue to make use of its existing resources to promote the use of harbourfront promenades.

2. The Government aims to provide a continuous promenade along both sides of the harbour for public enjoyment, subject to the circumstances of individual harbourfront sites and allocation of resources for their development. For instance, the construction of the Hoi Fai Road Promenade was completed in 2014-15 and has been open to the public. Looking ahead, the proposed new residential and commercial developments at Cheung Sha Wan waterfront have incorporated the development of a waterfront promenade. Relevant project proponents would need to conduct studies to look into various issues, including pedestrian connectivity between the harbourfront and the hinterland, when developing the promenade.

3. When planning the development of harbourfront areas, the Government will carefully consider the feasibility of constructing cycle track. Where circumstances allow, the Government will provide cycle track and related facilities for the public to use bicycles for recreational or short-distance travelling purposes. Factors to be taken into consideration include compatibility with overall development of the districts and adjacent land uses, ancillary facilities, geographical environment, road safety, traffic management arrangements and public views.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 61

- 3 -

For instance, the Urban Design Study for the New Central Harbourfront and the Hong Kong Island East Harbour-front Study completed by the Planning Department recommended developing cycle tracks in the new Central harbourfront and some key areas on the harbourfront of eastern Hong Kong Island. The ongoing Urban Design Study for the Wan Chai North and North Point Harbourfront Areas is also looking into the possibility of cycling in the area. The Civil Engineering and Development Department is now conducting a public engagement exercise regarding the proposed boardwalk underneath Island Eastern Corridor and a cycle track is included in the proposals.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 62

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)021 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1134)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Financial Secretary said that the Government will increase land supply to meet Hong Kong’s housing and social development needs. At present, many “brownfield sites” are scattered throughout the New Territories. Please advise on the following:

1. At present, how many hectares of “brownfield sites” are there in the New Territories? How many hectares of them are privately owned and how many are owned through a company?

2. How many hectares of government land have been unlawfully occupied by private individuals? What measures will the Government adopt to deter unlawful occupation of government land? Please provide the estimated handling time needed for completion of the work of this front?

3. In view of the current adequate reserves, will additional resources be allocated to acquire, at market price, suitable “brownfield sites” from the landlords in the new Territories to supply land to the Housing Authority (HA) for provision of public rental housing flats and Home Ownership Scheme (HOS) flats so as to expedite the achievement of the housing target? If yes, please advise on the implementation plan. If not, please give the reasons.

4. Will the Government hold negotiations on land exchange with owners of “brownfield sites” so as to increase housing land supply to meet the social development needs? If yes, please advise on the arrangements. If not, please give the reasons.

Asked by: Hon CHEUNG Kwok-che (Member Question No. 68)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 63

- 2 -

Reply:

Under the Government’s multi-pronged approach to land development, development of land in the northwestern and northern part of the New Territories (NT), where brownfield sites are concentrated, through the new town development approach is a major option for land supply. There is no formal and standard definition for brownfield sites at present. The term generally refers to agricultural or rural land in the NT, predominantly privately owned, that is deserted and converted to uses such as container yards, vehicle depots, vehicle repair workshops, logistics operations, rural workshops, open storage, recycling yards, construction machinery and materials storage, which are incompatible with the surrounding environment.

Developing those areas where brownfield sites are concentrated into new towns requires provision of the full-range of infrastructural and community facilities, as well as land resumption and clearance with appropriate compensation and relocation arrangements. Such brownfield sites often involve economic activities providing services that are still needed in Hong Kong and job opportunities for the local population. Such brownfield sites are also usually mingled with other rural land uses including village houses, squatters, livestock farms as well as fallow and active agricultural land. To fully address the environmental problems caused by brownfield sites, to release the development potential of suitable sites, and at the same time to provide spaces for those operations still in demand, we must conduct comprehensive and integrated planning with corresponding infrastructure upgrading. Without overall planning and infrastructure, developments of individual brownfield sites in a piecemeal manner would be difficult to support high-density developments including public housing.

We have been conducting comprehensive studies for a number of areas in the rural NT with a higher concentration of brownfield sites and having potential for development. The aim is to identify development potential and formulate development plans for such areas, through comprehensive planning and infrastructure upgrading, thereby releasing land for new town development and improving the spoilt environment in the rural NT. We estimate that a total of about 340 hectares (ha) of brownfield sites are involved in the Kwu Tung North and Fanling North New Development Areas (NDAs) (about 50 ha), Hung Shui Kiu NDA (about 190 ha), and Yuen Long South development (about 100 ha), the studies for which either have been completed or are close to completion. The “Preliminary Feasibility Study on Developing the New Territories North” underway has also been exploring various potential development areas involving a large number of brownfield sites.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 64

- 3 -

To this end, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is planning to commence feasibility studies on multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations. The studies will cover the conceptual design, planning, technical and financial assessments, and explore possible mode of operation and management of the proposed multi-storey compounds. The studies are tentatively scheduled to commence in mid-2016 for completion by mid-2018.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 65

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)022 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2796)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please set out in table form the details of the duty visits made by the Secretary for Development and the Under Secretary for Development since 2012-13, including the date of visit, place of visit, size of entourage, purpose of visit, expenses on hotel accommodation, air tickets and meals and total expenditure for each visit? Please provide the amounts and the names of the sponsors of the sponsorships received (if any) of each visit.

Asked by: Hon Mrs Regina IP LAU Suk-yee (Member Question No. 18)

Reply:

Information on the duty visits made by the Secretary for Development (SDEV) is given in the table below -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 66

- 2 -

Hotel Other accommodation Air ticket Total expenses expenses of Total number of Number of expenses of expenses of incurred by SDEV and Year of duty visits accompanying SDEV and SDEV and SDEV and staff of duty visits (places of visits) staff of Planning staff of staff of staff of Planning and (purposes of visits) and Lands Planning and Planning and Planning and Lands Branch (Note 1) Branch Lands Branch Lands Branch Lands Branch ($) ($) ($) ($) (Note 3) (Note 2) 2012-13 5 visits 1 to 4 About 15,000 About 62,000 About 58,000 About 135,000 (Singapore, Beijing, (Note 4) (Note 4) Guangzhou, Qianhai, Shanghai, Shenzhen and Wolong)

(Attending meetings, sharing sessions, site visits, forums and conferences)

2013-14 7 visits 2 About 12,000 About 135,000 About 58,000 About 205,000 (Singapore, Taipei, Dujiangyan City, Ningbo, Shanghai, Tianjin, Wolong and Ya’an City)

(Attending meetings, sharing sessions, site visits,, forums and conferences)

2014-15 7 visits 2 to 4 About 41,000 About 388,000 About 51,000 About 480,000 (Barcelona, Moscow, (Note 5) Paris, Singapore, Beijing, Guangzhou, Hengqin, Jiangmen, Nanning, Nansha, Zhongshan and Zhuhai)

(Attending meetings, sharing sessions, site visits, forums and conferences)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 67

- 3 -

Hotel Other accommodation Air ticket Total expenses expenses of Total number of Number of expenses of expenses of incurred by SDEV and Year of duty visits accompanying SDEV and SDEV and SDEV and staff of duty visits (places of visits) staff of Planning staff of staff of staff of Planning and (purposes of visits) and Lands Planning and Planning and Planning and Lands Branch (Note 1) Branch Lands Branch Lands Branch Lands Branch ($) ($) ($) ($) (Note 3) (Note 2) 2015-16 (up 3 visits 0 to 3 About 25,000 About 81,000 About 32,000 About 138,000 to end (Beijing, Yangon, (Note 5) February Yinchuan) 2016) (Attending meetings, sharing sessions, site visits, forums and conferences)

Notes

1. Excluding one-day trips made by SDEV and Under Secretary for Development for which no expenditure on hotel or air ticket was incurred.

2. Excluding the expenses on hotel accommodation where the participating officials received the normal rate of subsistence allowance, the amount of which has been included under the column of “Other expenses”.

3. Including subsistence allowance granted to the participating officials.

4. The expenditures on hotel and air ticket for the duty visit to Singapore were sponsored by the Centre for Liveable Cities, Singapore. The sponsorship was accepted with approval in accordance with established procedures.

5. The expenditures on hotel for the duty visits to Moscow, Singapore, Guangzhou, and Beijing (2015-16) were sponsored by the Moscow City Government, the Singapore Government, the Guangdong Provincial Government and the State Council’s Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office respectively. The sponsorship was accepted with approval in accordance with established procedures.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 68

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)023 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2800)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (700) General non-recurrent (Item 865 Operation Building Bright)

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is stated in the Development Bureau’s Programme of 2016-17 that the Bureau will oversee the implementation of the multi-pronged package of measures to enhance building safety, covering legislation, enforcement, support and assistance for owners as well as publicity and public education. In this connection, please advise this Committee on the following:

1. Please set out in table form all the schemes and measures related to enhancing building safety, the responsible departments, and the relevant estimates, for the financial year 2015-16;

2. Please set out in table form all the schemes and measures related to enhancing building safety, the responsible departments, and the relevant estimates, for the financial year 2016-17.

Asked by: Hon Mrs Regina IP LAU Suk-yee (Member Question No. 23)

Reply:

The Government attaches great importance to building safety. In October 2010, the Government announced that it would adopt a multi-pronged approach to enhance building safety, covering legislation, enforcement, support and assistance to building owners as well as publicity and public education. To this end, we have been overseeing different initiatives being implemented by the Buildings Department (BD), the Urban Renewal Authority (URA) and the Hong Kong Housing Society (HKHS). The major schemes and measures being implemented in 2015-16 include the following:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 69

- 2 -

Relevant department Schemes/Measures and organisations Implementing legislation Minor Works Control System, including Validation Scheme for Unauthorised Signboards BD Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme Mandatory Window Inspection Scheme Enforcement Responding to reports from members of the public and other departments on unauthorised building works (UBWs) BD Launching large scale operations on UBWs, including sub-divided flats (SDFs) and unauthorised signboards Support and assistance to building owners Building Safety Loan Scheme Community Care Fund - Relocation allowance for eligible BD residents of SDFs in industrial buildings Integrated Building Maintenance Assistance Scheme URA and HKHS (Note) Building Maintenance Grant Scheme for Elderly Owners HKHS Mandatory Building Inspection Subsidy Scheme URA and HKHS Operation Building Bright BD, URA and HKHS Publicity and education Publicity campaign including publication of newspaper supplements, pamphlets, booklets and posters for different initiatives BD Announcements in the Public Interest for different initiatives Public educational seminars, programmes and events for different initiatives

Note: Since 1 July 2015, URA has taken over all the Rehabilitation Scheme Areas previously managed by HKHS under the Integrated Building Maintenance Assistance Scheme, and provides a territory-wide service under the Scheme.

The above schemes and measures will continue in 2016-17. In addition, the Government is very concerned about the problem of bid-rigging in building repair and maintenance works. As part of the variety of measures being put in place by different bureaux/departments to tackle the problem, URA will launch the Building Rehabilitation Facilitating Service (Pilot Scheme) in the second quarter of 2016 to enhance technical support for owners to carry out building repair and maintenance works, which includes providing guidelines and contract samples, arranging professionals to provide independent advice and establishing an electronic tendering platform.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 70

- 3 -

The Buildings Unit of the Development Bureau oversees the implementation of the aforementioned measures under the multi-pronged approach as part of their overall duties. We are unable to provide a breakdown of the expenditure and manpower incurred by the Development Bureau solely for this initiative.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 71

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)024 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2801)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

On 19 January 2016, the Harbourfront Commission (HC) submitted the final report on the establishment of a Harbourfront Authority (HFA) to the Government. The report recommended the Government to allocate eight harbourfront sites to the proposed HFA, as well as investing $10.205 billion in terms of capital costs and $375.5 million in terms of recurrent operational expenses. In this connection, has the Bureau reserved funding for such expenses? If yes, what are the details? If not, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Hon Mrs Regina IP LAU Suk-yee (Member Question No. 24)

Reply:

The Government aims to deliver an attractive, vibrant, accessible and sustainable harbourfront for the Hong Kong people. The Harbourfront Commission (HC) submitted its final report on the proposed establishment of a Harbourfront Authority (HFA) to the Chief Executive on 19 January 2016. As stated in the press release issued by the Development Bureau on 19 January 2016, the Government welcomes the submission of the report and will further deliberate with HC on the best way forward for harbourfront development in Hong Kong. We are still considering the proposal and there is as yet no firm details or timetable. No funding has been reserved for the proposed establishment of HFA as yet.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 72

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)025 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1156)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In 2015-16 and 2016-17, the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) will adopt strategies “to increase land supply in the short, medium and long-term”. In October 2012, the Development Bureau promulgated information on the unleased or unallocated government land, and types of land which are considered not suitable for development, not yet available for development, or with low development potential (http://www.devb.gov.hk/filemanager/en/content_809/table_Eng.pdf).

However, though strategies have been adopted to increase land supply of various types, the above-mentioned document has only maintained the data as at June 2012. Please provide the latest figures or figures as at the end of 2015 according to the format of the original document. If such data are unavailable, please explain in details why the data has not been updated since June 2012.

The format of the original document is attached below for reference:

1 Area of unleased or unallocated government land Residential Commercial Industrial Government, Open Total Institution Space or Community Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Commercial Residential Village Type (GroupA) (Group B) (Group C) (Group D) (Group E) /Residential (GroupA) Development to (Group E) and Commercial /Residential

2 Types of land which are considered not suitable for development, not yet available for development, or with low development potential Residential Residential Residential Residential Residential Commercial Residential Village Type Commercial Industrial Government, Open Total (GroupA) (Group B) (Group C) (Group D) (Group E) /Residential (GroupA) Development Institution Space to (Group E) and or Community Commercial /Residential Road/ Passageways Man-made slopes Simplified Temporary Land Allocation Sites which are <0.05 hectares 3 Unleased or unallocated government land after deducting the types of land above Remaining land area (1 - 2)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 73

- 2 -

Asked by: Hon Alan LEONG Kah-kit (Member Question No. 12)

Reply:

The Government has not compiled statistics on government land in various land use zonings. We have, in response to questions raised by the Legislative Council in July and October 2012, compiled on a one-off basis statistics on unleased and unallocated government land in certain land use zonings: “Residential”, “Commercial/Residential”, “Village Type Development”, “Commercial”, “Industrial”, “Government, Institution or Community” and “Open Space”. The statistics including the geographical distribution of the unleased and unallocated government land are published on the Development Bureau’s website (http://www.devb.gov.hk/en/issues_in_focus/the_land_area_analysis/index.html).

Significant resources are required for such work and hence no update is made to this one-off stock-taking of government land in various land use zonings.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 74

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)026 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1572)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is mentioned that the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) will explore “developing multi-storey industrial compounds” in 2016-17. Please advise on the following:

1. The detailed plan and direction in this regard, and please provide the timetable of the work on this front.

2. Whether the effort to explore “developing multi-storey industrial compounds” involves co-operation or division of labour with the Innovation and Technology Bureau (ITB)?

3. With reference to the above, please explain the similarities and differences between the work of exploration and the ITB’s “re-industrialisation” and “new Industrial Estate policy”; and advise whether there is any division of labour or duplication of work?

Asked by: Hon Alan LEONG Kah-kit (Member Question No. 21)

Reply:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 75

- 2 -

operators, trade representatives and locals, relevant bureaux and departments such as the Innovation and Technology Bureau will be consulted during the studies in order to understand their operational needs and to tap their views. The total project estimate for the studies is about $23 million.

Separately, “re-industrialisation” refers to high value-added industries or manufacturing processes that do not require large amount of land resources while utilising smart manufacturing, data analysis or Internet of Things1. It provides Hong Kong with the opportunities to identify new area of economic growth. In this regard, the Government has revised the industrial estate policy to give priority to the innovation and technology industry. The Hong Kong Science and Technology Parks Corporation (HKSTPC) will build and manage specialised multi-storey industrial buildings for rental to multi-users instead of granting the sites to single users for building their own factories except under special circumstances. As such, there is no duplication of work on the proposed multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations and that of HKSTPC’s specialised multi-storey industrial buildings.

- End -

1. Internet of Things (IoT) generally refers to a scenario in which each object has a unique identifier and the object has the ability to communicate automatically over internet without human interaction. When objects can sense and communicate, it can enhance decision making based on internal and external environments. Some major areas for IoT applications are smart energy; smart transportation; smart healthcare; smart home; and smart buildings.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 76

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)027 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1574)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In both 2014-15 and 2015-16, the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) mentioned in the Brief Description of its work in the previous year that it had “continued to work with (“聯同” in Chinese version) the Urban Renewal Authority (URA) on the revitalisation of the Central Market”, and that it would “continue to support (“協助” in Chinese version) the URA in its implementation of … including the revitalisation of the Central Market/taking forward the revitalisation proposal in respect of the Central Market” in Matters Requiring Special Attention in the coming year.

In September 2015, URA announced the new “simplified” design to replace the original “Floating Oasis”.

In Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17, the relevant lines have become “continued to support (“支持” in Chinese version) URA on the revitalisation of the Central Market” and “continue to support (“支持” in Chinese version) URA in its implementation of…including the revitalisation of the Central Market” respectively.

Please advise on the following:

1. As the Government has changed its stance from to “support (“協助”) the URA” and “work with (“聯同”) the URA” to “support (“支持”) URA”, are there any changes in the Government’s work and participating role in this regard? If yes, what are the details? If not, what are the reasons for the change of stance?

2. As the Government has worked with and supported URA to take forward the revitalisation of the Central Market, did the Government play any role in deciding to give up the “Floating Oasis” design? If yes, what were the Government’s role and stance?

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 77

- 2 -

3. As the Government has worked with and supported URA to take forward the revitalisation of the Central Market, did the Government adopt any measures to prevent URA from giving up the “Floating Oasis” design? If yes, what are the details? If not, what are the reasons?

4. How will the Government support URA to implement the revitalisation of the Central Market in the future?

Asked by: Hon Alan LEONG Kah-kit (Member Question No. 24)

Reply:

A consolidated reply to the four parts of the question is set out below.

The Government invited the Urban Renewal Authority (URA) to help conserve and revitalise the Central Market in 2009. In July 2013, URA obtained the approval of the Town Planning Board (TPB) for the Central Market revitalisation scheme drawn up on the basis of the outcome of the public engagement programme conducted by the then Central Oasis Community Advisory Committee between 2009 and 2011. The progress of the project was held up by an application for judicial review in 2013, which was subsequently rejected by the Court in April 2014. In August 2014, URA obtained the building plan approval for the scheme.

When first budgeted in 2009, URA projected that it would need $500 million to complete the project. With rising construction costs and the availability of a more accurate assessment on the scale and cost of the works required, the original estimate was rendered out-of-date and seriously inadequate. As such, URA revisited the project details to rationalise both the cost and the works to be carried out with a view to commencing the project as soon as possible for early public enjoyment. In September 2015, URA decided to adopt a simplified scheme with an estimated cost of about $600 million. URA is now obtaining the necessary statutory approvals for the revised scheme.

Over the years, Government has rendered support to URA’s efforts in connection with this revitalisation project, and will continue to do so to facilitate its implementation.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 78

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)028 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1575)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In 2013, the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) implemented the pilot scheme for the “Hong Kong Property for Hong Kong People” (HKPHKP) measure. In September 2012, the Government announced that the relevant measure would be applied to two sites to be sold. Subsequently, the Government claimed that the various demand-side management measures implemented by the Government targeting at the property market had effectively curbed the demand of non-local purchasers for residential property. Hence, there was no plan to extend the HKPHKP measure to other sites at this stage. Would the Government please advise on the following:

1. As at present, does the Government have any plan to resume the relevant measure in 2016-17?

2. As the Government considers that the various demand-side management measures have achieved the expected results, does the Government think that the HKPHKP measure will never be applied to any site again?

Asked by: Hon Alan LEONG Kah-kit (Member Question No. 25)

Reply:

The policy objective of the Hong Kong Property for Hong Kong People (HKPHKP) measure is to accord priority to Hong Kong Permanent Residents in making use of our scarce housing land resources when there is a tight demand-supply situation in the property market. The Government announced in September 2012 that the HKPHKP measure would be applied to two residential sites in the Kai Tak Development Area. The two sites were sold through public tender in mid-2013. Subsequently, various demand-side management measures targeted at curbing the demand for residential property from non-local purchasers have been introduced and taken effect, thus obviating the need to extend the HKPHKP measure to other sites. The Government will continue to closely monitor the situation and implement appropriate measures to facilitate the healthy development of the property market. - End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 79

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)029 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3201)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In response to Members’ questions on the Budget last year, the Government indicated that most of the studies to review the agricultural land currently used for industrial purposes and temporary storage or abandoned would be completed in 2014-15. Then, it should be able to estimate the amount of abandoned agricultural land and industrial land (i.e. “brownfield sites”) available for development.

How many pieces of abandoned agricultural land and industrial land (i.e. “brownfield sites”) have been identified suitable for development since 2012-13?

Please provide a breakdown of the above sites which require construction and infrastructure works; yet to complete the rezoning procedures; and require both construction and infrastructure works and rezoning.

Asked by: Hon Alan LEONG Kah-kit (Member Question No. 47)

Reply:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 80

- 2 -

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 81

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)030 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1100)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

For 2016-17, will the Government inform this Committee of:

1. the operational expenses for this Programme?

2. the estimated expenditure on remuneration of the Secretary, the Under Secretary and the Political Assistant of this Bureau respectively?

3. the estimated expenditure on entertainment of the Office of the Secretary for Development?

4. the estimated expenditure on activities such as official duty visits and study tours of the Office of the Secretary for Development?

5. the numbers of days off taken by the Secretary, the Under Secretary and the Political Assistant of this Bureau respectively in 2015-16?

Asked by: Hon Albert CHAN Wai-yip (Member Question No. 12)

Reply:

1. A provision of $13.6 million is earmarked under this programme for operational expenses of the Office of the Secretary for Development (SDEV), including salaries and allowances, and expenses arising from provision of administrative support to SDEV in carrying out his duties in 2016-17.

2. The provisions for the salary in respect of the positions of SDEV, Under Secretary for Development (USDEV) and Political Assistant (PA) to SDEV in 2016-17 are $3.58 million, $2.68 million and $1.25 million respectively.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 82

- 2 -

3. The provision earmarked for official entertainment expenses by officials of the Office of SDEV and Planning and Lands Branch (PLB) in 2016-17 is $0.32 million.

4. The provision earmarked for expenditure on official visits and study tours by officials of the Office of SDEV and PLB in 2016-17 is $0.33 million.

5. In 2015-16 (up to 4 March 2016), SDEV, USDEV and PA to SDEV had taken 11, 23.5 and 26.5 days of paid annual leave respectively.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 83

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)031 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1884)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What are the estimated expenditures on the annual salaries for the Secretary for Development, the Under Secretary for Development and the Political Assistant to Secretary for Development in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon WONG Yuk-man (Member Question No. 9)

Reply:

The provisions for the salary in respect of the positions of Secretary for Development (SDEV), Under Secretary for Development and Political Assistant to SDEV in 2016-17 are $3.58 million, $2.68 million and $1.25 million respectively.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 84

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)032 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2383)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In 2016-17, the Bureau will continue the review on the New Territories Small House Policy. Please inform this Committee of the following:

1. the work schedule and expenditure involved in this respect;

2. the number of small houses completed in each of the past five years;

3. the number of applications for removal of alienation restrictions (AR) and the number of approved cases for removal of ARs in each of the past five years.

Asked by: Hon Michael TIEN Puk-sun (Member Question No. 47)

Reply:

1. The review of the small house policy inevitably involves complicated issues concerning various aspects, including legal, environment and land use planning, all of which require careful examination. The review is not a matter of high priority and there is no firm timetable for its completion.

The review of the small house policy is conducted by the Development Bureau with its existing staff and as part of their overall duties. We are unable to provide a breakdown of the resources deployed solely for the review.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 85

- 2 -

2. The number of small houses completed with Certificates of Compliance (CC) issued by the Lands Department (Lands D) in the past five years (2011 – 2015) is set out below:

Number of small houses completed with CC issued 2011 812 2012 1 089 2013 1 151 2014 1 066 2015 904

3. The number of applications received and approved for removal of restriction on alienation by Lands D in the past five years (2011 – 2015) is set out below:

Number of applications Number of applications

received approved 2011 603 493 2012 645 404 2013 533 485 2014 642 577 2015 648 462

Note: The applications approved in one year may not correspond to the applications received in that year.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 86

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)033 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3288)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please set out the following information in table form:

1. The expenditure incurred by the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) on publicity on the internet/social media in 2015-16, the manpower involved and the percentage this item accounts for in the total expenditure. Please provide a breakdown by publicity channel.

2. The means to be adopted by the Branch to assess the effectiveness and value for money of the above initiatives.

3. The estimated expenditure to be incurred by the Branch on the above initiatives in 2016-17 and the manpower to be involved.

Asked by: Hon Michael TIEN Puk-sun (Member Question No. 52)

Reply:

Internet/social media Manpower involved Expenditure incurred Websites One contract analyst Carried out by in-house staff as programmer part of their overall duties.

Facebook One Researcher Youtube

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 87

- 2 -

2. When carrying out publicity initiatives, the Development Bureau (DEVB) will, having regard to the objectives and actual circumstances of such initiatives, collect responses via different means to assess the effectiveness of the publicity initiatives for reference for mapping out publicity and promotional strategies in future. Generally speaking, the DEVB may, in assessing the effectiveness of the publicity initiatives, consider factors such as the number of service users, opinions from target groups or relevant stakeholders, relevant press commentaries and reports, number of hotline enquiries, hit rates of webpages and content of submissions received.

3. As the work of publicity on internet/social media is carried out by in-house staff of the Bureau as part of their overall duties, we are not able to give a breakdown on the expenditure involved solely for such work.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 88

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)034 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2385)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (700) General non-recurrent (Item 865 Operation Building Bright) Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Buildings Department stated that it would continue to collaborate with the Hong Kong Housing Society and the Urban Renewal Authority in speeding up the rehabilitation of old buildings by providing technical and financial assistance to owners in need and complete the implementation of Operation Building Bright in 2016-17. Please advise this Committee:

1. of the number of owners provided with financial assistance and the expenditure involved in 2015-16; and

2. of the estimated number of owners provided with assistance and the estimated expenditure involved in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 37)

Reply:

1. The repair and maintenance works for buildings participating in Operation Building Bright (OBB) and the release of the OBB subsidy to the owners concerned may span over several years. We do not compile statistics on the number of owners provided with financial assistance under OBB for a particular year. From the inception of OBB in 2009 to 31 January 2016, the total number of household units provided with financial assistance was 114 896, involving a total amount of $2,003 million released.

2. In 2016-17, it is estimated that around 30 000 household units will be provided with financial assistance, involving an estimate of around $565 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 89

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)035 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1495)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

For almost 18 years since the commencement of service of the MTR Tung Chung Line, there has been no development plan for the section between Tsing Yi Station and Tung Chung Station. According to Brief Description No. 6 on page 353 of the Expenditure Analysis by Head, the Bureau will “continue to explore with the MTRCL and the KCRC the development potential of stations and related sites along existing and future rail lines”. Does the Bureau have plan this year to explore the development of the land along the above-mentioned rail line? If yes, what is the specific plan? If not, what are the reasons? By which year will the exploration work be expected to take place?

Asked by: Hon NG Leung-sing (Member Question No. 14)

Reply:

Insofar as development of land above the MTR Tung Chung Line is concerned, the Government, in collaboration with MTRCL, is actively exploring the development potential of the Siu Ho Wan Depot in Lantau. The timeline and details of this potential development are not yet available, as further studies would have to be carried out to consider its viability and other key parameters.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 90

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)036 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1496)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

According to Brief Description No. 6 on page 353 of the Expenditure Analysis by Head, the Bureau will “continue to oversee and co-ordinate the work relating to the Kwu Tung North (KTN) and Fanling North (FLN) New Development Areas (NDAs)”. In June 2014, the Finance Committee of the Legislative Council approved the $340 million funding application for the advance site formation and engineering infrastructure works for the KTN and FLN NDAs, in order to develop housing and community facilities for the first population intake in 2023. Please advise whether the relevant studies and investigation works have been conducted as scheduled? If not, what are the reasons? What is the expected time for submission of funding application to this Committee for the advance works?

Asked by: Hon NG Leung-sing (Member Question No. 15)

Reply:

The detailed design and site investigation for the advance site formation and engineering infrastructure works for KTN and FLN NDAs commenced in November 2014, following the funding approval by the Finance Committee in June 2014. The design consultancy has been proceeding according to schedule with the review of the preliminary design completed in end-2015. The detailed design and site investigation for the advance works and the first stage works1 are underway and targeted for completion in 2016.

1 Funding for the detailed design and site investigation for the first stage works of KTN and FLN NDAs is via Category D item under Block Vote 7100CX

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 91

- 2 -

The road and sewerage schemes for the advance works and the first stage works were gazetted on 31 December 2015. Objections received during the gazettal period are being processed under the established statutory procedures. Subject to the timely completion of the above statutory procedures, we estimate that the funding application for the advance works and the first stage works could be submitted to LegCo in 2017 at the earliest.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 92

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)037 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2633)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the New Territories Small House Policy, please inform this Committee on the following:

1. The Heung Yee Kuk (HYK) openly stated earlier on that the Development Bureau had written to HYK and pointed out that “the buying and selling of rights to build small houses” was not illegal. In this regard, please advise on the response and follow-up actions of the Bureau.

2. Has the Bureau commissioned any consultancy studies on the New Territories Small House Policy in the past five years? If yes, please provide the details of the studies and the expenditure involved.

3. As the review of the New Territories Small House Policy as been kept as a work target of the Bureau for a long time, please list, by year, the details and progress of the work on this front over the past 10 years.

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 43)

Reply:

1. The Government has made it very clear that if a person makes false representations or engages in fraudulent acts in the process of making an application to build a small house, that person has committed a criminal act and will be liable to criminal prosecution. This will continue to be our position.

2. The Bureau has not commissioned any consultancy studies on the New Territories small house policy in the past five years.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 93

- 2 -

3. The review of the small house policy is still on-going. The small house policy has been operating for a long time. The review inevitably involves complicated issues concerning various aspects, including legal, environment and land use planning, all of which require careful examination.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 94

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)038 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2634)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (700) General non-recurrent (Item 865 Operation Building Bright)

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the work to oversee the implementation of the Operation Building Bright (OBB) and the various schemes to assist owners of old buildings to carry out building maintenance work, please inform this Committee on the following:

1. In implementing the relevant schemes, did any departments reflect that owners of old buildings had encountered price collusion or excessive maintenance costs, which are commonly known as “bid-rigging”? If yes, please provide the details and whether there are any measures in place to address the issue.

2. For owners of old buildings or owners’ corporations (OCs) not eligible for applying for subsidies offered by the Hong Kong Housing Society (HKHS), the Urban Renewal Authority (URA) or the Buildings Department (BD), are there any measures in place to help them avoid bid-rigging or excessive maintenance costs?

3. Are there any additional measures or manpower support in place to help owners of old buildings, such as exploring the provision of maintenance cost evaluation services to these owners? If yes, please provide the details?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 44)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 95

- 2 -

Reply:

1. The implementation agents of Operation Building Bright (OBB), namely the Urban Renewal Authority (URA) and the Hong Kong Housing Society (HKHS), have implemented a number of measures to minimise the chance of bid rigging in relation to building repair and maintenance projects under OBB. These include the new tendering arrangement which provides property owners with an open and fair tendering platform free from intervention, as well as independent cost estimates to facilitate property owners in assessing whether the tender prices are comparable with market levels. The URA and the HKHS are in close liaison with the law enforcement agencies and cases involving suspected illegality, whether or not it includes an element of bid rigging, will be reported as appropriate. We are not aware of any prosecution which was related to OBB and involved an element of bid rigging.

2. &3. As far as technical assistance to building owners is concerned, having taken stock of the experience in implementing OBB and other assistance schemes, the URA will launch a pilot scheme in the second quarter of this year to enhance technical support for owners to carry out building repair and maintenance works, including providing guidelines and contract samples, arranging for professionals to provide independent advice and establishing an electronic tendering platform, to help reduce the risk of bid-rigging. The independent advice to be provided by professionals will include cost estimates to facilitate property owners in making informed decisions on repair and maintenance works. The URA will make further announcements once the details of the scheme have been worked out.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 96

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)039 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2906)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not specified

Programme: (-) Not specified

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please provide in detail the works items and amounts of cost overruns in respect of public works projects with which increase in the approved project estimate were sought from this Committee in the past three years.

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 2)

Reply:

The Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) did not seek any increase in approved estimate for works projects under its purview from the Finance Committee in the past three years.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 97

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)040 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1678)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is mentioned in paragraph 78 of the Policy Address that the Government will identify sites near the Liantang/Heung Yuen Wai Boundary Control Point for the development of the Science Park and industrial estates. Please advise on the following:

1. Details of the work progress of the above development; 2. The work and timetable of the next step forward; 3. The estimated expenditure, such as consultancy fee and cost of design and construction, etc., and 4. the factors of consideration for the choice of the two sites in the respective lots.

Asked by: Hon Charles Peter MOK (Member Question No. 33)

Reply: 1. To take forward the initiative of developing Science Park (SP) and industrial estates (IEs) near the Liantang/Heung Yuen Wai Boundary Control Point (BCP) set out in the 2016 Policy Address, a preliminary planning assessment of the area near the BCP to identify possible sites for the development of SP and IEs is being conducted by the Planning Department (PlanD)’s in-house staff in consultation with concerned bureaux and departments.

2./3. As the next step, the Innovation and Technology Bureau will conduct a feasibility study on the proposed SP/IEs development. The assessment findings, recommended locations and departmental comments arising from PlanD’s preliminary planning assessment will serve as the basis of the further feasibility study. There is no estimated expenditure for the time being.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 98

- 2 -

4. A key advantage of these possible sites is their proximity to a major BCP, giving users the ability to enjoy convenient cross boundary travel and leverage the synergy with the Mainland in innovation, technology and modern industry developments. Another key advantage also relates to their location, in that the eventual site would form part of an emerging knowledge and technology corridor in East New Territories with a cluster of existing science park, industrial estates, tertiary education institutions and research institutes.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 99

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)041 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3232)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Will the Government please inform us of the following:

1. In the past three years, what was the number of additional civil service posts of information technology (IT) staff that the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) applied to the Civil Service Bureau (CSB) for approval? How many of such posts, among others, under application were approved by the CSB (please list by department, year and post title respectively)?

2. If there were revisions to or rejections of the applications for the creation of IT staff posts, what are the justifications of the CSB?

Asked by: Hon Charles Peter MOK (Member Question No. 40)

Reply:

1. In the past three years, there has not been any increase in the civil service posts of information technology (IT) staff in the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch).

2. The Government’s guiding principles for considering the creation of additional civil service posts are as follows: when the operational need is fully justified; and the work involved cannot be handled by streamlining procedures, re-organisation, re-deployment of existing staff or other means. The above principles are applicable across all the civil service grades, including the IT grades. Manpower in the IT grades will be increased as and when it is fully justified on the grounds of maintaining effective operation and addressing the manpower needs arising from new and improved services. - End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 100

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)042 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1850)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Noah’s Ark Theme Park in Ma Wan has long been criticised for not being attractive enough for tourists and has seen a seriously low patronage for many years. Coupled with the traffic flow limit of the link road between Ma Wan and Tsing Ma Bridge, the number of tourists travelling to and from Ma Wan is subject to restriction. In this connection, please advise on the yearly patronage of Noah’s Ark since its opening; whether Noah’s Ark has any plan forward of extension; details of the traffic flow limit of the link road between Ma Wan and Tsing Ma Bridge; and ways to increase the traffic capacity to and from Ma Wan, including links of waterborne and land traffic.

With a positioning inclined towards Christianity, Noah’s Ark’s is less attractive to the general public. Will the Bureau review the positioning of Noah’s Ark with the developer to make this tourist spot more attractive to tourists of a more diversified background?

It was told that Ma Wan Old Village (MWOV) now acquired by a developer would be redeveloped into Ma Wan Park Phase 2. Please advise on the details of the plan and the respective work schedule. How will the Government and the developer carry out conservation and rehabilitation with regard to the remains of the Customs Station and Tin Hau Temple currently found in MWOV, which are of heritage value?

There has been plan for construction of an indoor snow park featuring indoor skiing in southern Ma Wan. The plan was shelved in the end and the site has since been left vacant. In this connection, has the Government any plan to invite application for construction of a new theme park at the site in southern Ma Wan.

Asked by: Hon CHAN Chi-chuen (Member Question No. 3)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 101

- 2 -

Reply:

The Ma Wan Park has been built and is being operated by the developer according to the Heads of Agreement (HoA) signed between the Government and the developer in 1997. Phase 1 of the Ma Wan Park was completed in July 2012. The developer has the responsibility to ensure the proper management of the Ma Wan Park for public enjoyment. Nevertheless, the Government will convey Legislative Council Members’ comments concerning the positioning of the Ma Wan Park to the developer.

At present, Ma Wan Road and all roads in Ma Wan are designated prohibited zones 24 hours daily. All motor vehicles are prohibited from entering into the prohibited zones 24 hours daily, except goods vehicles and buses (from 10:00 am to 4:00 pm daily), urban taxis (24 hours daily) and those with permits issued by the Commissioner for Transport.

The Ma Wan Park is accessible to the public by various means of transport. The public may reach the Ma Wan Park by five non-franchised bus routes (plying between Ma Wan and Tsing Yi, Kwai Fong, Tsuen Wan, Tsuen Wan West and the airport), two ferry routes (Ma Wan – Central and Ma Wan – Tsuen Wan) and urban taxis. Visitors may also get there by tour coaches arranged by event organisers. Coaches intending to enter the Ma Wan Park during the prohibited hours may apply for a prohibited zone permit from the Transport Department (TD). The aforesaid transport services can adequately meet the transport needs of visitors. TD will continue to monitor the situation and consider improvement proposals as necessary.

Regarding Phase 2 of the Ma Wan Park (Phase 2), the developer had briefed Tsuen Wan District Council on the details and has reported regularly to the Ma Wan Park Advisory Committee (comprising members from the community) on the progress. As the developer is required to handle the relocation of Ma Wan Old Village and the rehousing of villagers, there is no pre-determined timetable for the completion of Phase 2 in the HoA. However, under the HoA, interest on the development funding managed by the developer will continue to be payable to the Government until the completion of the Ma Wan Park. In other words, the longer the development time of Phase 2, the greater the amount of interest the developer has to bear.

As regards the conservation and restoration of the existing Old Customs Station and the Tin Hau Temple, which are located within Ma Wan Old Village and have conservation value, it is noted that the Old Customs Station is a site of archaeological interest recorded by the Antiquities and Monuments Office (AMO) and the Tin Hau Temple is a Grade 3 historic building in Hong Kong. The Development Bureau (DEVB) and AMO will monitor any developments that may affect the Old Customs Station and the Tin Hau Temple in accordance with the established mechanism. Upon receipt of any development plan involving the Old Customs Station, the relevant government department will notify DEVB and AMO, which will then obtain information about the proposed development and make preliminary assessments of the impact of the development on the Old Customs Station.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 102

- 3 -

During the vetting stage of the application for such development, the relevant government department may require the proponent of the project to conduct a heritage and/or archaeological impact assessment, if necessary, and to devise and implement appropriate mitigation measures/conservation plans in light of the assessment result.

The site in the south of Ma Wan (the site) falls within an area zoned “Other Specified Uses” (“OU”) annotated “Recreation and Tourism Related Uses” on the approved Ma Wan OZP No. S/I-MWI/14. This zone is intended for low-rise and low-density recreation and tourism related development such as theme park, resort hotel, public recreational uses and tourist attractions. The zoning is to facilitate appropriate planning control over the development mix, scale, design and layout of development, taking into account environmental, traffic, infrastructure and other constraints.

The developer of the Ma Wan Park proposed to the Government in 2000 the construction of a theme park named “Snow World Development” at the southern side of Ma Wan Island. The proposal was, however, withdrawn by the developer in March 2002. In December 2002, District Lands Office/Tsuen Wan and Kwai Tsing (DLO) invited open tenders for disposing of the site for theme park purpose. As bidders failed to comply with the tender conditions, the Government eventually did not dispose of the site. In 2007, DLO invited tenders for granting the site by short term tenancy for tourism and related uses, but no tender was received. Currently the Government does not have any plan to develop a theme park on the site.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 103

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)043 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2335)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please list in the table below expenditure details of the duty visits made by the Secretary for Development (SDEV), the Under Secretary for Development (USDEV) and the Political Assistant (PA) to SDEV in the past three years, including the date of visit, place of visit, number of entourage members, purpose of visit, expenses on hotel accommodation, air tickets and meals, and total expenditure for each visit. Please list the amounts of sponsorships received and names of the sponsors (if any).

Please also list the number of days for such duty or private visits made by SDEV, USDEV and PA to SDEV respectively in the past three years.

Date Countries/ Departments/ Number of Purpose of Hotel Air ticket Meal Total of visit regions organisations entourage visit accommodation expenses expenses expenditure visited visited members expenses

Asked by: Hon CHAN Chi-chuen (Member Question No. 108)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 104

- 2 -

Reply:

Information on the duty visits made by the SDEV, USDEV and PA to SDEV is given in the table below -

Hotel Total Other accommodation Air ticket expenses expenses of Total number of Number of expenses of SDEV expenses of incurred by SDEV and Year of duty duty visits accompanying and SDEV and SDEV and staff of visits (places of visits) staff of staff of staff of staff of Planning and (purposes of visits) Planning and Planning and Planning and Planning Lands Branch (Note 1) Lands Branch Lands Branch Lands Branch and Lands ($) ($) ($) Branch (Note 3) (Note 2) ($) 2013-14 7 visits 2 About 12,000 About About 58,000 About (Singapore, Taipei, 135,000 205,000 Dujiangyan City, Ningbo, Shanghai, Tianjin, Wolong and Ya’an City)

(Attending meetings, sharing sessions, site visits,, forums and conferences)

2014-15 8 visits 0 to 4 About 41,000 About About 54,000 About (Barcelona, (Note 4) 388,000 483,000 Moscow, Paris, (Note 5) (Note 4) Singapore, Beijing, Boao, Guangzhou, Hengqin, Jiangmen, Nanning, Nansha, Zhongshan and Zhuhai)

(Attending meetings, sharing sessions, site visits, forums and conferences)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 105

- 3 -

Hotel Total Other accommodation Air ticket expenses expenses of Total number of Number of expenses of SDEV expenses of incurred by SDEV and Year of duty duty visits accompanying and SDEV and SDEV and staff of visits (places of visits) staff of staff of staff of staff of Planning and (purposes of visits) Planning and Planning and Planning and Planning Lands Branch (Note 1) Lands Branch Lands Branch Lands Branch and Lands ($) ($) ($) Branch (Note 3) (Note 2) ($) 2015-16 3 visits 0 to 3 About 25,000 About 81,000 About 32,000 About (up to (Yangon, Beijing (Note 5) 138,000 end February and Yinchuan) 2016) (Attending celebration activities, meetings, sharing sessions, site visits and forums)

The number of days for the above duty visits made by SDEV, USDEV and PA to SDEV ranges from 1.5 to 7 days.

Notes

1. Excluding one-day trips made by SDEV, USDEV and PA/SDEV for which no expenditure on hotel or air ticket was incurred.

3. Including subsistence allowance granted to the participating officials.

4. The expenditures on hotel and air ticket for the duty visit to Boao were sponsored by Boao Forum for Asia. The sponsorship was accepted with approval in accordance with established procedures.

5. The expenditures on hotel for the duty visits to Moscow, Singapore, Guangzhou and Beijing (2015-16) were sponsored by the Moscow City Government, the Singapore Government, the Guangdong Provincial Government and the State Council’s Hong Kong and Macao Affairs Office respectively. The sponsorship was accepted with approval in accordance with established procedures.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 106

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)044 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2342)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please set out in the table below details of studies conducted by consultancy firm or research institution commissioned by the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) over the past three years. Please also advise on the estimated provision for the studies.

Duration Scope of Research Manpower Study Objective Expenditure of study study institution involved

Asked by: Hon CHAN Chi-chuen (Member Question No. 115)

Reply:

Information on the studies conducted by consultancy firms commissioned by the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) in the past three years is set out in the table below:

Name of Duration of Consultancy Title, scope and objective of study consultant study fees ($) Versitech Consultancy Review on the Pilot About 1 year 2013-14 Limited, Hong Mediation Scheme in Support of and 8 months 45,000 Kong Property Owners Affected by University Compulsory Sale under the Land 2014-15 (Compulsory Sale for Redevelopment) 675,000 Ordinance (Cap. 545)

The study is for a comprehensive review of the Pilot Mediation Scheme.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 107

- 2 -

Name of Duration of Consultancy Title, scope and objective of study consultant study fees ($) Ove Arup & Strategic Financial Consultancy on the About 9 months 2015-16 Partners Hong assessment of the financial implication 1,750,000 Kong Limited of the development of harbourfront sites

The study is for understanding the financial resource requirement for different development and management modes to be used on harbourfront sites. Study findings would help the deliberations on whether a Harbourfront Authority is to be established.

There is no breakdown on the manpower solely involved in the above-mentioned studies.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 108

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)045 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1815)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the issue of bid-rigging arising from building safety measures, how much resources has been allocated to combating bid-rigging in the past three years and what are the details? Has the Bureau evaluated the effectiveness of its effort in combating bid-rigging? If the relevant measures are not effective, will further resources be allocated to enhance the work on this front?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Han-pan (Member Question No. 31)

Reply:

The Government is very concerned about suspected bid-rigging in building repair and maintenance works. Over the years, relevant departments and agencies have been working closely with various sectors of the community in a multi-pronged approach to prevent and combat such bid-rigging acts. The work has all along been, and will continue to be, part of the overall duties of the staff in the relevant departments, and we are unable to provide a breakdown of the resources involved.

As far as technical assistance to building owners is concerned, some of the measures put in place by the Urban Renewal Authority (URA) and the Hong Kong Housing Society (HKHS) under its various assistance schemes, e.g. the new tendering arrangement and the independent cost estimates under Operation Building Bright, have been effective in reducing the risk of bid-rigging in building repair and maintenance works undertaken by the participating buildings. Having taken stock of the experience in implementing the said measures, the URA will launch a pilot scheme in the second quarter of this year to enhance technical support for owners to carry out building repair and maintenance works, including providing guidelines and contract samples, arranging for professionals to provide independent advice and establishing an electronic tendering platform, to help reduce the risk

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 109

- 2 -

of bid-rigging. The URA will make further announcements once the details of the scheme have been worked out. The effectiveness of the pilot scheme will be reviewed in 12 to 18 months’ time after its launch.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 110

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)046 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0125)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Secretary for Development has repeatedly criticised the public in his blog entries for hindering the Government’s work on land and housing supply, and stated that public criticisms on the Government for “grabbing land blindly” were groundless accusations or challenges. How many sites have been rezoned for residential use since the current Secretary for Development’s assumption of office? How many times have the Secretary met with the affected residents or organisations that have lodged objection thereto, or attended district forums, to listen to their views directly? What are the details of such meetings and the expenditure involved?

Asked by: Dr Hon Kenneth CHAN Ka-lok (Member Question No. 28)

Reply:

The Government adopts a multi-pronged approach to increasing housing land supply to meet the growing demands for housing. We last briefed the Legislative Council Panel on Development in January 2016 on the multi-pronged approach and its latest progress.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 111

- 2 -

In addition, as part of the land supply initiatives under the multi-pronged approach announced in the 2013 Policy Address, another 42 sites had been identified for residential use in the short to medium term, which were estimated to provide a total of about 39 200 flats (about 23 500 are public housing). As at end-February 2016, the statutory plan amendment processes for 38 of these sites, where required, had been completed, and are estimated to provide about 38 600 housing units (about 23 500 are public housing). The statutory plan amendment processes for the remaining 4 sites have commenced, and would upon completion provide an estimated total of about 600 housing units.

In accordance with the established practice, PlanD and the relevant departments will consult the respective District Councils, local communities and/or other stakeholders when proceeding with the statutory plan amendments. The Secretary for Development as well as other officers of the Development Bureau attends public and community functions, as well as meetings with different stakeholders, on the basis of operational need. A separate account of the number of such occasions, their details or the expenditures involved is not available.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 112

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)047 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0126)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

As for the development of the New Central Harbourfront, when will the Government hand over the military dock at the New Central Harbourfront to the Hong Kong Garrison for its usage and carry out the relevant legislative or legislative amendment process? If the above-mentioned work will not commence shortly, will the Government open up that particular part of the harbourfront for public enjoyment? If yes, please advise on the additional expenditure (if any) and the timetable of the work.

Asked by: Dr Hon Kenneth CHAN Ka-lok (Member Question No. 29)

Reply:

The Central Military Dock (CMD) is a military facility. The Hong Kong Garrison has agreed to open up the area of the military dock site to the public as a part of the promenade when it is not in military use, having regard to its operational needs and the need to protect it. The CMD will be handed over to the Hong Kong Garrison after completion of all the necessary procedures. Currently, the statutory planning procedures for the CMD as a military facility are under judicial review proceedings and have yet to be completed. The Government considers it not suitable to open up the CMD area for any public activities before it is handed over to the Hong Kong Garrison, and will continue to keep in view the follow-up actions required to complete the handover process.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 113

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)048 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0166)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question: a) From 1 July 2012 onwards, what were the respective dates of the Legislative Council (LegCo) meetings the Secretary for Development (SDEV) and the Under Secretary for Development (USDEV) had attended each year and their time of attendance? (Please provide the respective attendance record of the two principal officials.) b) From 1 July 2012 onwards, what were the details of the meetings of the LegCo Panel on Development, Bills Committees and sub-committees SDEV and USDEV had attended each year, including the respective dates of meetings, names of committees, agendas and hours of attendance? c) From 1 July 2012 onwards, what were the respective numbers of LegCo meetings, committee meetings, sub-committee meetings and other meetings USDEV had attended on behalf of SDEV each year due to the latter’s duty visits outside Hong Kong, absence on leave or other reasons? d) Does the Development Bureau have in place any mechanism to determine whether SDEV or USDEV should attend various meetings of LegCo? If yes, what are the details?

Asked by: Dr Hon Kenneth CHAN Ka-lok (Member Question No. 14)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 114

- 2 -

Reply: a) The respective numbers of Legislative Council (LegCo) meetings, LegCo Panel on Development and its sub-committees and Bills Committees attended by the Secretary for Development (SDEV) since 1 July 2012 are tabulated as follows –

LegCo LegCo LegCo LegCo LegCo Year Year Year Year Year 2015-2016 2011-2012 2012-201 2013-2014 2014-201 (up to 3 5 29 Feb 2016)

LegCo meetings 2 30 30 23 14 LegCo Panel on 0 14 6 3 4 Development Sub-committees 0 0 0 0 0 Bills Committees 0 0 0 0 0 b) The respective numbers of LegCo meetings, LegCo Panel on Development and its sub-committees and Bills Committees attended by the Under Secretary for Development (USDEV) since 1 July 2012 are tabulated as follows –

LegCo Year LegCo Year LegCo Year 2015-2016 2013-2014 2014-2015 (up to 29 Feb 2016) LegCo meetings 3 2 (1) 1 (2) LegCo Panel on 3 4 (3) 3 Development Sub-committees 0 0 1 Bills Committees 0 0 0

Note : USDEV assumed office in January 2014. Figures in bracket represent USDEV’s attendance in the capacity of Acting SDEV. c) SDEV and USDEV attend various meetings of LegCo on the basis of operational need and in accordance with relevant internal circulars of the Government.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 115

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)049 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1350)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is mentioned in Programme (2) that the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) has worked with the MTR Corporation Limited (MTRCL) to implement West Rail property development projects and has continued to adopt a multi-pronged strategy to increase land supply in the short, medium and long-term, and provided policy steer on and overseen the various planning and engineering studies and land use reviews.

1. Please provide details of the planned or confirmed development projects of small and medium-sized flats in Yuen Long District and Tuen Mun District, using the table below:

Estimated Estimated Type and Year of First Project Progress Site Location Number of Source of Site Population Flats Intake e.g. Under Land use planning rezoning

2. It is estimated that the various development projects will increase the population of northwest New Territories by 400 000 over the next few decades. Has the Government conducted any planning on the transport demand of the original residents and the new population commuting to and from the urban area? If yes, what are the details and the establishment involved?

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Che-cheung (Member Question No. 6)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 116

- 2 -

Reply:

1. The information requested is set out below -

Estimated Estimated Project Type and Year of First Source of Site Site Location Number of Flats Progress Population (About) Intake Rezoning in Land use 12 sites in Yuen 32 800 2020-2024 for the progress reviews – Long already rezoned Potential (2 sites already sites; timing for the housing sites in rezoned) remaining sites the short to depends on medium term progress of rezoning

Rezoning in Land use 24 sites in Tuen 40 100 2019-2025 for the progress reviews – Mun already rezoned Potential (14 sites already sites; timing for the housing sites in rezoned) remaining sites the short to depends on medium term progress of rezoning

Rezoning in West Rail Kam Sheung 2 690 Tentatively 2025 progress property Road Station for Package 1 development (about 1 650 flats); project population intake year of Package 2 subject to review

Rezoning in West Rail Pat Heung 6 060 Subject to review progress property Maintenance development Centre project

Under study Planning and Hung Shui Kiu 60 100 2024 onwards engineering New study Development Area

Under study Planning and Yuen Long South 27 700 2026 onwards engineering study

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 117

- 3 -

Note:

1. The above only presents the major planned or confirmed railway property development projects and potential housing developments identified under the major studies/land use reviews in Yuen Long and Tuen Mun. For the reviews and studies, the findings are preliminary and are subject to change. The above excludes sites already disposed/allocated or under construction.

2. The estimated number of flats may include a different mix of flat sizes.

3. The estimated flat numbers of the potential housing sites in the short to medium term are as at end 2015 as reported in Annex C of the Legislative Council Panel on Development information paper on “Overview of Land Supply” in January 2016.

2. When taking forward new development areas or major development projects, the Government will conduct transport study, which includes assessment on the existing and future population commuting to and from the urban area, and the related transport planning. Also, when implementing individual projects, the responsible department will, having regard to the findings in the traffic impact assessment (TIA) submitted at various planning and design stages of the project, formulate and implement improvement and mitigation measures in a timely manner to meet the transport and development needs. As the transport study or TIA is conducted as part of the relevant development project/study, there is no separate breakdown on the establishment involved solely for the work in question.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 118

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)050 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1918)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Land (Compulsory Sale for Redevelopment) Ordinance (Chapter 545) (the Ordinance) came into operation in 1999. In 2010, the Ordinance was amended in which the application threshold for compulsory sale orders in respect of some specified lots was lowered from an ownership of 90% of the property interests to 80%. Regarding the implementation of the Ordinance, please advise this Committee on the following:

1. Please provide details of the development of the cases with compulsory sale orders granted since 2015 according to the table below:

Case Lot Address of Site Transaction Before redevelopment After redevelopment Details of the number number the Area price by combination Plot Number of Gross Plot Number of Gross property auction of sites ratio residential Floor ratio residential Floor ($ million) units Area units Area

2. Has the Government conducted any studies to assess the social impact of the Ordinance and review the effectiveness of the supporting measures? If yes, please provide the details, the expenditure involved and the estimated expenditure to be involved?

Asked by: Hon Kenneth LEUNG (Member Question No. 109)

Reply:

1. The Land (Compulsory Sale for Redevelopment) Ordinance (Cap. 545) (LCSRO), which was enacted in 1998 and brought into operation in June 1999, enables persons who own a specified majority of the undivided shares in a lot to make an application to the Lands Tribunal for an order for sale of all the undivided shares in the lot for the purpose of redevelopment.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 119

- 2 -

Details of the redevelopment sites with compulsory sale orders granted since 2015 are at Annex.

2. There is no provision in LCSRO that requires the submission of an assessment on the likely effect of the implementation of a development before it is authorised for implementation. Thus, no social impact assessments have been submitted for redevelopment after compulsory sale under LCSRO. However, LCSRO provides that the Lands Tribunal will not make an order for sale unless the Tribunal is satisfied that the redevelopment of the lot is justified due to the age or state of repair of the existing development on the lot and that the majority owner applying for compulsory sale has taken reasonable steps to acquire all the undivided shares in the lot.

The Development Bureau (DEVB) gazetted in January 2010 the Land (Compulsory Sale for Redevelopment)(Specification of Lower Percentage) Notice (Notice) which specifies a lower compulsory sale threshold of 80% for three specified classes of lot. The Notice has come into operation since 1 April 2010. When the Notice was scrutinised in the Legislative Council (LegCo), some LegCo members considered that there was a need to enhance Government’s support for minority owners as more minority owners of old buildings might face compulsory sale as a result of the Notice. In response to the suggestion of the LegCo members, DEVB launched the "Pilot Scheme on Outreach Support Service for Elderly Owners" (OSSEO) and the "Pilot Mediation Scheme" (PMS) in January 2011.

PMS aims to facilitate the parties involved in or contemplating compulsory sale applications under LCSRO in undertaking mediation on a voluntary basis. The PMS was discontinued in end-2014 following the recommendations of a consultancy review. The total expenditure for the consultancy review was $900,000.

OSSEO aims to provide elderly owners residing in old buildings with information and other support services in relation to compulsory sale. The social workers of the scheme proactively reach out to elderly minority owners to offer assistance. Following up on the recommendations of the consultancy review on the PMS, we expanded the service target of the original OSSEO to cover not only elderly owners but also other minority owners in relation to LCSRO and their immediate family members who are affected by compulsory sale or property acquisition by private developers. We have also expanded the scope of OSSEO to incorporate a more focused publicity and public education programme on mediation in compulsory sale, and re-titled it as the "Outreach Support Service for Minority Owners in Prospective Compulsory Sale Cases under the Land (Compulsory Sale for Redevelopment) Ordinance (Cap. 545)" since August 2015.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 120

Annex

Before redevelopment After redevelopment Transaction Number Details of the Case Lot Address of Number of Plot Gross Site Area price by Plot ratio Gross Floor of combination of number number the property residential Ratio Floor Area auction (PR) Area (GFA) residential sites flats (PR) (GFA) flats LDCS Kowloon Nos. 68 -70A 843 m2 $1,075 There is no PR/GFA/volume calculations * Not Non-domestic 5000 / Inland Lot Kimberley million shown on the approved building plans applicable GFA The 2013 No. 10532 Road, (Combined = 9 680.4m2# redevelopment - 54 - and 10534 Tsimshatsui, sale of site covers Nos. (Total no. Kowloon LDCS (Combined 68-70A of 5000/2013 site Kimberley domestic Road and Nos. LDCS Kowloon Nos. 72 -72C and including flats of 72-72C 6000 / Inland Lot Kimberley 6000/2013) LDCS Nos. Kimberley 2013 No. 10505 Road, 5000/2013 68-70A Road and 10564 Tsimshatsui, and Kimberley Kowloon 6000/2013) Road and Building

Nos. construction 72-72C has not been Kimberley completed Road)

LDCS The Nos. 34, 34A 819.591 m2 @ As the concerned building was designed * * Non-domestic Works not yet 8000 / Remaining and 34B based on “volume calculations”, no GFA commenced 2014 Portion of Belcher's information on PR/GFA is available on the = 1,401.9m2# Section B Street and approved building plans. of Inland Nos. 1A, 1B - 97 - Domestic Lot No. and 1C Rock GFA 953 Hill Street, = Hong Kong 5 808.7m2#

LDCS The Nos. 17-19 476.501m2 @ There is no plot ratio/GFA/volume * * Non-domestic The 10000 / Remaining Jupiter Street, (Aggregate calculations shown on the approved GFA redevelopment 2014 Portion of Hong Kong site area of building plans = 303.2m2# site covers Nos. Section V Nos.17-23 17-23 Jupiter of Inland Jupiter - 8 - Domestic Street Lot No. Street) (Total no. of GFA 1366 and domestic flats = 3 827.4m2# Works not yet Sub-section of Nos. (Combined commenced 1 of 17-19 Jupiter site) Section V Street) of Inland Lot No. 1366

LDCS The Man Fung 687.399m2 $309 As the concerned building was designed * Not Hotel GFA The approved 18000 / Remaining Building, (Aggregate million based on “volume calculations”, no applicable = proposal is a 2014 Portion of Nos. 101-102 site area of information on PR/GFA is available on the 10 311.0m2# hotel Marine Lot Connaught 99-103A approved building plans. development No. 479 Road West, Connaught and the Hong Kong Road West) - 30 - The Remaining (Total nos. redevelopment Portion of of domestic site covers Nos. Marine Lot flats of Nos. 99-103A No. 484 101-102 Connaught Connaught Road West Road West) Building construction has not been completed

Legend : @ Information is not available * Under the obligation of confidence, such information cannot be disclosed (not available) # Figures are obtained from the “Monthly Digest” of the Buildings Department

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 121

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)051 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2726)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

1. Regarding the overseas duty visits made by officials of the Development Bureau and staff of departments under its purview over the past five years, please list each of them by year in the table below, providing details of the place of visit, purpose of visit, number of participating officials and expenditure involved:

Year Work item and Purpose of Number of Expenditure place of visit visit participating involved officials

2. For each of these overseas duty visits, please list by year the data of total carbon footprints (including those made by flight to and from the place of visit as well as on-site transportation) in the table below, providing the method of estimation:

Year Work item of Total carbon Carbon Carbon footprints visit footprints footprints made made by on-site by flights transportation

3. Has carbon offsetting for the above overseas duty visits been met by public funds or private money of the Secretary or officials? If yes, please list by year the data for the past five years in the table below:

Year Work item of Carbon dioxide Method of Expenditure visit emission offset carbon offsetting involved

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 122

- 2 -

Asked by: Hon Kenneth LEUNG (Member Question No. 326)

Reply:

1. Information on the overseas duty visits made by officials of the Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) and staff of departments under its purview over the past five years is given in the table below -

No. of Expenditure Year of duty No. of participating Purposes of visits Places of visits ($) visits visits officials per (Note) visit

About 2011-12 57 1 - 7 2,566,000 Mainland China, Taiwan, Macao, Australia, About 2012-13 Austria, Belgium, Brazil, 53 1 - 12 Brunei, Canada, Finland, 1,562,000 Attending France, Germany, Holland, meetings, forums, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, About 2013-14 conferences, Myanmar, New Zealand, 55 1 - 8 1,509,000 sharing sessions, Peru, Philippines, Portugal, site visits and Russia, Singapore, South workshops Africa, South Korea, Spain, About 2014-15 Switzerland, United 54 1 - 16 2,103,000 Kingdom, United States of America 2015-16 (up to end About 42 1 - 11 February 1,156,000 2016)

Note: Including expenditures on hotel and air ticket and subsistence allowance granted to the participating officials but excluding sponsorship.

2. As we do not have details of the means of on-site transportation for the duty visits, we are unable to calculate the total carbon footprints for each duty visit.

3. There is no internal guideline of the Government on the arrangement for carbon offsetting for overseas duty visits.

- End –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 123

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)052 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2014)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please give a breakdown of the actual expenditure on salaries, regularly-paid allowances, job-related allowances and non-accountable entertainment allowance payable to the Secretary in 2015-16, as well as the estimate for salaries, regularly-paid allowances, job-related allowances and non-accountable entertainment allowance payable to the Secretary in 2016-17.

Asked by: Dr Hon KWOK Ka-ki (Member Question No. 546)

Reply:

The actual expenditure on salary in respect of the position of Secretary for Development (SDEV) in 2015-16 is $3.58 million. The provision for the salary in respect of the position of SDEV in 2016-17 is $3.58 million. No expenditure was incurred on regularly-paid allowances, job-related allowances and non-accountable entertainment allowance payable to SDEV in 2015-16 and no provision has been earmarked for this purpose in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 124

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)053 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2035)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Director of Bureau’s Office

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please give a breakdown of the actual expenditure on salaries, regularly-paid allowances, job-related allowances and non-accountable entertainment allowance payable to the Political Assistant in 2015-16, as well as the estimate for salaries, regularly-paid allowances, job-related allowances and non-accountable entertainment allowance payable to the Political Assistant in 2016-17.

Asked by: Dr Hon KWOK Ka-ki (Member Question No. 549)

Reply:

The actual expenditure on salary in respect of the position of Political Assistant (PA) to Secretary for Development (SDEV) in 2015-16 is $1.25 million. The provision for the salary in respect of the position of PA to SDEV in 2016-17 is $1.25 million. No expenditure was incurred on regularly-paid allowances, job-related allowances and non-accountable entertainment allowance payable to the PA to SDEV in 2015-16 and no provision has been earmarked for this purpose in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 125

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)054 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2867)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In the Brief Description of Programme (2), the Development Bureau states that it will continue the review on the New Territories Small House Policy. Please provide the numbers and ranks of directorate and non-directorate grade officers of the Bureau, Lands Department and other Government departments (if applicable) who were involved in reviewing the New Territories Small House Policy in the past financial year, as well as the relevant staff costs.

Bureau/Department Directorate grade Non-directorate Relevant staff officers grade officers cost Example Administrative Chief Executive $xxxxxxxx Officer Staff Grade Officer x2 B1 x1 Senior Executive Administrative Officer x4 Officer Staff Grade C Senior Land x2 Executive x3 Government Town Planner x1 Development Bureau Lands Department Others (Please specify)

Asked by: Dr Hon Fernando CHEUNG Chiu-hung (Member Question No. 284)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 126

- 2 -

Reply:

The review of the small house policy is conducted by the Development Bureau using its existing resources and by our colleagues as part of their overall duties. We are therefore unable to provide a breakdown of the resources deployed solely for the review.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 127

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)055 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2213)

Head: (138) Government Secretariat: Development Bureau (Planning and Lands Branch) Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) Buildings, Lands and Planning

Controlling Officer: Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and Lands) (Michael W L WONG) Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is mentioned in paragraph 127 of the Budget that the Murray Road multi-storey car park will be converted to commercial use. Please advise this Committee on the following:

1. the number of parking spaces available in the said car park at present;

2. the utilisation rate of the said car park in the past three years;

3. whether the Bureau will consider providing a provisional/permanent car park in the vicinity to address the demand for parking spaces after the change of land use;

4. whether parking spaces will be provided after the site has been converted to commercial use; if yes, please provide the details; and

5. the estimated timetable for project completion; and the expenditure involved?

Asked by: Hon SIN Chung-kai (Member Question No. 61)

Reply:

1. At present, Murray Road Car Park (MRCP) provides 388 and 55 public parking spaces for private car/light good vehicles and motorcycles respectively.

2. The utilisation information of MRCP in the past three years is set out in the following table :

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 128

- 2 -

Average Average Year peak hour usage Note non-peak hour usage Note (%) (%) 2013 55 35

2014 61 37

2015 73 41

Note:

Average peak hour usage: the average usage of the hour with the highest usage within a day; and

Average non-peak hour usage: the average usage of the hours other than the peak hour within a day.

3. Due to existing site constraints and a lack of land, there is no suitable site for provision of temporary or permanent public parking spaces in the vicinity during redevelopment of MRCP. Motorists may use nearby carparks, such as Star Ferry Carpark, City Hall Carpark, Cheung Kong Centre Carpark, Citibank Plaza Carpark and Harcourt Garden Carpark. Meanwhile, the Transport Department will continue to look for suitable locations within the district to provide new on-street parking spaces for motorcycles.

4. A minimum of 102 and 69 public parking spaces for private cars and motorcycles respectively will be provided at the MRCP site after redevelopment based on the traffic study conducted by the Transport Department.

5. Subject to the completion of the re-zoning and other relevant procedures, the MRCP site is scheduled for sale in 2016-17. The completion date of the redevelopment will depend on the developer’s programme in compliance with the lease requirements. The redevelopment will be implemented by the purchaser and will not incur expenditure on the part of Government.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 129

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)056 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0677)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Since September 2014, the Buildings Department has introduced a new guideline, requiring that the external reflectance of the glass used in the curtain walls of residential buildings and residents’ recreational facilities should not exceed 20% as one of the pre-requisites for granting gross floor area concessions. The guideline was implemented in April 2015 and consideration has been given to extending it to commercial buildings. In the 2016-17 estimates, will resources be redeployed to implement the extension of this guideline to commercial buildings? If so, how much resource will be involved and when will the implementation of the measure be completed? If no, what are the reasons for that?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 19)

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) extended the application of the new measure to commercial buildings in September 2015. The existing professional and technical staff of the two New Buildings Divisions of the BD is already implementing this measure and there is no need for new resources.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 130

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)057 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0711)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What were the respective numbers of inspections made, removal operations carried out and prosecutions instigated against unauthorised building works in each of the past five years? What was the expenditure involved? What detailed action plans do the authorities have to tackle the problem?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 40)

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) takes enforcement action against unauthorised building works (UBWs) in response to public reports and through its large scale operations. It does not keep separate statistics on the number of inspections made for UBWs. As regards the BD’s enforcement action against UBWs, the numbers of reports from members of the public attended to, removal orders issued and prosecutions against failure to comply with removal orders in the past five years are tabulated as follows –

No. of reports on No. of removal No. of prosecutions(1) Year UBWs attended to orders issued(1) 2011 38 275 9 176 2 264 2012 44 562 12 292 2 104 2013 44 512 12 005 2 513 2014 41 146 11 816 2 532 2015 39 281 12 918 3 030

Note (1): The figures do not necessarily correspond to the reports on UBWs attended to in the same year.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 131

- 2 -

Enforcement action against UBWs is carried out by the 630 professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions, the Mandatory Building Inspection Division and the Minor Works and Signboard Control Section of the BD in 2015-16 as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the manpower resources and expenditure involved solely for enforcement action against UBWs.

The BD will continue to adopt a multi-pronged approach to address building safety issues related to UBWs. In addition to taking enforcement action against UBWs in response to public reports and through large scale operations, the BD will continue to enhance its public education and publicity campaign on building safety and foster a building safety culture in the community.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 132

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)058 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0712)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

How many inspections against large unauthorised signboards were made in 2015-16? What were the numbers of removal operations carried out and prosecutions instigated? What was the expenditure involved? Please list in detail the actions to be taken by the authorities to tackle problems arising from large unauthorised signboards in the future.

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 41)

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) takes enforcement action against unauthorised signboards in response to public reports and through its large scale operations. It does not keep separate statistics on the number of inspections made for unauthorised signboards. In 2015, 682 removal orders were issued against unauthorised signboards, 1 215 unauthorised signboards were removed/validated, and 1 500 dangerous/abandoned signboards were removed/repaired. The BD also instigated 61 prosecutions against signboard owners for failure to comply with removal orders. The enforcement action against unauthorised signboards is carried out by the 35 professional and technical staff of the Signboard Control Unit of the BD as part of their overall duties. The expenditure incurred by the Signboard Control Unit was about $30 million in 2015-16.

In 2016-17, the BD will continue to take enforcement action against unauthorised signboards, including removing/repairing dangerous signboards regardless of their sizes. It is estimated that 600 removal orders will be issued, 900 unauthorised signboards will be removed/validated and 1 500 dangerous/abandoned signboards will be removed/repaired. The BD will also continue to enhance efforts in public education and publicity on building safety. Among them is a large-scale publicity event, namely the Building Safety Week 2016, which will be held in mid-April 2016 to raise public awareness of building safety, including issues related to unauthorised signboards.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 133

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)059 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0842)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

How many large unauthorised signboards were removed in 2015? What is the work plan for the removal of large unauthorised signboards in 2016-17? What are the respective staff establishment and estimated expenditure?

Asked by: Hon TAM Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 41)

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) takes enforcement action against unauthorised signboards in response to public reports and through its large scale operations. In 2015, 682 removal orders were issued against unauthorised signboards, 1 215 unauthorised signboards were removed/validated, and 1 500 dangerous/abandoned signboards were removed/repaired.

Enforcement action against unauthorised signboards is carried out by the 35 professional and technical staff of the Signboard Control Unit of the BD as part of their overall duties. The expenditure incurred by the Signboard Control Unit is about $31 million in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 134

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)060 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0843)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please tabulate the number of surveys completed for New Territories Exempted Houses (NTEHs) in each Rural Committee district and the number of First Round Targets in 2015. In 2016, what is the work plan regarding the survey of NTEHs? What is the number of houses involved in each of the Rural Committee districts?

Asked by: Hon TAM Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 42)

Reply:

The numbers of New Territories Exempted Houses (NTEHs) surveyed for identifying First Round Targets in the administrative districts of the New Territories District Councils in 2015 are tabulated below –

District Number of NTEHs Surveyed Number of NTEHs with Suspected First Round Targets Islands 642 15 North 1 037 59 Sai Kung 1 030 118 Sha Tin 342 20 Tai Po 976 107 Tsuen Wan 192 12 Tuen Mun 645 78 Yuen Long 410 25 Total 5 274 434

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 135

- 2 -

The Buildings Department (BD) does not maintain separate statistics for each Rural Committee district.

In 2016, the BD’s plan is to carry out surveys of 4 000 NTEHs to identify First Round Targets for priority enforcement action. This will cover about two to three villages in each of the administration districts of the New Territories but the number of NTEHs involved would only be available upon completion of the surveys. BD does not have information on the number of villages and houses to be surveyed in each Rural Committee district.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 136

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)061 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0844)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please tabulate the number of reports submitted by each Rural Committee district under the Reporting Scheme for unauthorised building works in New Territories Exempted Houses. Does the Government have any new policy direction for handling this type of unauthorised building works?

Asked by: Hon TAM Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 43)

Reply:

The numbers of reporting forms received during the reporting period under the Reporting Scheme for Unauthorised Building Works in New Territories Exempted Houses (the Scheme) in the nine administrative districts of the New Territories District Councils are tabulated below –

District Number of Reporting Forms Received Islands 1 463 Kwai Tsing 306 North 1 250 Sai Kung 2 232 Sha Tin 1 757 Tai Po 4 504 Tsuen Wan 1 041 Tuen Mun 1 450 Yuen Long 4 031 Total 18 034

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 137

- 2 -

The Buildings Department (BD) does not maintain separate statistics on the number of reports received for each Rural Committee district.

As announced by the BD before the implementation of the Scheme, owners whose reporting forms have been accepted are required to arrange qualified personnel to conduct safety inspection of the reported unauthorised building works (UBWs) every five years. During the first round of enforcement against UBWs in New Territories Exempted Houses (which focuses on UBWs that constitute a serious contravention of the law or pose higher potential risks), the BD will not require the removal of the reported UBWs unless they become dangerous. The BD will continue to adopt this approach in handling the reported UBWs. As for UBWs which have not been reported to the BD or for those of which the report concerned were rejected, the BD will continue to take enforcement action against them.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 138

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)062 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0845)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What is the purpose of formulating a Code of Practice for Seismic-resistant Building Design Standards (the Code)? What is the estimated time for implementing the new statutory requirements? Will seismic resistance of existing buildings be required to be reviewed in the light of the new Code?

Asked by: Hon TAM Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 44)

Reply:

The public consultation conducted in 2013 indicated a community consensus to introduce statutory seismic-resistant building design standards in Hong Kong so as to enhance building safety. To take forward this initiative, the Buildings Department commissioned a consultancy study in February 2015 to formulate a code of practice on seismic-resistant design standards for buildings in Hong Kong (CoP). The study is expected to complete in three years. The CoP will set out detailed technical guidelines for determining seismic actions on buildings and the corresponding design and construction of seismic-resistant buildings in Hong Kong.

After the formulation of the CoP, the Buildings Department will seek to introduce necessary amendments to the Buildings Ordinance and/or its subsidiary legislation in order to provide statutory backing to the CoP. In accordance with the community consensus reached during the 2013 public consultation, the CoP will have no retrospective effect on existing buildings.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 139

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)063 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0846)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What is the work plan for handling unauthorised building works in 2016? What are the respective staff establishment and estimated expenditure?

Asked by: Hon TAM Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 46)

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) will continue to adopt a multi-pronged approach to address building safety issues related to unauthorised building works (UBWs). In addition to taking enforcement action against UBWs in response to public reports and through large scale operations, the BD will continue to enhance its public education and publicity campaign on building safety and foster a building safety culture in the community.

In 2015-16, enforcement action against UBWs is carried out by the 630 professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions, the Mandatory Building Inspection Division and the Minor Works and Signboard Control Section of the BD as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. 36 additional professional and technical posts will be created in 2016-17 to assist in the implementation of the above-mentioned programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the manpower resources and expenditure involved solely for the enforcement action against UBWs.

Public education and publicity activities in relation to UBWs are handled by six staff of the Public Education and Publicity Unit, and assisted by three staff of the Information Unit of the BD as part of their overall duties. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the manpower resources and the manpower-related expenditure incurred solely for the activities in relation to UBWs.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 140

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)064 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0847)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What is the number of New Territories Exempted Houses with non-compliant removal orders in each Rural Committee district in 2015? What is the arrangement for enforcing such removal orders in 2016?

Asked by: Hon TAM Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 45)

Reply:

The numbers of non-compliant removal orders in connection with unauthorised building works in New Territories Exempted Houses (NTEHs) in the nine administrative districts of the New Territories District Councils as at 31 December 2015 are tabulated below –

District Number of Non-compliant Orders Islands 45 Kwai Tsing 2 North 117 Sai Kung 113 Sha Tin 54 Tai Po 249 Tsuen Wan 57 Tuen Mun 170 Yuen Long 358 Total 1 165

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 141

- 2 -

The Buildings Department (BD) does not maintain separate statistics on the number of NTEHs with non-compliant removal orders or the number of orders for NTEHs in each Rural Committee district.

The BD will continue to follow up on the non-compliant removal orders and consider instigating prosecution against owners who fail to comply with the removal orders without any reasonable excuse.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 142

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)065 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0848)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

As the Buildings Department will step up enforcement actions against non-compliant notices with regard to mandatory building inspection in 2016, what are the specific plans? Please set out the number of non-compliant notices in each administration district of the District Councils. What plans does the Government have to strengthen the assistance to owners of private buildings in order to help them fulfil their statutory responsibilities?

Asked by: Hon TAM Yiu-chung (Member Question No. 47)

Reply:

In 2016, the Buildings Department (BD) will continue to step up enforcement actions by issuing warning letters and instigating prosecutions against building owners who, without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with the statutory notices under the Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme (MBIS). In addition, the BD may also arrange for the required building inspection and necessary repair works to be carried out in the event of default by owners. The cost of the prescribed inspection and repair works, supervision charges and a surcharge not exceeding 20% of the cost due will be recovered from the owners concerned.

As at 31 December 2015, the BD had issued 43 415 MBIS statutory notices, of which 38 184 have yet to be complied (including those with compliance period not yet expired). The geographical distribution of these notices is shown in the Annex.

The BD, in collaboration with relevant parties including the Hong Kong Housing Society (HKHS) and the Urban Renewal Authority (URA), will continue to operate various financial and technical assistance schemes and implement other measures to support building owners in fulfilling their statutory responsibilities under the MBIS, and in carrying out building repair and maintenance works in general. These include -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 143

- 2 -

(a) the Mandatory Building Inspection Subsidy Scheme administered by the HKHS and the URA, which provides subsidies, subject to a cap, for covering the expenses on the first prescribed building inspection of the common parts of a building conducted by a registered inspector, as well as provides standard tender documents and services agreements to owners for the appointment of a service provider;

(b) other assistance schemes, including the Integrated Building Maintenance Assistance Scheme administered by the URA which provides owners in need with one-stop financial assistance and technical support for the formation of Owners' Corporation and for carrying out the prescribed building repair; the Building Safety Loan Scheme administered by the BD which offers low-interest loans for voluntary or mandatory building or slope repairs, maintenance and upgrading of fire services, lift, electrical and gas risers installations, and removal of unauthorised building works etc.; and the Building Maintenance Grant Scheme for Elderly Owners administered by the HKHS which caters specifically for the needs of elderly owners; and

(c) the BD’s continued public education and publicity efforts, including district briefing sessions held in collaboration with the Home Affairs Department, the HKHS, the URA to enhance public awareness of the MBIS, the relevant requirements and the details of the assistance schemes mentioned above.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 144

Annex

Compliance Status of MBIS Statutory Notices (as at 31 December 2015)

No. of MBIS Districts Statutory Notices not yet discharged Note 1

Central & Western 3 694

Eastern 8 727 Southern 958 Wan Chai 4 943 Kowloon City 7 059 Kwun Tong 697 Sham Shui Po 4 162 Wong Tin Sin 487 Yau Tsim Mong 4 511 Islands 527 Kwai Tsing 243 North 98 Sai Kung 34 Sha Tin 166 Tai Po 114 Tsuen Wan 294 Tuen Mun 1 228 Yuen Long 242 Total 38 184

Note 1: The figure includes MBIS statutory notices that the compliance periods have yet to expire.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 145

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)066 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0458)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In “Brief Description”, the Buildings Department will continue the consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying the sources of water seepage in buildings. Under this connection, please provide the scope, cost, finalised date and other details of such studies and the proposed adoptation date for the proposals and recommendations of such report.

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 23)

Reply:

The consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying sources of water seepage in buildings commenced in October 2014. The study researches into technological matters relating to water seepage investigation in buildings both locally and overseas. It will assess and recommend the most suitable testing methods for use in private buildings as well as help formulate technical guidelines for use by the Joint Office (JO) set up by the Buildings Department and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department for handling reports on water seepage. The study is expected to complete in early 2017 and the JO will then consider how best to follow up on the findings. The estimated expenditure of the study is $4.5 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 146

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)067 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0308)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The authorities stated that the processing of 18 034 reporting forms received under the Reporting Scheme (hereinafter “the Scheme”) for Unauthorised Building Works (UBWs) in New Territories Exempted Houses that constitute less serious contravention of the law and pose lower potential risks to building safety was completed. In this connection, will the authorities inform this Committee:

(1) of the numbers of reporting forms received under the Scheme, the numbers of audit checks on the current situation of the reported locations, and the numbers of applications rejected by the authorities requiring removal of the UBWs in each of the past three years;

(2) given that owners are required to conduct inspections of the UBWs reported and the parent structures concerned every five years under the Scheme, the first batch of owners who have joined the Scheme may be required to conduct the second five-yearly inspection next year; in this connection, whether the authorities have any plan to carry out publicity work in this financial year; if so, what are the plan and estimated expenditure involved; what is the staff establishment in the Department for such task? Is there any plan to recruit additional staff to support the implementation of the Scheme?

Asked by: Hon WONG Kwok-hing (Member Question No. 13)

Reply:

(1) Under the Reporting Scheme (the Scheme) for Unauthorised Building Works (UBWs) in New Territories Exempted Houses (NTEHs), the Buildings Department (BD) received a total of around 18 000 reporting forms. The BD has conducted audit checks on some 1 700 reporting forms, and rejected some 5 600 reporting forms. The UBWs involved in the rejected cases are subject to enforcement action as in the case of other unreported UBWs.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 147

- 2 -

(2) For the accepted reporting forms, the owners concerned are required to arrange qualified personnel to conduct safety inspection of the reported UBWs every five years. The BD will issue letters to the owners concerned prior to the commencement of the second five-year cycle to remind them of the requirements on safety inspection and verification of safety of the UBWs. This task will be carried out by the 37 professional and technical staff in the Village Houses Section of the BD, as part of their overall duties in implementing the enhanced enforcement strategy against UBWs in NTEHs. There is no plan to increase the number of staff in this Section, and we are unable to provide a breakdown of the staff establishment and expenditure to be incurred solely for this task.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 148

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)068 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0584)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The authorities stated that they would continue the large scale operation on comprehensive clearance of unauthorised building works on rooftops, flat roofs, yards and lanes of target buildings. In this connection, will the authorities advise this Committee: a) of the number of cases in the backlog of outstanding removal orders, and of the categories into which they fall; b) whether there is any plan to increase manpower and resources to speed up the work of clearing backlog of outstanding removal orders to cope with the workload this year; if so, of the increase in the number of staff and of the expenditure involved; if not, the reasons for that?

Asked by: Prof Hon Joseph LEE Kok-long (Member Question No. 38)

Reply: a) As at end 2015, there were about 64 000 outstanding removal orders issued against unauthorised building works (UBWs) in the whole territory. The Buildings Department (BD) does not compile statistics on the number of different types of UBWs involved in the removal orders. b) Enforcement action against UBWs, including clearance of outstanding removal orders, is carried out by the 630 professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions, the Mandatory Building Inspection Division and the Minor Works and Signboard Control Section of the BD as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. A total of 36 professional and technical posts will be created in 2016-17 to assist in the

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 149

- 2 -

implementation of the above-mentioned programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the additional manpower involved solely in the clearance of outstanding removal orders.

- End –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 150

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)069 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0585)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the inspection of sub-divided flats in target buildings, will the authorities advise this Committee: a) of the number of reports received in the past three years and the number of such reports with irregularities found during inspection; b) of the number of sub-divided flats inspected with irregularities of building works found, of the most common irregularities found, and of the number of sub-divided flats with irregularities that have not yet been rectified for the year 2015; c) whether increasing manpower to speed up rectification of sub-divided flats and inspect more sub-divided flats has been considered; if so, of the details; if not, of the reasons for that?

Asked by: Prof Hon Joseph LEE Kok-long (Member Question No. 39)

Reply: a) The Buildings Department (BD) received about 16 600 reports on sub-divided flats (SDFs) in the past three years from members of the public or other government departments, among which the BD identified SDFs in 2 961 reports. Among these 2 961 reports, 307 SDFs were found to be associated with building irregularities that had to be followed up by the issue of removal orders. b) Apart from responding to reports, the BD also takes enforcement action against irregularities of building works associated with SDFs through large scale operations. In 2015, the BD inspected 3 466 SDFs in total. Of these 3 466 SDFs, 102 were found to be associated with building irregularities which had to be followed up by the issue of removal orders. As at end December 2015, the building irregularities associated with five of these 102 SDFs were rectified.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 151

- 2 -

The commonly-found building irregularities associated with SDFs are the formation of unauthorised door openings that contravene the fire-resisting construction requirements of fire escape routes, the erection of partition walls that block fire escape routes, sub-standard drainage works that result in water seepage and excessive installation of partition walls and/or thickening of floor screeding that result in overloading of the floor slabs. c) In 2015-16, enforcement action against building irregularities associated with SDFs is carried out by 376 professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions of the BD as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. An additional 36 professional and technical posts will be created in 2016-17 to assist in the implementation of the above-mentioned programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the additional manpower resources involved solely for carrying out enforcement action in relation to SDFs.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 152

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)070 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0941)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Administration inspects a specified number of target buildings each year for rectification of irregularities of building works associated with sub-divided flats. Please provide the number of buildings inspected since the commencement of the operation, broken down by the 18 District Council districts; the number of sub-divided flats inspected; the number of times the Department invoked the Buildings Ordinance to break into the flats for inspection; the number of owners of unauthorised sub-divided flats to whom removal orders were served or against whom legal actions were taken to require them to rectify the irregularities; the details of the above; and the number of sub-divided flats with irregularities yet to be rectified up to now?

Asked by: Hon Starry LEE Wai-king (Member Question No. 44)

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) has been conducting large scale operations (LSOs) for rectifying irregularities of building works associated with sub-divided flats (SDFs) since 2011. From 2011 to 2015, the number of SDFs and the number of buildings inspected under these LSOs are tabulated as follows-

No. of SDFs inspected No. of buildings inspected District under LSOs from 2011 to under LSOs from 2011 to 2015 2015 Central and Western 116 76 Wan Chai 176 56 Eastern 246 65 Southern 55 16 Wong Tai Sin 218 23 Kwun Tong 582 55 Yau Tsim Mong 1 345 277 Sham Shui Po 1 638 239

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 153

- 2 -

No. of SDFs inspected No. of buildings inspected District under LSOs from 2011 to under LSOs from 2011 to 2015 2015 Kowloon City 962 131 North 37 14 Sha Tin 102 15 Tai Po 52 18 Tsuen Wan 128 32 Tuen Mun 149 16 Yuen Long 119 35 Kwai Tsing 158 18 Total 6 083 1 086

In the same period, the BD issued 1 882 removal or discontinuation orders against irregularities of building works associated with the SDFs inspected under these LSOs, and 796 orders were complied with. A total of 439 prosecutions were instigated against owners for failure to comply with the removal or discontinuation orders issued. The BD will continue to follow up the outstanding orders.

In eight cases where staff of the BD could not gain access to the premises concerned after repeated attempts, the BD had invoked section 22 of the Buildings Ordinance to apply to the court for warrants to effect entry.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 154

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)071 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1000)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What were the respective numbers of reports on unauthorised building works (UBWs) under construction received in the past three years? How many of them were not attended to within 48 hours and what were the reasons for failing to do so within the target time? Of the cases received and confirmed to have UBWs under construction, what were the numbers of cases in which the construction works were successfully halted and the completed UBWs removed?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 7)

Reply:

For reports involving unauthorised building works (UBWs) under construction (known as “works-in-progress” or “WIP” reports), the numbers of reports received, reports not attended to within 48 hours, orders issued and orders complied with are tabulated as follows -

2013 2014 2015 Number of WIP reports received 4 403 4 056 3 471 Number of WIP reports not 22 40 15 attended to within 48 hours Number of orders issued in 540 303 433 relation to WIP reports Note Number of orders complied with 341 353 383 in relation to WIP reports Note

Note: The figures do not necessarily correspond to the WIP reports received and attended to in the same year.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 155

- 2 -

Access problems and incomplete or incorrect information in the reports were the main reasons for their not being attended to within 48 hours.

We do not maintain separate statistics on the number of UBWs successfully halted or completed UBWs removed.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 156

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)072 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1001)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In 2014 and 2015, among the minor works submissions received, how many of them were associated with sub-divided flats? Among the minor works submissions selected for auditing, how many of them were associated with sub-divided flats? Did the authorities identify any case of contravention of the Buildings Ordinance among the audited submissions, and were any registered minor works contractors or owners subsequently prosecuted?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 8)

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) received 3 606 and 4 064 minor works submissions associated with sub-division of flats in 2014 and 2015 respectively. Among these minor works submissions, 321 (in 2014) and 294 (in 2015) submissions were selected randomly for audit check. Minor irregularities including non-compliance of administrative procedures and requirements, such as inadequate information in the submissions, were found in 79 (in 2014) and 80 (in 2015) audited cases and they were subsequently rectified by the prescribed building professionals (PBP) and/or prescribed registered contractors (PRC). Major irregularities warranting follow-up enforcement action by the BD were found in six cases in 2014 and the respective PBP and/or PRC were subsequently prosecuted and convicted. The BD has not identified any submission in 2015 with major irregularities.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 157

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)073 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1002)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In respect of processing building plans for new buildings, although the authorities set the targets as 100% for processing building plans within 60 days for new submissions, processing building plans within 30 days for re-submissions and processing within 28 days applications for consent to commence building works, the targets have not been met over the past few years. In this connection, what are the difficulties faced by the authorities and the proposed improvement measures respectively?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No.9)

Reply:

The cases where the said targets were not met mainly involved situations where the Buildings Department (BD) had already finished vetting the building plan/consent to commence building works applications, and considered that such applications could be approved subject to minor amendments or further particulars to be furnished by the applicants. In such cases, the BD would allow the applicants to make the minor amendments or furnish the required particulars after the stipulated target date for processing the applications. This is a practice well-accepted by the industry for streamlining the processing of applications, and is preferred to the alternative of rejecting the applications before the stipulated target date which would cost the BD and the applicants extra time and efforts to restart the entire vetting process.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 158

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)074 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1003)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

With regard to the figures of the Signboard Control System in 2014 and 2015, will the authorities provide the following information:

1. the number of unauthorised signboards validated;

2. the number of dangerous/abandoned signboards removed;

3. the number of unauthorised and dangerous/abandoned signboards removed by term contractors of the Buildings Department and the expenditure involved;

4. regarding the expenditure in question 3, the amount of cost successfully recovered;

5. the average number of hours used to process reports on unauthorised, dangerous or abandoned signboards; and

6. whether the estimated expenditure for this part of work is increased in 2016-17, and if so, the details of it?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 10)

Reply:

1. In 2014 and 2015, 32 and 86 unauthorised signboards were validated under the Validation Scheme respectively.

2. In 2014 and 2015, 1 301 and 1 500 dangerous or abandoned signboards were removed/repaired respectively. We are unable to provide breakdowns on the number of signboards removed and the number of signboards repaired.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 159

- 2 -

3.&4. The Buildings Department (BD) appointed consultants and contractors to carry out the required removal works in respect of 419 and 445 unauthorised, dangerous or abandoned signboards in 2014 and 2015 respectively. Where the owners of the signboards could not be identified, the expenditure of the removal works would be covered by government funding. The relevant expenditure was $0.77 million in 2014-15 and $0.61 million in 2015-16 (up to end 2015). In cases where the owners could be identified, the expenditure and cost recovered in relation to the removal works in the owners’ default are set out in the table below.

Amount paid to consultant/contractors Amount recovered

for cases where owners from owners could be identified 2014-15 $60,000 $20,000 2015-16 $162,000 $46,000 (up to end 2015)

5. The BD does not maintain separate statistics on the average man-hours spent in handling reports on unauthorised, dangerous or abandoned signboards.

6. Enforcement action against unauthorised signboards is carried out by the 35 professional and technical staff of the Signboard Control Unit of the BD as part of their overall duties in implementing the Signboard Control System. The manpower-related expenditure incurred by the Signboard Control Unit was about $30 million in 2015-16 and is estimated to be about $31 million in 2016-17. We are unable to predict the expenditure for engaging consultants and contractors as mentioned in our reply to questions 3&4 above as it depends on the circumstances of the cases.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 160

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)075 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0410)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

When owners fail to comply with removal orders against unauthorised building works, the Buildings Department has the right to instruct Government contractors to carry out the works in the owners’ default and recover all the cost of such works, plus supervision charge and surcharge from the owners afterwards. Regarding the recovery of the cost, will the Government inform this Committee of the numbers of cases requiring the recovery of cost from owners, resulting in successful recovery and involving the writing-off of cost, as well as the percentage of writing-off cases against the number of those requiring the recovery of cost over the past three years?

Asked by: Dr Hon Priscilla LEUNG Mei-fun (Member Question No. 52)

Reply:

In the past three years, the Buildings Department (BD) appointed contractors to carry out the required removal works in respect of 49 defaulted removal orders against unauthorised building works. The BD has been pursuing cost recovery actions under the Buildings Ordinance (Cap. 123) for these cases, and has already fully recovered the cost for 13 of these cases. There is no write-off action initiated for these cases so far.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 161

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)076 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1055)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

One of the matters requiring the special attention of the Buildings Department (BD) in the financial year of 2016-17 is to continue the consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying the sources of water seepage in buildings.

In the previous financial year, the BD also set the work as a matter requiring special attention. How much time and consultancy fee have been spent on the consultancy study up to the present? What are the results of the study?

When will the study be expected to complete? What is the total amount of consultancy fee for the entire study? Will the report on the study be publicised upon the completion of the study?

Asked by: Hon Paul TSE Wai-chun (Member Question No. 8)

Reply:

The consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying sources of water seepage in buildings commenced in October 2014. The study researches into technological matters relating to water seepage investigation in buildings both locally and overseas. It will assess and recommend the most suitable testing methods for use in private buildings as well as help formulate technical guidelines for use by the Joint Office (JO) set up by the Buildings Department and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department for handling reports on water seepage. The estimated expenditure of the study is $4.5 million and the actual expenditure of the consultancy up to end February 2016 amounted to about $0.8 million.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 162

- 2 -

The study is expected to complete in early 2017 and the JO will then consider how to follow up on the findings. The findings of the consultancy study are intended for internal reference and there is no plan to publish the report upon its completion.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 163

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)077 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1056)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What are the estimated expenditures and manpower to be deployed in the financial year 2016-17 for the Joint Office established by the Buildings Department and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department to handle water seepage cases? What is the expected number of successful cases in identifying the sources of water seepage? What are the percentage changes as compared with the previous two financial years?

Asked by: Hon Paul TSE Wai-chun (Member Question No. 9)

Reply:

The staff establishment and the expenditures of the Buildings Department and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department for the operation of the Joint Office (JO) in 2014-15, 2015-16 and 2016-17 are tabulated below –

Buildings Department

2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 Change (a) (b) (c) (%) (c)-(a) (c)-(b)

Number of professional and 64 64 64 0% 0% technical staff Staff cost and departmental 29 30 31 +7% +3% expenses (estimated) (estimated) ($ million) Expenditure for engaging 28 30 30 +7% 0% outsourced consultants (estimated) (estimated) ($ million)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 164

- 2 -

Food and Environmental Hygiene Department

2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 Change (a) (b) (c) (%) (c)-(a) (c)-(b)

Number of investigation staff 219 219 219 0% 0%

Staff cost and departmental 72.1 81 84 +17% +4% expenses (estimated) (estimated) ($ million)

The cause of water seepage in a building is complicated and often involves more than one source. The JO will conduct a series of appropriate non-destructive tests to ascertain the source of water seepage. However, there may still be cases where the source of water seepage cannot be established despite extensive practical tests conducted, especially where the seepage is not obvious or is only intermittent. We are unable to predict the number of cases where the sources of water seepage can be identified in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 165

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)078 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1057)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Joint Office (JO) established by the Buildings Department (BD) and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department (FEHD) handles complaints about water seepage. The efficiency of handling complaints, the outdated method of colour dye testing to test the sources of water seepage and the small number of cases with the sources of water seepage successfully identified have been subject to criticism by members of the public for a long time; the study to examine the latest “technological methods” in identifying the sources of water seepage in buildings has not achieved any result for years. Will the Secretary inform this Committee of the respective numbers of complaint cases received by the BD, the FEHD and the Office of The Ombudsman on the work of the JO in the past two years?

Asked by: Hon Paul TSE Wai-chun (Member Question No. 10)

Reply:

Statistics on the numbers of complaints about “water seepage in buildings” lodged with the Office of The Ombudsman involving the Buildings Department (BD) and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department (FEHD) in 2014-15 and 2015-16 are tabulated below -

2014-15 2015-16 (as at 29 February 2016) BD 51 57

FEHD 61 87

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 166

- 2 -

The BD and the FEHD do not compile statistics on the number of complaints lodged with them by members of the public against the work of the Joint Office.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 167

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)079 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1058)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

At a seminar held in East Kowloon in September last year, an officer of the Joint Office (JO) said that in most cases, it was difficult to ascertain the causes of water seepage and the time needed for concluding an investigation, and the success rate of colour water tests in identifying the sources of water seepage was just about 50%.

Last year, in response to my question in the Legislative Council, the Secretary for Development stated that $4.5 million was spent by the JO to engage a consultant to conduct a study on the latest technological methods for identifying the source of water seepage in buildings, expected to be completed this year.

Has the Buildings Department reviewed the reasons for the ineffectiveness of the current water seepage testing methods? By what percentage will the success rate of the water seepage tests be expected to be improved after the completion of the above study?

Asked by: Hon Paul TSE Wai-chun (Member Question No. 11)

Reply:

The cause of water seepage in building is complicated and often involves more than one source. In handling reports on water seepage, the Joint Office (JO) set up by the Buildings Department and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department will conduct a series of appropriate non-destructive tests, including moisture level monitoring, colour water test at drainage outlets, ponding test for floor slabs, water spray test for walls, and reversible pressure test for water supply pipes, which are widely adopted and generally recognised to be direct and effective means of investigating the source of water seepage. If necessary, JO staff will collect plaster or seepage samples at the seepage spots for analysis by the Government Laboratory. However, there may still be cases where the source of water seepage cannot be established despite extensive practical tests conducted, especially where the seepage is not obvious or is only intermittent.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 168

- 2 -

The consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying sources of water seepage in buildings commenced in October 2014 and is expected to complete in early 2017. It is difficult to accurately estimate the extent to which the study would help to enhance the work of the JO before the study outcome is available.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 169

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)080 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1059)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

How many outsourced private consultants for water seepage investigation have been engaged by the Joint Office (JO) since 2013?

What are the criteria adopted by the JO for selecting outsourced private consultants for water seepage investigation? What are the numbers of cases handled, the numbers of cases with source of water seepage identified and the average expenditure for handling each case of water seepage investigation?

What is the difference when comparing with cases handled by the JO itself?

Asked by: Hon Paul TSE Wai-chun (Member Question No. 12)

Reply:

Since 2013, the Joint Office (JO) set up by the Buildings Department (BD) and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department has engaged 31 outsourced consultants to assist in conducting professional investigation into water seepage cases. Selection of outsourced consultants is conducted in accordance with the Government’s tendering procedures. The selection criteria for the award of a consultancy agreement include the consultant’s experience, the proposed methodology and work programme to be adopted by the consultant, the staffing proposal, the consultant’s past performance and the fee proposal.

The staff of the JO are involved in the investigation of all water seepage reports, and will refer cases in which the source of seepage cannot be identified to outsourced consultants for professional investigation. The two kinds of cases are thus not directly comparable. The BD does not compile statistics on the number of cases involving outsourced consultants.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 170

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)081 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1060)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In the new financial year, how many cases for investigation into the sources of water seepage will be outsourced to private consultants by the Joint Office for investigation of water seepage complaints? What is the estimated expenditure for outsourcing? What are the percentage changes as compared with the figure in 2015-2016?

Asked by: Hon Paul TSE Wai-chun (Member Question No. 13)

Reply:

The Joint Office (JO) set up by the Buildings Department and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department refers cases in which the source of seepage cannot be identified in the initial investigation to outsourced consultants for professional investigation. The JO cannot predict the number of such cases which will be handled by outsourced consultants in 2016-17.

The estimated expenditure for engaging outsourced consultants in 2015-16 is $30 million, and the estimated expenditure in 2016-17 is expected to be more or less the same.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 171

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)082 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1814)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

During 2016-17, the Buildings Department will continue to implement the revised enforcement policy against unauthorised building works (UBWs) introduced since April 2011 and respond to reports on UBWs from members of the public. In this connection, will the authorities inform this Committee:

(1) of the total number of UBWs handled each year (set out by type in a table) and the expenditure involved since the implementation of the policy; and

(2) of the specific work plan and breakdown of the estimated expenditure in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 35)

Reply:

(1) In 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014 and 2015, 17 879, 13 581, 14 972, 22 866 and 24 362 unauthorised building works (UBWs) were removed respectively. The Buildings Department (BD) does not compile statistics on the number of different types of UBWs removed.

(2) Apart from handling reports on UBWs from members of the public, the BD will continue its enforcement action against UBWs in 2016-17 through its large scale operations to tackle actionable UBWs in an orderly and systematic manner.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 172

- 2 -

Enforcement action against UBWs is carried out by the 630 professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions, the Mandatory Building Inspection Division and the Minor Works and Signboard Control Section of the BD as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the manpower and expenditure involved solely for the implementation of the enforcement policy against UBWs.

- End –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 173

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)083 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2384)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Buildings Department stated that it would continue the large scale operations to follow up the work listed below in 2016-17. In this connection, will the authorities give their reply in the following table:

Number of cases Estimated number of handled and cases to be handled expenditure in and estimated 2015-16 expenditure in 2016-17 Comprehensive clearance of unauthorised building works (UBWs) on rooftops, flat roofs, yards and lanes of target buildings Inspection of sub-divided flats in target buildings and rectification of irregularities of building works associated with sub-divided flats Removal of large unauthorised signboards and signboards that are not validated on target buildings or target streets Removal of UBWs in New Territories Exempted Houses that constitute serious contravention of the law and pose higher potential risks to building safety, and administration of the reporting scheme for other UBWs

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 36)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 174

- 2 -

Reply:

In 2016-17, the Buildings Department (BD) will continue its enforcement action against unauthorised building works (UBWs). Relevant information on BD’s large scale operations (LSOs) on clearance of UBWs and inspection of sub-divided flats (SDFs); as well as BD’s enforcement action against unauthorised signboards and UBWs in New Territories Exempted Houses (NTEHs) are set out in the tables below.

Table 1: Performance

Actual Performance in 2015 Target Performance in 2016 (1) LSOs on comprehensive 190 target buildings 80 target buildings Note 1 clearance of UBWs on rooftops, flat roofs, yards and lanes of target buildings

(2) LSOs on inspection of 210 target buildings 100 target buildings Note 2 SDFs and rectification of irregularities of building works associated with SDFs in target buildings

(3) Removal of unauthorised 1 215 unauthorised signboards 900 unauthorised signboards to signboards and removed/ validated Note 3 be removed/ validated implementation of the Validation Scheme for Unauthorised Signboards

(4) Survey of NTEHs to 5 274 NTEHs surveyed; and 4 000 NTEHs to be surveyed identify UBWs that 7 731 reporting forms Note 4; and processing of safety constitute serious processed under the Reporting certificates submitted by owners contravention of the law Scheme in each five-year inspection and pose higher potential cycle of the Reporting Scheme risks to building safety, and administration of the Reporting Scheme for eligible UBWs in NTEHs

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 175

- 3 -

Note 1: Taking into account the recommendations of the Audit Commission in its Director of Audit’s Report No. 64 (Audit Report), the target is reduced in order to redeploy resources to complete outstanding LSOs and clear the backlog of outstanding removal orders.

Note 2: Taking into account the recommendations of the Audit Commission in its Audit Report and the difficulties encountered in enforcement actions, the target is reduced in order to redeploy resources to complete outstanding LSOs and clear the backlog of outstanding removal orders. Note 3: The figure in 2015 is particularly high due to the stepped up enforcement actions against unauthorised signboards including the clearance of outstanding removal orders. Note 4: The number of NTEHs planned to be surveyed in 2016 is adjusted downwards to 4 000 due to the redeployment of resources for clearing the backlog of outstanding removal orders.

Table 2: Expenditure

Estimated Expenditure Estimated Expenditure

in 2015-16 in 2016-17 (1) LSOs on comprehensive The LSOs were carried out by The LSOs will be carried out by clearance of UBWs on the 376 professional and the 412 professional and rooftops, flat roofs, yards technical staff of the two technical staff of the two and lanes of target Existing Buildings Divisions of Existing Buildings Divisions of buildings the BD, as part of their overall the BD, as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s duties to implement the BD’s (2) LSOs on inspection of building safety and maintenance building safety and maintenance SDFs and rectification of enforcement programme. We enforcement programme. We irregularities of building are not able to provide a are not able to provide a works associated with breakdown of the manpower breakdown of the manpower SDFs in target buildings and expenditure involved solely and expenditure involved solely for the LSOs. for the LSOs.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 176

- 4 -

Estimated Expenditure Estimated Expenditure

in 2015-16 in 2016-17 (3) Removal of unauthorised The enforcement action against The enforcement action against signboards and unauthorised signboards and unauthorised signboards and implementation of the implementation of the implementation of the Validation Scheme for Validation Scheme for Validation Scheme for Unauthorised Signboard Unauthorised Signboard were Unauthorised Signboard will be carried out by the carried out by the 35 professional and technical 35 professional and technical staff of the Signboard Control staff of the Signboard Control Unit of the BD, as part of their Unit of the BD, as part of their overall duties in implementing overall duties in implementing the Signboard Control System. the Signboard Control System. The expenditure incurred by the The expenditure to be incurred Signboard Control Unit is about by the Signboard Control Unit $30 million. is estimated to be about $31 million.

(4) Survey of NTEHs to The enforcement action against The enforcement action against identify UBWs that UBWs in NTEHs and the UBWs in NTEHs and the constitute serious administration of the Reporting administration of the Reporting contravention of the law Scheme were carried out by the Scheme will be carried out by and pose higher potential 37 professional and technical the 37 professional and risks to building safety, and staff of the Village Houses technical staff of the Village administration of the Section of the BD, as part of Houses Section of the BD, as Reporting Scheme for their overall duties in part of their overall duties in eligible UBWs in NTEHs implementing the enhanced implementing the enhanced strategy against UBWs in strategy against UBWs in NTEHs. The expenditure NTEHs. The expenditure to incurred by the Village Houses be incurred by the Village Section is about $37 million. Houses Section is estimated to be about $38 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 177

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)084 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2386)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Buildings Department stated that it would continue the consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying the sources of water seepage in buildings in 2016-17. Will the authorities inform this Committee when the above study will commence and when it is expected to complete, of the persons or institutions commissioned to carry out the study, and of the expenditure involved?

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 38)

Reply:

The Buildings Department has engaged Prudential Surveyors International Limited as consultant to study the latest technological methods in identifying sources of water seepage in buildings. The study commenced in October 2014 and is expected to complete in early 2017, with an estimated expenditure of $4.5 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 178

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)085 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2611)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

How many cases of suspected irregularities involving contractors have been received by the Buildings Department in each of the years since the implementation of the Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme and Mandatory Window Inspection Scheme? How many of them have been referred to other enforcement departments or relevant organisations to follow up? If so, what are the details of each referral case (including the date, the enforcement departments or organisations that such case was referred to and the result)? Does the Department have any administrative or other supportive measures to help owners comply with the schemes?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 17)

Reply:

Up to 31 December 2015, the Buildings Department (BD) has handled 23 cases of suspected irregularities involving contractors under the Mandatory Window Inspection Scheme (MWIS) since its commencement in June 2012. There is no such case under the Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme (MBIS). A breakdown of the 23 cases by year is tabulated below -

Year Number of cases 2012 0 2013 2 2014 6 2015 15 Total 23

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 179

- 2 -

The BD has investigated into these cases and taken appropriate follow-up actions in substantiated cases, including instigating prosecution or disciplinary action. So far, none of these cases has been referred to other enforcement departments or organisations for follow-up.

The BD, in collaboration with relevant parties including the Hong Kong Housing Society (HKHS) and the Urban Renewal Authority (URA), will continue to operate various financial and technical assistance schemes and implement other measures to support building owners in fulfilling their statutory responsibilities under the MBIS and the MWIS, and in carrying out building repair and maintenance works in general. These include -

(c) the BD’s continued public education and publicity efforts, including district briefing sessions held in collaboration with the Home Affairs Department, the HKHS, the URA to enhance public awareness of the MBIS and the MWIS, the relevant requirements and the details of the assistance schemes mentioned above; and

(d) publication of useful and relevant reference materials, such as the market price range for window inspection and parts repair (e.g. hinges, screws).

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 180

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)086 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2612)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme and the Mandatory Window Inspection Scheme, the Buildings Department has to issue pre-notification letters; statutory notices will only be issued after six and two months respectively. Since the implementation of the schemes, what was the average duration between the receipt of pre-notification letters and the receipt of statutory notices for target buildings each year? What was the longest duration before statutory notices were received?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 18)

Reply:

The Buildings Department does not compile statistics on the duration between the issuing of pre-notification letters and statutory notices under the two Schemes, and is therefore unable to provide information on the average and longest durations concerned.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 181

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)087 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1859)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The authorities stated that, in 2015, they have continued the large scale operation on inspection of sub-divided flats (SDFs) in 210 target buildings, comprising 190 domestic/composite buildings and 20 industrial buildings (IBs), and rectification of irregularities of building works associated with the SDFs. However, property prices stay high, low-priced old buildings were redeveloped and new buildings completed are pricey. The general public finds them unaffordable and is forced to live in SDFs or even SDFs used for domestic purposes in IBs. In connection with this phenomenon, will the authorities inform this Committee:

(1) of the details of the work of the Buildings Department in handling SDFs, the reasons for demanding the eradication of SDFs while the general public is unable to afford the high rents, and how the Government is going to solve the housing problem of the grassroots;

(2) of the number of SDFs known to the Department to date, broken down by district;

(3) of the districts and number of SDFs involved in the Department’s work of handling SDFs in the past year, as well as the manpower and expenditure involved;

(4) of the districts and number of SDFs involved in the Department’s work of handling SDFs in the coming year, as well as the estimated manpower and expenditure involved;

(5) whether the Government will provide any transitional accommodation for the residents rendered homeless, and of the addresses, number of flats and population that can be accommodated?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Chi-chuen (Member Question No. 12)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 182

- 2 -

Reply:

(1) The Government’s policy is not to eradicate all sub-divided flats (SDFs) but to ensure their safety.

To this end, as regards SDFs in domestic and composite buildings, the Buildings Department (BD) has since April 2011 launched large scale operations aiming at rectifying irregularities of building works associated with SDFs. Where actionable irregularities are identified, including those involving the blocking of means of escape, the BD will issue removal orders to the owners, and consider instigating prosecution against those who fail to comply with the removal orders.

As regards SDFs located in industrial buildings (IBs), they are not designed for domestic use and are subject to different requirements in areas such as provision of natural lighting and ventilation, means of escape and other fire safety measures. Notably, occupants of units in an IB converted for domestic use are exposed to high fire risks which, among other factors, often arise because other units within the same IB are still being used for industrial activities or storage of dangerous and inflammable goods. More stringent enforcement action is thus taken by the BD to eradicate SDFs for domestic use in IBs. Once such SDFs are identified, the BD will issue removal orders and discontinuation orders against the owners. In case of non-compliance with the orders, the BD will institute prosecution against the owner concerned, as well as consider applying to the court for a closure order to close down the premises and arrange for government contractors to carry out the necessary rectification works.

(2) The BD does not compile statistics on the total number of SDFs in the territory.

(3) In 2015, the total number of SDFs inspected by the BD was 3 466 and its geographical distribution is tabulated as follows -

District No. of SDFs inspected Central and Western 138 Wan Chai 193 Eastern 195 Southern 7 Wong Tai Sin 110 Kwun Tong 407 Yau Tsim Mong 633 Sham Shui Po 641 Kowloon City 456 North 14 Sha Tin 56 Tai Po 78 Tsuen Wan 218 Tuen Mun 130

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 183

- 2 -

District No. of SDFs inspected Yuen Long 144 Kwai Tsing 46 Total 3 466

In 2015-16, enforcement action against irregularities associated with SDFs is carried out by the 376 professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions of the BD as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the manpower and expenditure involved solely for carrying out enforcement action in relation to SDFs.

(4) In 2016, the estimated number of SDFs to be inspected is 3 800. We are not able to predict the geographical distribution of these SDFs.

In 2016-17, enforcement actions against irregularities associated with SDFs will be carried out by the 412 professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions of the BD as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the manpower and expenditure involved solely for carrying out enforcement action in relation to SDFs.

(5) It has always been the Government's policy that no one will be rendered homeless as a result of its enforcement action. Should any occupant be verified by the relevant departments as having been rendered homeless as a result of the Government’s actions, referrals will be made for them to stay temporarily in the Po Tin Transit Centre in Tuen Mun provided by the Housing Department while they are awaiting eligibility vetting for further rehousing or looking for alternative accommodation themselves. The Po Tin Transit Centre can accommodate 340 temporary residents.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 184

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)088 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2529)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In the Programme, the authorities stated that it would continue the large scale operation (LSO) on inspection of sub-divided flats (SDFs) in target buildings. In this connection, please inform this Committee:

(a) of the final results of the inspection of domestic/industrial buildings given the estimated number of SDFs to be inspected was 1 800 last year; of the actual number of buildings inspected and the number of units involved last year, set out in a table with a breakdown by the 18 districts; and of the numbers of removal orders issued and prosecutions instigated against units found to have irregularities during inspection;

(b) of the numbers of domestic/industrial buildings inspected and SDFs identified in the 18 districts since the commencement of the inspection;

(c) of the details of the transitional accommodation provided by the authorities last year for people affected by the actions to eradicate SDFs in industrial buildings; of the current utilisation of the transitional accommodation; whether it is necessary to increase the number of such accommodation.

(d) of the numbers of domestic/industrial buildings/units targeted for inspection in 2016-17; whether there is any plan to recruit additional staff given the inspection target; and if so, of the posts and expenditure involved.

Asked by: Hon Alice MAK Mei-kuen (Member Question No. 19)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 185

- 2 -

Reply:

(a) The Buildings Department (BD) has been conducting large scale operations (LSOs) for rectifying irregularities of building works associated with sub-divided flats (SDFs) since 2011. The actual number of SDFs inspected under these LSOs in 2015 and the number of buildings involved are tabulated as follows:

No. of SDFs inspected No. of buildings inspected District under LSOs in 2015 under LSOs in 2015 Central and Western 27 19 Wan Chai 37 15 Eastern 24 12 Southern 5 2 Wong Tai Sin 101 9 Kwun Tong 259 26 Yau Tsim Mong 324 55 Sham Shui Po 360 50 Kowloon City 288 52 North 14 4 Sha Tin 31 3 Tai Po 41 9 Tsuen Wan 11 7 Tuen Mun 87 6 Yuen Long 55 10 Kwai Tsing 2 1 Total 1 666 Note 280

Note: Apart from LSOs, the BD also conducts inspections of SDFs in response to reports from the public. The total number of SDFs inspected in 2015 is 3 466.

In 2015, 198 removal or discontinuation orders (discontinuation orders are for SDFs in industrial buildings only) were issued against irregularities of building works associated with the SDFs inspected under these LSOs, and 123 prosecutions were instigated against the relevant owners for failure to comply with such orders. The removal/discontinuation orders issued and the prosecutions instigated in 2015 do not necessarily correspond to the SDFs inspected under LSOs in 2015.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 186

- 3 -

(b) The number of SDFs inspected under LSOs from 2011 to 2015, and the number of buildings involved are tabulated as follows -

No. of SDFs inspected No. of buildings inspected District under LSOs from 2011 under LSOs from 2011 to to 2015 2015 Central and Western 116 76 Wan Chai 176 56 Eastern 246 65 Southern 55 16 Wong Tai Sin 218 23 Kwun Tong 582 55 Yau Tsim Mong 1 345 277 Sham Shui Po 1 638 239 Kowloon City 962 131 North 37 14 Sha Tin 102 15 Tai Po 52 18 Tsuen Wan 128 32 Tuen Mun 149 16 Yuen Long 119 35 Kwai Tsing 158 18 Total 6 083 1 086

(c) A total of nine households were admitted to the Po Tin Transit Centre (PTTC) at Tuen Mun provided by the Housing Department (HD) as a result of the BD’s enforcement action in 2015.

It has always been the Government's policy that no one will be rendered homeless as a result of its enforcement action. Should any occupant be verified by the relevant departments as having been rendered homeless as a result of the Government’s actions, referral will be made for them to stay temporarily in the PTTC while they are awaiting eligibility vetting for further rehousing or looking for alternative accommodation themselves. The PTTC can accommodate 340 temporary residents. The HD will review the occupancy of the PTTC from time to time with a view to making corresponding arrangements for better utilisation of public resources.

(d) In 2016, LSOs for rectifying irregularities of building works associated with SDFs will target 100 buildings, comprising 20 industrial buildings and 80 domestic buildings. 36 additional professional and technical posts will be created in 2016-17 to assist in the implementation of the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. We are not able to provide a breakdown of the additional manpower and expenditure which will be involved solely for inspecting SDFs under LSOs.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 187

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)089 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3130)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

As mentioned in the Programme, the Government would continue to study the latest technological methods in identifying the sources of water seepage in buildings. In this connection, please inform this Committee:

(1) of the number of reports and complaints about water seepage received, the numbers of investigation visits and nuisance notices issued, prosecution instigated and the percentage of cases satisfactorily concluded in the past three years;

(2) of the estimated expenditure and details of the scope of study in relation to the consultancy study which, as stated by the authorities, was being conducted on the latest methods in identifying the sources of water seepage in buildings; and

(3) of the new technologies studied by the consultant and applied to current investigation work in the past three years; please set out in a table the names of the technologies, the costs of research/consultancy study involved, and the scope/methods of application of such technologies.

Asked by: Hon Alice MAK Mei-kuen (Member Question No. 25)

Reply:

(1) Statistics on water seepage reports received, reports handled, results of investigation, nuisance notices issued, prosecutions instigated and convictions in the past three years are tabulated below –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 188

- 2 -

Number of Cases 2013 2014 2015 Reports received 28 504 27 896 29 617 Reports handled (1) 24 856 22 056 25 093  Cases screened out (2) 13 062 10 961 12 000  Cases with investigations concluded 11 794 11 095 13 093 - Seepage ceased during investigation 4 766 4 146 4 920 - Source of water seepage identified 4 692 4 816 4 679 - Source of water seepage could not be 2 336 2 133 3 494 identified and investigation terminated Nuisance Notices issued (1) 4 338 4 700 4 988 Prosecutions instigated (1) 96 88 61 Convictions (1) 50 60 44

Note (1) : The figures do not necessarily correspond to the number of reports received in the same year.

Note (2) : These include unjustified cases and withdrawal cases, in respect of which no investigation will be made by the Joint Office (JO) set up by the Buildings Department and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department.

The JO does not keep statistics on the number of investigation visits for water seepage cases. The number of visits required for investigating each individual case varies due to a number of factors, including the nature and complexity of the case and whether the relevant owners and occupants are cooperative.

(2)&(3) The consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying sources of water seepage in buildings commenced in October 2014. The study researches into technological matters relating to water seepage investigation in buildings both locally and overseas. It will assess and recommend the most suitable testing methods for use in private buildings as well as help formulate technical guidelines for use by the JO. The study is expected to complete in early 2017 and the JO will then consider how to follow up on the findings.

The estimated expenditure of the study is $4.5 million and the actual expenditure of the consultancy up to end February 2016 amounted to about $0.8 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 189

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)090 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2359)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The following questions on requests for assistance on water seepage are raised:

(a) Please provide the respective numbers of inspections conducted regarding requests for assistance on water seepage, actual prosecutions instigated, successful prosecutions, average number of inspections conducted for each request and average number of days for handling each request in each of the past three years, as well as the estimated figures for each of the above in 2016-17, broken down by District Council districts.

(b) Please list the areas of work and numbers of staff of the divisions and grades responsible for handling requests for assistance on water seepage.

(c) In view of the trend of the number of requests for assistance on water seepage, will the authorities increase the manpower? If so, what will be the increase in manpower for each grade responsible for law enforcement? If not, what are the reasons for that?

(d) What are the current details of the “study on the latest technological methods in identifying the sources of water seepage”? What are the specific work details and timetable in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon POON Siu-ping (Member Question No. 49)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 190

- 2 -

Reply:

(a) Statistics on prosecutions instigated and convictions in respect of water seepage reports handled by the Joint Office (JO) of the Buildings Department (BD) and the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department (FEHD) in the past three years are tabulated below –

2013 2014 2015 Prosecutions instigated 96 88 61 Convictions(1) 50 60 44

Note(1) The figures do not necessarily correspond to the number of prosecutions instigated in the same year.

There is no breakdown of the above statistics by District Council districts. The JO is unable to predict the number of prosecutions to be instigated and the number of convictions in 2016-17.

The JO does not compile statistics on the number of inspections conducted and the handling time for individual water seepage cases. The number of inspections and the time required for investigating a water seepage case varies due to a number of factors, including the nature and complexity of the case and whether the relevant owners and occupants are cooperative. Therefore, the JO is unable to predict the number of inspections and the time required for handling a water seepage case in 2016-17.

(b)&(c) In 2016-17, the operation of the JO involves 64 professional and technical staff from the BD as well as 219 investigation staff from the FEHD. The 64 BD staff comprise two Senior Professional Officers, 10 Professional Officers, 26 Technical Officers and 26 Survey Officers, whereas the 219 FEHD staff comprise 15 Senior Health Inspectors, 128 Health Inspectors and 76 Environmental Nuisance Investigators. Generally speaking, the FEHD staff are responsible for carrying out initial investigation of the source of water seepage, as well as undertaking enforcement actions such as issuing nuisance notices and instigating prosecutions where necessary. In cases where professional investigation by outsourced consultants is required, the Professional Officers of the BD are responsible for monitoring the work of the consultants and coordinating the investigation process with the support of the Technical Officers and Survey Officers. While there is no increase in manpower compared to 2015-16, the BD and the FEHD will monitor the manpower situation and seek additional resources under established procedures as and when necessary.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 191

- 3 -

(d) The consultancy study on the latest technological methods in identifying sources of water seepage in buildings commenced in October 2014. The study researches into technological matters relating to water seepage investigation in buildings both locally and overseas. It will assess and recommend the most suitable testing methods for use in private buildings as well as help formulate technical guidelines for use by the JO. The study is expected to complete in early 2017 and the JO will then consider how best to follow up on the findings.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 192

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)091 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1288)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the implementation of the Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme and the Mandatory Window Inspection Scheme:

˙ What was the manpower specially tasked with implementing the schemes in 2014-15 and 2015-16? What respective percentages did civil servants and non-civil service contract (NCSC) staff account for? What was the ratio of the manpower concerned to the workload?

․ Will there be additional manpower in 2016-17? If so, what is the number of additional posts, and what respective percentages do the net increase in posts, civil service posts converted from NCSC positions, and professional and technical posts account for? Is there any change in the number of additional posts as compared with the number of additional posts originally applied for? With the increase in manpower, what is the estimated change in the ratio of the manpower concerned to the workload?

․ As regards the non-compliant mandatory building inspection and window inspection notices, what mechanism does the Department have to handle and follow up these cases? For example, in 2014-15 and 2015-16, how many warning letters were issued; how did the Department follow up cases of non-compliant notices and disregarded warnings; what was the number of prosecutions instigated for each year? And will the number of prosecutions be expected to increase in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon Tony TSE Wai-chuen (Member Question No. 6)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 193

- 2 -

Reply:

˙ The professional and technical staff of the Mandatory Building Inspection Sections (MBI Sections) of the Buildings Department (BD) is responsible for implementing the Mandatory Building Inspection Scheme (MBIS) and the Mandatory Window Inspection Scheme (MWIS). A breakdown of the manpower concerned by civil service posts and non-civil service contract posts in 2014-15 and 2015-16 is tabulated below –

Professional and Technical Staff of MBI Sections Financial Year Non-civil Service Civil Service Posts Total Contract Posts 104 6 2014-15 110 (95%) (5%) 104 22 2015-16 126 (83%) (17%)

˙ The two schemes will continue to be implemented by the existing resources of 126 professional and technical staff, as well as other supporting manpower, in the MBI Sections in 2016-17.

˙ If the statutory notices are not complied with within the specified timeframe, the BD will take enforcement actions by issuing warning letters, serving fixed penalty notices (for the MWIS only) and instigating prosecution against those building owners who, without reasonable excuse, fail to comply with the statutory notices. In addition, the BD may also arrange for the required inspection and necessary repair works to be carried out in the event of default by owners. The cost of the inspection and repair works, supervision charges and a surcharge not exceeding 20% of the cost will be recovered from the owners concerned.

A breakdown of the number of warning letters issued and fixed penalty notices served in 2014 and 2015 for the two Schemes is tabulated below.

2014 2015 MBIS - No. of Warning Letters issued 394 3 434

MWIS - No. of Warning Letters issued 2 651 11 031 - No. of Fixed Penalty Notices 43 797 served

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 194

- 3 -

In late-2015, the BD began preparatory work for instigating prosecution against building owners who had failed to comply with the MBIS and MWIS statutory notices without reasonable excuse despite having been served with warning letters and, for the MWIS, fixed penalty notices. These cases are expected to enter the formal prosecution stage in 2016-17. The number of prosecutions to be instigated in 2016-17 is expected to increase as enforcement actions against non-compliant notices will be stepped up.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 195

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)092 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1289)

Head: (82) Buildings Department

Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (1) Buildings and Building Works

Controlling Officer: Director of Buildings (HUI Siu-wai)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Audit Commission published an audit report on “Buildings Department's actions on unauthorised building works” in April 2015, making a number of recommendations on improvement. In this regard:

˙Has the Buildings Department (BD) followed up on the various recommendations and reviewed the manpower, administrative procedures, action plans, work objectives, etc. of the Department? If so, what are the specific details of the follow-up actions and the results of the review?

˙What was the number of staff specially tasked with handling of unauthorised building works in the Department in 2014-15 and 2015-16? Will additional manpower be expected in 2016-17? If so, what is the number of additional staff, and what respective percentages do the net increase in posts, civil service posts converted from non-civil service contract positions, and professional and technical posts account for? Is there any change in the number of additional posts as compared with the number of additional posts originally applied for? As compared with 2014-15 and 2015-16, what is the change in the ratio of the manpower concerned to the workload in 2016-17?

˙In 2014-15 and 2015-16, what were the respective estimated and actual numbers of removal orders and warning notices issued, the numbers of backlog cases regarding the removal and rectification of irregularities, and outstanding removal orders, and the numbers of prosecutions instigated against non-compliant removal orders? In the coming two years, will additional manpower be required to clear the backlog cases concerned?

Asked by: Hon Tony TSE Wai-chuen (Member Question No. 7)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 196

- 2 -

Reply:

The Buildings Department (BD) has been taking proactive action to implement the various recommendations in the said audit report and of the Public Accounts Committee in relation to unauthorised building works (UBWs). The follow-up actions are set out in detail in the relevant Government Minute tabled at the Legislative Council in October 2015.

Enforcement action against UBWs is carried out by the relevant professional and technical staff of the two Existing Buildings Divisions, the Mandatory Building Inspection Division and the Minor Works and Signboard Control Section of the BD as part of their overall duties to implement the BD’s building safety and maintenance enforcement programmes. The numbers of these professional and technical staff in 2014-15 and 2015-16 are 620 and 630 respectively. In 2016-17, 36 additional professional and technical posts will be created to assist in the implementation of the above-mentioned programmes. The creation of these posts does not involve the conversion of non-civil service contract positions into civil service posts. We are not able to provide statistics on the manpower and expenditure involved solely for the enforcement action against UBWs, or calculate the change in the ratio of the manpower concerned to the workload.

The estimated and actual numbers of removal orders, warning notices and prosecutions are tabulated as follows -

2014 2015

Estimate Actual Estimate Actual No. of removal orders issued 6 000 11 816 17 000 12 918 No. of warning notices issued 300 332 300 357 No. of prosecutions instigated against non-compliance with 3 000 2 532 3 000 3 030 removal orders

There were about 67 500 and 64 000 outstanding removal orders issued against UBWs as at 31 December 2014 and 2015 respectively. In the coming years, the BD will continue to closely monitor the progress and staffing requirement of the enforcement programme, and bid for additional resources if necessary under the established procedures.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 197

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)093 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0713)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

How is the Pilot Scheme for Arbitration on Land Premium implemented? How much government expenditure is involved? Has the Government received any views on the scheme after its implementation? If yes, what are the views? If no, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 42)

Reply:

The Pilot Scheme for Arbitration on Land Premium (Pilot Scheme) was launched in October 2014. Up to the end of February 2016, the Lands Department (Lands D) had made a total of 14 invitations to lot owners to settle premium discussions through arbitration under the Pilot Scheme in respect of their lease modification/land exchange applications. Among the 14 invitations, one case had proceeded to arbitration and was concluded in December 2015, while the arbitration option for another case is being actively considered by the Government and the applicant. The lot owners in respect of the remaining 12 invitations have chosen to negotiate the premium with Lands D.

Separately, Lands D has declined one application for arbitration which did not meet the policy objective of increasing land supply.

To support implementation of the Pilot Scheme, Lands D has created four posts of one Senior Estate Surveyor, one Estate Surveyor and two Survey Officers (Estate) with an earmarked annual expenditure of about $3 million. Lands D is allocated an annual provision of $20 million for engaging outside experts to provide professional advice on specific issues in individual arbitration cases in 2016-17.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 198

- 2 -

After the launch of the Pilot Scheme, the Government has received comments from some stakeholders on implementation details such as the detailed terms of the draft template of the Arbitration Agreement. We will fine-tune administrative arrangements along the way and conduct a general review of the Pilot Scheme as more experience becomes available.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 199

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)094 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0715)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead(No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Government indicated that 0.78 hectares of land were resumed in 2015-16. Where is the land located? What is the expenditure involved?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 44)

Reply:

The locations and expenditures involved for the about 0.78 hectares (ha) of land resumed in 2015 are as follows -

Estimated compensation Approximate area Location expenditure resumed (ha) ($ million) Kowloon 0.003 0.02 Tai Po 0.681 24.55 Tuen Mun 0.051 5.49 Yuen Long 0.024 3.08 North 0.016 0.64

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 200

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)095 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3061)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please inform this Committee:

In 2013-16, how many New Territories small house applications were involved in the “Agriculture” zone? How many of them were approved? What was the area of land involved?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 66)

Reply:

The Lands Department has no readily available information on the total area of the “Agriculture” zone involved in the approved small house applications. The number of received and approved cases of small house applications involved in the “Agriculture” zone in 2013 to 2016 (up to end of February 2016) is set out below:

Number of small house Number of applications applications involving land in involving land in the Year the “Agriculture” zone “Agriculture” zone approved in received in the year the year 2013 117 56 2014 150 47 2015 204 39 2016 (up to end of 16 15 February 2016)

Note: In view of the time required for processing the small house applications, the cases approved in a particular year do not necessarily correspond to the applications received in that year. - End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 201

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)096 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3062)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please inform this Committee of the following:

1) the number of cases of unauthorised structures on private agricultural land handled by the Lands Department in the last three years;

2) the number of enforcement actions, the number of structures removed by the owners as required, and the number of those removed by the Government as mentioned in question 1.

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 67)

Reply:

The relevant statistics regarding lease enforcement actions taken against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land by the Lands Department (Lands D) in the last three calendar years (2013 to 2015) are as follows:

Calendar Year 2013 2014 2015 (a) Number of cases of unauthorised structures on private 621 810 686 agricultural land identified(Note) (b) Number of cases involving enforcement actions(Note) (which may 528 665 1 021 take the form of issue of warning letters/statutory notices; registration of warning letters in the Land Registry; re-entry and/or vesting) taken against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land (c) Number of cases with unauthorised structures demolished by the 0 125 211 owners(Note) (d) Number of cases with unauthorised structures demolished by 4 15 4 Lands D(Note)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 202

- 2 -

Note: The cases processed in a year may not necessarily correspond to the cases identified in the same year.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 203

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)097 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0750)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

1. Of the residential sites disposed of in the past five years, are there any provisions on the time limit for superstructure development in the land leases? If yes, what are these provisions in general? Have they been violated by any developers or land owners over the past three years?

2. How many residential flats in total can be built on the residential sites disposed of in the past five years?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Kam-lam (Member Question No. 45)

Reply:

1. As a general practice, a Building Covenant (BC) clause is incorporated into the land leases of residential sites. Under the BC clause, the developer is required to complete the construction of the minimum gross floor area specified in the lease conditions and obtain an occupation permit from the Building Authority within the BC period imposed in the lease conditions. In general, the BC period depends on the scale and complexity of the development permitted under the lease conditions. For those residential sites sold in the years from 2011 to 2015, the BC period ranges from 48 months to 100 months. Accordingly, the BC periods have yet to expire for most of the residential sites sold during that five-year period. For three cases with BC periods expired, two cases have complied with the BC while approval of extension was given to the non-compliant case upon full justifications given for the delay and payment of premium.

2. The total estimated number of flats that can be produced from residential sites sold in the past five years (2011 to 2015) is around 41 800 but the flat production is subject to actual design of the developments.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 204

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)098 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0158)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is estimated that the total acquisition/clearance costs will amount to $3.1 billion in the coming financial year, representing a substantial increase over the current year. What are the reasons for such an increase?

Asked by: Dr Hon LAU Wong-fat (Member Question No. 17)

Reply:

The increase in the estimated costs for acquisition of private land and clearance of government land in the financial year 2016-17 is mainly due to higher cashflow requirements for payments of compensation and ex-gratia allowances reflecting the implementation programmes of on-going and new public works projects including: (i) Penny's Bay Reclamation ($1,061 million), (ii) Site Formation and Associated Infrastructure Works for Purpose-built Complex of Residential Care Homes for the Elderly in Area 29 of Kwu Tung North New Development Area ($629 million), (iii) Liantang/Heung Yuen Wai Boundary Control Point and Associated Works (Connecting Road) (about $184 million), (iv) Liantang/Heung Yuen Wai Boundary Control Point and Associated Works (Site Formation and Civil Works) ($100 million), and (v) Yuen Long and Kam Tin Sewerage Treatment Upgrade – Upgrading of San Wai Sewage Treatment Works (about $84 million), and about 90 other projects.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 205

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)099 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No.0449)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Under the Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17, during 2016-17, the Branch says it will continue to oversee the implementation of the Pilot Scheme for Arbitration on Land Premium (the Pilot Scheme). In this connection, will the branch inform this Council: a) the number of cases the Government has selected and offered for arbitration to determine the amount of land premium payable since the introduction of the Pilot Scheme, and the details of these cases; b) the number of applications it has received for arbitration in respect of the Applicants’ respective lease modification/land exchange applications under processing since the introduction of the Pilot Scheme, and the details of these cases; c) On 17 October 2015, Secretary for Development told the media after Land Supply Forum that so far the response of the Pilot Scheme had been lukewarm. Since the Administration said it would review the Pilot Scheme 2 years after its implementation (i.e. October 2016), what is the timetable and the scope of the review and the expenditure to be spent in 2016-17 in this respect?

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 7)

Reply: a) The Pilot Scheme for Arbitration on Land Premium (Pilot Scheme) was launched in October 2014. Up to the end of February 2016, the Lands Department (Lands D) had made a total of 14 invitations to lot owners to settle premium discussions through arbitration under the Pilot Scheme in respect of their lease modification/land exchange applications. Among the 14 invitations, one case had proceeded to arbitration and was concluded in December 2015, while the arbitration option for another case is being actively considered by the Government and the applicant. The lot owners in respect of the remaining 12 invitations have chosen to negotiate premium with Lands D.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 206

- 2 -

b) Separately, Lands D has declined one application for arbitration which did not meet the policy objective of increasing land supply. c) After the launch of the Pilot Scheme, the Government has received comments from some stakeholders on implementation details such as the detailed terms of the draft template of the Arbitration Agreement. We will fine-tune administrative arrangements along the way and conduct a general review of the Pilot Scheme as more experience becomes available.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 207

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)100 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2485)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Will the Government please provide details of the residential sites disposed of in the past six years?

2010-11 Estimated number of Maximum GFA units Other (Maximum (Estimated number Current restrictions Disposal Lot residential GFA) Use Premium of residential progress at under date - Location [Maximum units) site Conditions of non-residential [Building covenant Sale GFA] expiry date]

2011-12 Estimated number of Maximum GFA units Other (Maximum (Estimated number Current restrictions Disposal Lot residential GFA) Use Premium of residential progress at under date - Location [Maximum units) site Conditions of non-residential [Building covenant Sale GFA] expiry date]

2012-13 Estimated number of Maximum GFA units Other (Maximum (Estimated number Current restrictions Disposal Lot residential GFA) Use Premium of residential progress at under date - Location [Maximum units) site Conditions of non-residential [Building covenant Sale GFA] expiry date]

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 208

- 2 -

2013-14 Estimated number of Maximum GFA units Other (Maximum (Estimated number Current restrictions Disposal Lot residential GFA) Use Premium of residential progress at under date - Location [Maximum units) site Conditions of non-residential [Building covenant Sale GFA] expiry date]

2014-15 Estimated number of Maximum GFA units Other (Maximum (Estimated number Current restrictions Disposal Lot residential GFA) Use Premium of residential progress at under date - Location [Maximum units) site Conditions of non-residential [Building covenant Sale GFA] expiry date]

2015-16 Estimated number of Maximum GFA units Other (Maximum (Estimated number Current restrictions Disposal Lot residential GFA) Use Premium of residential progress at under date - Location [Maximum units) site Conditions of non-residential [Building covenant Sale GFA] expiry date]

Asked by: Hon Jeffrey LAM Kin-fung (Member Question No. 29)

Reply:

Details of the residential sites disposed of in the past six financial years are as follows:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 209

- 3 -

3 8 June 2010 KIL 11175 - Residential 80 755 m2 $10,900 million (c) for Junction of Fat (527) Phase I Kwong Street [30 June 2016] and Chung Hau (b) for Street, Ho Man Phase II Tin, Kowloon

4 28 July 2010 IL 9007 - Residential 30 180.4 m2 $10,400 million (c) for Mount (67) Phase I Nicholson [31 March 2016] Road, The (b) for Peak, Hong Phases Kong II and III 5 17 August KIL 11125 - Residential 36 630 m2 $4,100 million (b) 2010 204 Argyle (228) Street, [31 March 2016] Kowloon

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 210

- 4 -

10 3 November NKIL 6493 - Residential 21 138 m2 $2,170 million (b) 2010 Inverness (134) Road, Kowloon [31 December Tong, Kowloon 2015]

11 7 March 2011 YLTL 518 - Residential 61 700 m2 $2,410 million (b) (i) Each Yuen Long On (1 129) residential Ning Road, Tai [30 September unit shall not Kiu Road, Yuen 2016] exceed 60 m2 Long On Lok in saleable Road, Yuen area. Long, New (ii) The total Territories number of residential units shall not be less than 960. (iii) Not less than 800 residential units shall be ranging in saleable area from 35 m2 to 40 m2 and not less than 160 residential units shall be ranging in saleable area from exceeding 40 m2 to 60 m2.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 211

- 5 -

2 12 May 2011 IL 8963 - Residential 16 800 m2 $4,490 million (b) Stubbs Road, [1 500 m2] (72) Hong Kong [30 June 2018]

3 12 May 2011 NKIL 6498 - Residential 3 417 m2 $579 million (c) Begonia Road, (10) Yau Yat Chuen, [31 December Kowloon 2015]

4 12 May 2011 Lot 2086 in DD Residential 9 392 m2 $662 million (b) 105 - (67) Ngau Tam Mei, [30 June 2016] Yuen Long, New Territories

5 9 June 2011 IL 8949 - Residential 40 440 m2 $11,650 million (b) Borrett Road, (181) Hong Kong [30 June 2017]

6 9 June 2011 Lot 2129 in DD Residential 6 076 m2 $300 million (c) 121 - Ping (41) Kwai Road, [31 December Ping Shan, 2015] Yuen Long, New Territories

7 20 June 2011 HHIL 555 - Residential 5 240.7 m2 $406.3 million (c) (i) The total At the Junction (4 367 m2) (95) number of of Gillies [31 March 2016] residential Avenue South units shall not and Bulkeley be less than Street, Hung 70. Hom, Kowloon (ii) Each residential unit shall be ranging in saleable area from 35 m2 to 40 m2.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 212

- 6 -

Maximum GFA Premium (Maximum (Estimated number Other Current residential of residential restrictions Disposal date Lot Note 3 progress Item Use GFA) units ) under Note 1 - Location at site [Maximum [Building covenant Conditions of Note 5 non-residential expiry Sale GFA] Note 2 date Note 4] 8 20 June 2011 HHIL 556 - Residential 9 740 m2 $801 million (b) (i) The total Lee Kung (216) number of Street, Hung [30 September residential Hom, Kowloon 2016] units shall not be less than 170. (ii) Each residential unit shall be ranging in saleable area from 35 m2 to 40 m2.

9 28 July 2011 TCTL 36 - Residential 129 540 m2 $3,770 million (b) (i) Each Area 55A, (127 000 m2) (2 339) residential Tung Chung, [2 540 m2] [30 September unit shall Lantau Island, 2016] not exceed New Territories 60 m2 in saleable area. (ii) The total number of residential units shall not be less than 2 020. (iii) Not less than 1 650 residential units shall be ranging in saleable area from 35 m2 to 45 m2 and not less than 370 residential units shall be ranging in saleable area from exceeding 45 m2 to 60 m2.

10 9 August STTL 525 - Residential 95 826 m2 $5,500 million (c) The total 2011 Area 56A, Kau (973) number of To, Sha Tin, [31 March 2017] residential New Territories units shall not be less than 970.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 213

- 7 -

12 6 September TKOTL 113 - Residential 73 662 m2 $3,120 million (b) The total 2011 Area 66A, (66 965 m2) (960) number of Tseung Kwan [6 697 m2] [30 September residential O, New 2016] units shall not Territories exceed 1 010 and shall not be less than 960.

13 6 September Lot 1282 in DD Residential 1 124.8 m2 $121.5 million (b) 2011 253 - (6) Pak Shek Wo, [30 September Sai Kung, New 2015] Territories

14 6 September Lot 4309 in DD Residential 11 192 m2 $361 million (c) The total 2011 124 - (170) number of Tan Kwai [30 September residential Tsuen Road, 2016] units shall not Yuen Long, be less than New Territories 170.

15 4 October StIL 91 - Residential 461.4 m2 $121.1 million (b) 2011 Hoi Fung Path, (1) Stanley, Hong [30 June 2016] Kong

17 10 November RBL 1168 - Residential 1 204.2 m2 $498.9 million (b) 2011 Near 35 South (4) Bay Road, [31 December Hong Kong 2016]

18 8 December Lot 724 in Residential 2 964 m2 $176.8 million (c) The total 2011 DD 332 - (28 Note 6) number of Cheung Sha, [30 September residential Lantau Island, 2016] units shall not New Territories exceed 14.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 214

- 8 -

20 22 December Lot 726 in Residential 4 590 m2 $55 million (c) The total 2011 DD 4 Mui Wo - and (3 010 m2) (50) number of Mui Wo, Commercial [1 580 m2] [31 March 2016] residential Lantau Island, units shall not New Territories exceed 50.

21 12 January TKOTL 119 - Residential 45 353 m2 $1,860 million (c) The total 2012 Area 66B2, (41 230 m2) (591) number of Tseung Kwan [4 123 m2] [31 March 2017] residential O, New units shall not Territories exceed 620 and shall not be less than 590.

22 9 February TMTL 423 - Residential 87 291 m2 $2,739 million (b) The total 2012 Area 48, Castle (1 100) number of Peak Road, So [31 March 2019] residential Kwun Wat, units shall not Tuen Mun, be less than New Territories 1 100.

23 1 March 2012 Lot 676 in Residential 3 423 m2 $19 million (b) DD Peng Chau (54) - Peng Lei [30 June 2016] Road, Peng Chau, New Territories

24 22 March AplIL 135 - Residential 21 350 m2 $2,538 million (b) 2012 At Junction of (114) Ap Lei Chau [31 December Drive and Ap 2017] Lei Chau Praya Road, Hong Kong

25 22 March Lot 1588 in DD Residential 3 046 m2 $700 million (b) 2012 243 - (8) Pik Sha Road, [30 June 2016] Sai Kung, New Territories

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 215

- 9 -

2 2 May 2012 TMTL 436 - Residential 3 608 m2 $180 million (b) Kwun Fat (14) Street, Siu [31 December Lam, Tuen 2016] Mun, New Territories

3 24 May 2012 TKOTL 114 - Residential 23 936 m2 $1,033 million (b) The total Area 66C1, (21 760 m2) (326) number of Tseung Kwan [2 176 m2] [30 September residential O, New 2017] units shall not Territories exceed 326 and shall not be less than 310.

4 24 May 2012 STTL 562 - Residential 4 680 m2 $531.5 million (c) Area 56A, (20) Kau To, [30 September Sha Tin, New 2016] Territories

5 30 May 2012 RBL 1190 - Residential 23 052.26 m2 $6,000 million (b) Deep Water (54) Bay Drive, [For Hong Kong redevelopment of the lot, 60 calendar months from the date of the issue by the Building Authority of the first consent letter for demolition of the Existing Buildings and Structures]

6 30 May 2012 Lot 673 in Residential 856.8 m2 $15.0 million (d) DD Peng Chau (Subject to actual - Tung Wan, design by Peng Chau, developer) New Territories [30 September 2016]

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 216

- 10 -

Maximum GFA Premium (Maximum (Estimated number Other Current residential of residential restrictions Disposal date Lot Note 3 progress Item Use GFA) units ) under Note 1 - Location at site [Maximum [Building covenant Conditions of Note 5 non-residential expiry Sale GFA] Note 2 date Note 4] 7 11 July 2012 IL 9027 - Residential 83 675 m2 $6,910 million (b) The total Java Road and and (53 680 m2) (703) number of Tin Chiu Street, Commercial [29 995 m2] [31 December residential North Point, 2020] units shall not Hong Kong be less than 700. 8 1 August TKOTL 115 - Residential 27 643 m2 $1,168.9 million (b) The total 2012 Area 66D1, (25 130 m2) (372) number of Tseung Kwan [2 513 m2] [31 December residential O, New 2017] units shall not Territories exceed 378 and shall not be less than 360.

9 30 August STTL 567 - Residential 29 550 m2 $3,038 million (b) 2012 Area 56A, Kau (158) To, Sha Tin, [30 June 2018] New Territories

10 30 August Lot 678 in Residential 5 200 m2 $80.8 million (a) 2012 DD Peng Chau and (3 200 m2) (40) - Peng Lei Commercial [2 000 m2] [30 June 2017] Road, Peng Chau, New Territories

11 28 September TKOTL 117 - Residential 45 203 m2 $2,285 million (b) The total 2012 Area 66C2, (38 745 m2) (536) number of Tseung Kwan [6 458 m2] [31 December residential O, New 2017] units shall not Territories exceed 546 and shall not be less than 520.

12 28 September Lot 674 in Residential 1 335.2 m2 $31 million (b) 2012 DD Peng Chau (10) - Tung Wan, [30 June 2017] Peng Chau, New Territories

13 7 November TKOTL 118 - Residential 52 339 m2 $2,545 million (b) The total 2012 Area 66D2, (44 862 m2) (630) number of Tseung Kwan [7 477 m2] [31 March 2018] residential O, New units shall not Territories exceed 630 and shall not be less than 600.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 217

- 11 -

15 28 November TKOTL 95 - Residential 53 265 m2 $2,826 million (b) The total 2012 Area 68A2, (42 612 m2) (605) number of Tseung Kwan [10 653 m2] [31 March 2019] residential O, New units shall not Territories be less than 535.

16 13 December TKOTL 125 - Residential 39 923 m2 $1,968 million (b) The total 2012 Area 68A1, (31 938 m2) (428) number of Tseung Kwan [7 985 m2] [31 March 2019] residential O, New units shall not Territories be less than 400.

17 13 December KIL 11229 - Residential 2 441 m2 $193.7 million (b) 2012 Kwun Chung (2 034 m2) (66) Street, [30 September Kowloon 2017]

18 9 January STTL 565 - Residential 13 228 m2 $1,466.9 million (b) 2013 Area 56A, Kau (69) To, Sha Tin, [31 March 2018] New Territories

19 9 January Lot 1949 in DD Residential 23 145 m2 $1,455 million (b) The total 2013 221 - (297) number of Sha Kok Mei, [31 March 2019] residential Sai Kung, units shall not New Territories be less than 240.

20 30 January TMTL 427 - Residential 35 014 m2 $1,388 million (b) The total 2013 So Kwun Wat (460) number of Road, Area 56, [30 September residential So Kwun Wat, 2019] units shall not Tuen Mun, be less than New Territories 460 and shall not exceed 480.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 218

- 12 -

22 27 March STTL 566 - Residential 12 120 m2 $1,420 million (b) 2013 Area 56A, Kau (59) To, Sha Tin, [30 June 2018] New Territories

2013-14 1 10 April 2013 TKOTL 112 - Residential 52 904 m2 $2,449.2 million (b) The total Area 65C1, (45 943 m2) (804) number of Tseung Kwan [6 961 m2] [30 June 2019] residential O, New units shall Territories not be less than 655.

2 10 April 2013 TMTL 430 - Residential 1 269 m2 $53.2 million (b) Fu Shing (17) Street, Area 52, [30 June 2017] Fu Tei, Tuen Mun, New Territories

3 5 June 2013 NKIL 6516 - Residential 38 855 m2 $2,270 million (b) The total Site 1H1, Kai (38 077 m2) (545) number of Tak, Kowloon [30 September residential 2018] units shall not be less than 545.

4 5 June 2013 NKIL 6517 - Residential 42 925 m2 $2,270 million (b) The total Site 1H2, Kai (42 066 m2) (624) number of Tak, Kowloon [30 September residential 2018] units shall not be less than 600.

5 14 June 2013 KIL 11228 - Residential 36 022 m2 $3,829 million (b) Junction of Fat (561) Kwong Street [30 September and Sheung 2018] Foo Street, Ho Man Tin, Kowloon

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 219

- 13 -

7 25 June 2013 TMTL 434 - Residential 4 494.1 m2 $156.8 million (d) Junction of Ka (Subject to actual Wo Li Hill design by Road and developer) Castle Peak [31 March 2018] Road-So Kwun Wat, Area 55, So Kwun Wat, Tuen Mun, New Territories

8 10 July 2013 TKOTL 126 - Residential 79 521 m2 $3,670.8 million (b) The total Area 68B2, (65 810 m2) (878) number of Tseung Kwan [13 711 m2] [30 September residential O, New 2019] units shall Territories not be less than 875.

9 10 July 2013 Lot 750 in Residential 575.2 m2 $93.5 million (b) The total DD 332 - South (3) number of Lantau Road, [31 March 2018] residential Cheung Sha, units shall Lantau Island, not exceed New Territories 5.

10 1 August STTL 563 - Residential 12 495 m2 $1,220 million (b) 2013 Area 56A, Kau (61) To, Sha Tin, [31 December New Territories 2017]

11 1 August TMTL 435 - Residential 14 806 m2 $563.2 million (d) The total 2013 Castle Peak (176) number of Road - [30 June 2019] residential Tai Lam, Area units shall 55, Siu Sau, not be less Tuen Mun, than 175. New Territories

12 4 September STTL 579 - Residential 30 036 m2 $2,710 million (a) 2013 Area 56A, Kau (105) To, Sha Tin, [31 December New Territories 2019]

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 220

- 14 -

14 18 September STTL 578 - Residential 32 474 m2 $2,389.9 million (a) 2013 Area 56A, Kau (160) To, Sha Tin, [30 June 2019] New Territories

15 18 September IL 9049 - Residential 1 040 m2 $139.9 million (a) 2013 Sik On Street, (22) Wan Chai, [31 December Hong Kong 2018]

16 17 October TMTL 498 - Residential Not specified $551 million (a) Maximum 2013 Wu On Street, [6 693 m2] (222) residential Area 44, Tuen [30 June 2019] GFA Mun, New 11 155 m2 Territories for a pure domestic building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed. The total number of residential units shall not be less than 220.

17 17 October Lot 1003 in DD Residential 12 038 m2 $143 million (d) The total 2013 40 - Junction of (268) number of Shun Lung [30 June 2019] residential Street and Shun units shall not Cheong Street, be less than Sha Tau Kok, 240. New Territories

18 6 November Lot 1180 in Residential 16 146 m2 $850 million (b) The total 2013 DD 215 - (325) number of Hong Tsuen [30 September residential Road, Sai Kung 2019] units shall not Tuk, Sai Kung, be less than New Territories 270.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 221

- 15 -

20 13 November TLTL 70 - Residential 12 267 m2 $500.2 million (a) The total 2013 Tsing Lung (208) number of Tau, Tsuen [31 March 2020] residential Wan, New units shall not Territories be less than 175.

21 11 December TMTL 490 - Residential 2 665 m2 $138.8 million (a) 2013 Castle Peak (13) Road, Tai Lam, [30 September Tuen Mun, 2018] New Territories

22 11 December TMTL 495 - Residential 784 m2 $60.1 million (d) 2013 Kwun Fung (Subject to actual Street, Siu design by Lam, Tuen developer) Mun, New [31 March 2019] Territories

23 15 January STTL 603 - Residential 2 499 m2 $210.1 million (b) 2014 Lok Lam Road, (12) Fo Tan, Sha [30 September Tin, New 2018] Territories

24 12 February TMTL 508 - Residential Not specified $455.9 million (b) Maximum 2014 Junction of [3 109 m2] (370) residential Tsun Wen Road [31 December GFA and Leung Tak 2019] 18 654 m2 Street, Area 2, for a pure Tuen Mun, domestic New Territories building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed. The total number of residential units shall not be less than 370.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 222

- 16 -

Maximum GFA Premium (Maximum (Estimated number Other Current residential of residential restrictions Disposal date Lot Note 3 progress Item Use GFA) units ) under Note 1 - Location at site [Maximum [Building covenant Conditions of Note 5 non-residential expiry Sale GFA] Note 2 date Note 4] 25 12 February TMTL 509 - Residential Not specified $430 million (b) Maximum 2014 Leung Tak [2 440 m2] (321) residential Street, Area 2, [31 March 2020] GFA Tuen Mun, 14 640 m2 New Territories for a pure domestic building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed. The total number of residential units shall not be less than 290.

26 25 February NKIL 6525 - Residential 48 290 m2 $2,911 million (d) The total 2014 Kai Tak Area 1I (Subject to actual number of Site 1, Kai Tak, design by residential Kowloon developer) units shall [30 June 2019] not be less than 805.

27 25 February NKIL 6526 - Residential 51 221 m2 $2,938.8 million (d) The total 2014 Kai Tak Area 1I (924) number of Site 2, Kai Tak, [30 June 2019] residential Kowloon units shall not be less than 855.

28 25 February NKIL 6527 - Residential 55 819 m2 $3,923.4 million (a) The total 2014 Kai Tak Area 1I (930) number of Site 3, Kai Tak, [30 June 2019] residential Kowloon units shall not be less than 930.

29 12 March Lot 1681 in DD Residential 745.62 m2 $160 million (d) 2014 243 -Junction (Subject to actual of Pik Sha design by Road and Clear developer) Water Bay [31 December Road, Sai 2018] Kung, New Territories

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 223

- 17 -

31 25 March Lot 682 in Residential 1 306.5 m2 $21 million (d) 2014 DD Peng Chau (Subject to actual - Kau Yuk design by Road, Peng developer) Chau, New [31 December Territories 2018]

2014-15 1 9 April 2014 SIL 854 - Residential 4 287 m2 $433.6 million (a) Junction of Oi (71) Kan Road and [30 June 2018] Oi Tak Street, Shau Kei Wan, Hong Kong

2 9 April 2014 STTL 604 - Residential Not specified $148 million (a) Maximum Mei Tin Road, [2 061 m2] (118) residential Tai Wai, Sha [31 December GFA Tin, New 2018] 4 122 m2 for Territories a pure domestic building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed.

3 14 May 2014 RBL 1198 - Residential 8 145 m2 $2,708.1 million (d) Junction of (20) Shouson Hill [30 September Road West and 2019] Wong Chuk Hang Path, Hong Kong

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 224

- 18 -

Maximum GFA Premium (Maximum (Estimated number Other Current residential of residential restrictions Disposal date Lot Note 3 progress Item Use GFA) units ) under Note 1 - Location at site [Maximum [Building covenant Conditions of Note 5 non-residential expiry Sale GFA] Note 2 date Note 4] 4 14 May 2014 TMTL 499 - Residential Not specified $232.8 million (d) Maximum Tseng Choi [6 606 m2] (377) residential Street, Area 4, [30 September GFA Tuen Mun, 2020] 11 010 m2 New Territories for a pure domestic building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed. The total number of residential units shall not be less than 140.

5 28 May 2014 TPTL 214 - Residential 67 900 m2 $2,412 million (a) Fo Yin Road, (Subject to actual Pak Shek Kok, design by Tai Po, New developer) Territories [30 September 2020]

6 28 May 2014 NKIL 6541 - Residential 38 370 m2 $2,520 million (d) The total Kai Tak Area (37 602 m2) (648) number of 1H Site 3, [30 September residential Kowloon 2019] units shall not be less than 630.

7 4 June 2014 IL 9048 - Residential 1 350 m2 $233 million (d) Schooner (Subject to actual Street, Wan design by Chai, Hong developer) Kong [30 September 2019]

8 25 June 2014 STTL 599 - Residential 18 600 m2 $703.8 million (a) The total Ma Kam Street, (592) number of Ma On Shan, [31 March 2020] residential Sha Tin, New units shall Territories not be less than 310.

9 9 July 2014 TSWTL 33 - Residential 113 250 m2 $2,221 million (d) The total Area 112, Tin [5 660 m2] (Subject to actual number of Shui Wai, Yuen design by residential Long, New developer) units shall Territories [30 September not be less 2021] than 1 330.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 225

- 19 -

11 13 August TWTL 393 Residential 99 120 m2 $3,939.8 million (a) The total 2014 -Yeung Uk and (39 365 m2) (845) number of Road, Tsuen Commercial [59 755 m2] [31 December residential Wan, New /Hotel 2021] units shall Territories not be less than 790.

12 13 August STTL 598 - Residential 10 692 m2 $428 million (a) The total 2014 Hang Kwong (374) number of Street, Ma On [30 June 2020] residential Shan, Sha Tin, units shall New Territories not be less than 180.

13 20 August TMTL 513 - Residential Not specified $427.1 million (d) Maximum 2014 Yan Ching [1 174 m2 ] (Subject to actual residential Street, Area 10, design by GFA Tuen Mun, developer) 7 044 m2 for New Territories [30 June 2019] a pure domestic building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed. The total number of residential units shall not be less than 125.

14 20 August TMTL 512 - Residential 1 253 m2 $156.4 million (d) 2014 Lok Chui (3) Street, Area 59, [30 June 2019] Tuen Mun, New Territories

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 226

- 20 -

Maximum GFA Premium (Maximum (Estimated number Other Current residential of residential restrictions Disposal date Lot Note 3 progress Item Use GFA) units ) under Note 1 - Location at site [Maximum [Building covenant Conditions of Note 5 non-residential expiry Sale GFA] Note 2 date Note 4] 15 29 September FSSTL 255 - Residential 19 501 m2 $730 million (a) Maximum 2014 Junction of [6 877 m2 – (279) residential Luen Hing including the [31 December GFA Street, Wo Public 2019] 16 968 m2 Fung Street and Carpark] for a pure Luen Shing domestic Street, Luen building if Wo Hui, no Fanling, New non-resident Territories ial GFA is proposed. The total number of residential units shall not be less than 250.

16 5 November TPTL 213 - Residential 66 500 m2 $2,542.9 million (a) 2014 Fo Chun Road, (741) Pak Shek Kok, [30 June 2021] Tai Po, New Territories

17 12 November TMTL 515 - Residential 44 192 m2 $1,051 million (d) The total 2014 King Sau Lane, (Subject to actual number of Area 4, Tuen design by residential Mun, New developer) units shall Territories [30 September not be less 2020] than 735.

18 10 December STTL 601 - Yiu Residential 36 000 m2 $2,138 million (d) 2014 Sha Road, (Subject to actual Whitehead, Ma design by On Shan, Sha developer) Tin, New [31 March 2021] Territories

19 17 December YTIL 42 - Residential 29 160 m2 $1,582 million (a) The total 2014 Lei Yue Mun (505) number of Path, Lei Yue [30 June 2020] residential Mun, Kowloon units shall not be less than 345.

20 24 December Lot 758 in Residential 3 369 m2 $290 million (d) 2014 DD 332 - (Subject to actual Cheung Sha, design by Lantau Island, developer) New Territories [30 September 2019]

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 227

- 21 -

22 27 January KCTL 518 - Residential Not specified $372.1 million (a) Maximum 2015 Hing Fong [810 m2] (Subject to actual residential Road, Kwai design by GFA Chung, New developer) 4 860 m2 for Territories [31 March 2020] a pure domestic building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed.

23 4 February TMTL 514 - Residential Not specified $428.8 million (d) Maximum 2015 Yip Wong [2 428 m2] (Subject to actual residential Road, Area 18, design by GFA Tuen Mun, developer) 12 140 m2 New Territories [31 December for a pure 2020] domestic building if no non-resident ial GFA is proposed.

24 11 February NKIL 6532 - Residential 10 812 m2 $2,389.8 million (a) 2015 Lung Cheung (Subject to actual Road, Beacon design by Hill, Kowloon developer) [31 December 2020]

25 4 March 2015 TPTL 225 - Residential 83 660 m2 $3,480 million (a) At the junction (Subject to actual of Fo Chun design by Road and Pok developer) Yin Road, Pak [30 September Shek Kok, Tai 2020] Po, New Territories

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 228

- 22 -

2 29 April 2015 Lot 1181 in DD Residential 4 793 m2 $609 million (d) 215 - Hong Kin (Subject to actual Road, Tui Min design by Hoi, Sai Kung, developer) New Territories [31 March 2020]

3 13 May 2015 STTL 605 - Residential 20 988 m2 $1,468.9 million (d) Lok Wo Sha (Subject to actual Lane, Ma On design by Shan, Sha Tin, developer) New Territories [31 March 2022]

4 10 June 2015 TMTL 539 - Residential Not specified $1,319 million (d) Maximum Junction of Hoi [13 908 m2] (Subject to actual residential Wing Road and design by GFA Hang Fu Street, developer) 26 552 m2 Area 16, Tuen [31 March 2021] for a Mun, New building if Territories minimum non-resident ial GFA is proposed.

5 17 June 2015 TMTL 500 - Residential 72 960 m2 $3,628.9 million (d) Kwun Chui (Subject to actual Road, Area 56, design by Tuen Mun, developer) New Territories [31 March 2022]

6 24 June 2015 Lot 1872 in DD Residential 2 728 m2 $68.9 million (d) Cheung Chau - (Subject to actual Fa Peng Road, design by Cheung Chau, developer) New Territories [31 March 2020]

7 8 July 2015 TMTL 541 - So Residential 78 200 m2 $3,822 million (d) Kwun Wat (77 310 m2) (Subject to actual Road, Area 56, design by Tuen Mun, developer) New Territories [31 March 2022]

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 229

- 23 -

9 2 September TPTL 226 - Residential 61 635 m2 $3,030 million (d) 2015 Chong San (Subject to actual Road, Pak Shek design by Kok, Tai Po, developer) New Territories [30 June 2021]

10 16 September TMTL 542 - Residential 10 647 m2 $1,730 million (d) 2015 Castle Peak (Subject to actual Road - Castle design by Peak Bay, Area developer) 48, Tuen Mun, [31 December New Territories 2021]

11 29 September NKIL 6542 - Residential 58 750 m2 $7,020 million (d) 2015 Yin Ping Road, (Subject to actual Tai Wo Ping, design by Kowloon developer) [31 December 2023]

12 23 December TMTL 497 – Residential 24 480 m2 $1,056.1 million (d) 2015 So Kwun Wat (Subject to actual Road, Area 56, design by Tuen Mun, developer) New Territories [30 September 2021]

13 3 February NKIL 6534 Residential 28 557 m2 $1,306.2 million (d) 2016 -Junction of (Subject to actual Fuk Wing design by Street, Camp developer) Street and Fuk [31 March 2022] Wa Street, Sham Shui Po, Kowloon

14 12 February TPTL 221 – Residential 107 100 m2 $2,130 million (d) 2016 Shan Tong (Subject to actual Road, Lai Chi design by Shan, Tai Po, developer) New Territories [31 March 2022]

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 230

- 24 -

Note 1: Based on the date of auction/tender award. Note 2: Maximum gross floor area (GFA) figures specified in the Conditions of Sale. Note 3: The estimated number of residential units, if provided, is based on the information from the Buildings Department (BD) or the production forecast by the Rating and Valuation Department. Note 4: Building covenant specified in the Conditions of Sale. Note 5: The four categories of the current progress based on information from BD up to the end of January 2016 are: (a) the Government has received the contractor's notification of commencement of foundation works; (b) the Government has received the contractor's notification of commencement of general building and superstructure works; (c) occupation permit has been obtained; and (d) construction has not yet commenced. Note 6: The total flat number from a joint-development proposal on Lot 724 in DD 332 and Lot 726 in DD 332.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 231

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)101 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0994)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In 2013, 2014 and 2015, 3.85, 6.81 and 16.86 hectares of land were respectively granted by way of private treaty. Of these, how many were used for building private residential flats, public housing and small houses in the New Territories, and how many units were involved respectively?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 1)

Reply:

In 2013, 2014 and 2015, 3.85, 6.81 and 16.86 hectares (ha) of land were respectively granted by way of private treaty. These figures cover land granted by private treaty for housing developments other than small houses, and non-housing developments, such as electricity sub-station, gas pigging station, church-cum-residential care home for the elderly, student hostel, vocational training centre, international school, post-secondary school.

The area of government land granted by way of private treaty for private housing development and public housing development and the number of flats that could be produced as estimated at the time of grant from 2013 to 2015 are set out in the table below. The estimates in respect of flat number are subject to the actual design of the developments.

Private housing Public housing Total land area Total land area Year Estimated Estimated (ha) (ha) number of flats number of flats (about) (about) 2013 1.83 1 552 0.19 85 2014 0.20 1 854 4.08 3 290 2015 11.06 13 771 3.56 3 514

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 232

- 2 -

Note: Apart from the private treaty grants for public housing indicated above, sites for public rental housing estates are vested in the Hong Kong Housing Authority by way of Vesting Order according to the Housing Ordinance. The private treaty grants for public housing are those to Hong Kong Housing Authority for Home Ownership Scheme and those to Hong Kong Housing Society for public rental housing estate and subsidized sale flats.

As part of the multi-pronged approach, the Government announced in the 2014 Policy Address that it had identified some 150 potential housing sites, most of which could be made available in the five years of 2014-15 to 2018-19, for housing development. Subject to the completion of the statutory plan amendment and other processes required, these sites would be capable of providing over 210 000 flats (over 70% are for public housing). As at end-February 2016, 52 out of the some 150 sites had completed the statutory plan amendment processes and are estimated to provide a total of about 65 200 housing units (about 50% are for public housing). The statutory plan amendment processes for another 14 sites have commenced, and would upon completion provide an estimated total of about 15 400 housing units. In addition, as part of the land supply initiatives under the multi-pronged approach announced in the 2013 Policy Address, another 42 sites had been identified for residential use in the short to medium term, which were estimated to provide a total of about 39 200 flats (about 23 500 are public housing). As at end-February 2016, the statutory plan amendment processes for 38 of these sites, where required, had been completed, and are estimated to provide about 38 600 housing units (about 23 500 are public housing). The statutory plan amendment processes for the remaining 4 sites have commenced, and would upon completion provide an estimated total of about 600 housing units. Information on these potential housing sites is set out in documents published for various occasions.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 233

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)102 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0995)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead(No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It was originally estimated that 12.18 hectares (ha) of land would be resumed for Public Works Programme projects in 2015, but it turned out that only 0.78 ha were actually resumed. Why is there a great difference between the two figures? It is estimated that 11.7 ha of land will be resumed in 2016. What are the locations of the land to be resumed and the estimated expenditure on land resumption?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 2)

Reply:

The difference in actual area resumed in 2015 from the forecast is mainly due to the deferment in implementation of a number of projects from 2015 to 2016, including the Yuen Long and Kam Tin Sewerage Treatment Upgrade – Upgrading of San Wai Sewage Treatments Works, the Northeast New Territories Landfill Extension, and the Dualling of Hiram’s Highway between Clear Water Bay Road and Marina Cove and Improvement to Local Access to Ho Chung.

For 2016, the land estimated to be resumed is distributed across Hong Kong Island (about 0.23 hectares (ha)), Kowloon (about 0.007 ha), North (about 2.78 ha), Sai Kung (about 1.118 ha), Sha Tin (about 0.093 ha), Tuen Mun (about 0.516 ha), Tai Po (about 0.975 ha), Yuen Long (about 5.915 ha), and outlying islands (about 0.067 ha). The total expenditure for land resumption in respect of these projects is estimated to be about $1,519 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 234

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)103 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0996)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In 2014 and 2015, 7 936 and 7 131 government sites were cleared from unlawful occupation respectively. What was the area of government sites involved in each of the two years? Were there any cases of repeated occupation? If yes, what was the area of land being repeatedly occupied? How much was spent on the clearance work respectively? What was the percentage of the amount spent that could be recovered by successful claims against the unlawful occupiers?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 3)

Reply:

In 2014 and 2015, the Lands Department (Lands D) took land control action against unlawful occupation on 7 936 and 7 131 government sites respectively. There is no readily available information on the area involved or the number of cases of repeated occupation.

Lands D is responsible for the general management and maintenance of unallocated government land. Apart from staff costs, the expenditure incurred in this area of work covers costs of fencing off the sites, erection of government notice boards, security guard services, site inspections and clearance of unlawful occupations. There is no separate breakdown in respect of the expenditure incurred specifically for the clearance work involved.

Among the government sites subject to Lands D’s land control action in 2014 and 2015, most were cleared by the unlawful occupiers at their own costs before expiry of the relevant Government notices. For those cases with unlawful occupation persisting after expiry of Government’s notices but with no occupiers identified, Lands D had, following established practice, made arrangements to clear the sites by term contractors. Recovery of clearance costs would be possible only when the unlawful occupiers could be identified and were eventually convicted in court. In 2014 and 2015, 25 cases were successfully prosecuted

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 235

- 2 -

with the persons involved convicted in court. The amount of clearance costs recovered was about $0.23 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 236

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)104 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0997)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

A total of 89.61 hectares (ha) of government land were allocated to various government departments on a temporary basis in 2015. How many sites were involved? Please provide details of the land with an area of 0.5 ha or above, including name of user department, land use, location, area, date on which the land was first allocated, scheduled date of return and the latest information on the date on which the land is expected to be returned.

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 4)

Reply:

A total of 91 temporary government land allocations (TGLAs) were granted in 2015, of which 18 have a site area of 0.5 hectares (ha) or more. The requested information on these 18 TGLAs is set out in the following table:

Area No. Location User Department Use Term (ha) 1 Kowloon East 4.39 Civil Engineering Works Area 5 years and Development from Department November (CEDD) 2015

2 Kowloon East 0.76 CEDD Works Area 5 years from November 2015

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 237

- 2 -

Area No. Location User Department Use Term (ha) 3 Kowloon East 0.74 Leisure and Vehicle 5 years Cultural Services Servicing Area from April Department and Museum 2015 Store

4 Kowloon West 0.61 CEDD Works Area 1 year from June 2015

5 North 17.90 Architectural Construction 3.5 years Services of Boundary from July Department Crossing 2015 Facilities

6 North 13.50 Housing Works Area 1 year Department (HD) from September 2015

7 Sai Kung 0.57 CEDD Depot Area 2.5 years from November 2015

8 Tuen Mun 1.10 Drainage Services Works Area 2.25 years Department from September 2015

9 Tai Po 0.68 Water Supplies Works & 4.5 years Department Storage Area from April 2015

10 Tsuen Wan & 2.30 Highways Compensatory 3 years Kwai Tsing Department (HyD) tree planting from April 2015

11 Tsuen Wan & 1.62 Food and Temporary 3.75 years Kwai Tsing Environmental vehicle depot from Hygiene March Department 2015

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 238

- 3 -

Area No. Location User Department Use Term (ha) 12 Tsuen Wan & 0.82 HD Construction 2 years Kwai Tsing of Public from Transport November Interchange 2015

13 Yuen Long 0.70 Environmental Community 1 year Protection Green Station from Department March 2015

14 Sites in relation to 2.75 HyD Works site for 5.25 years railway Shatin to from development Central Link August projects (SCL) 2015

15 Sites in relation to 1.00 HyD Works site for 5.25 years railway SCL from development August projects 2015

16 Sites in relation to 18.70 HyD Works site for 5 years railway SCL from development November projects 2015

17 Sites in relation to 6.90 HyD Works site for 6 years railway SCL from development January projects 2015

18 Sites in relation to 1.68 HyD Works site for 2.5 years railway SCL from development November projects 2015

For those works sites which are required for government projects, such as railway projects, the sites concerned would normally become part of the infrastructure upon expiry of the land allocation.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 239

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)105 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1038)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Under Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17 of this Programme, it is said that the Government will continue to strengthen land control and lease enforcement work, including enforcement against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land and lease breaches in industrial buildings. How many enforcement actions were taken respectively against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land and lease breaches in industrial buildings over the past three years? How many enforcement actions are expected to be taken and what are the estimated expenditures involved respectively in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Hak-kan (Member Question No. 45)

Reply:

The relevant statistics regarding lease enforcement actions taken against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land and lease breaches in industrial buildings by the Lands Department (Lands D) in the past three years (2013 to 2015) are as follows:

Year 2013 2014 2015 (a) Number of cases with lease enforcement actions 528 665 1 021 (which may take the form of issue of warning letters/statutory notices; registration of warning letters in the Land Registry; demolition and/or re-entry) taken against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land

(b) Number of cases with lease enforcement actions 208 209 172 (which may take the form of issue of warning letters; registration of warning letters in the Land Registry and/or vesting) taken against lease breaches in industrial buildings

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 240

- 2 -

In 2016, Lands D estimates that lease enforcement actions would be taken against 1 435 cases of lease breaches, including those involving unauthorised structures on private agricultural land, misuse of carparking spaces and loading/unloading areas, breaches of uses or other lease conditions in industrial buildings. As the identification of cases and prioritisation of enforcement work involving different types of breaches may vary during the year, we do not have a precise estimate of the breakdown by types of cases.

As staff handling unauthorised structures on private agricultural land and lease breaches in industrial buildings also carry out other land administration duties, there is no separate breakdown on the number of staff and staff cost solely for handling these two categories of lease enforcement cases. In 2016-17, it is estimated that 107 full-time equivalent staff will be deployed for lease enforcement work (including lease enforcement concerning unauthorised structures on private agricultural land and lease breaches in industrial buildings) at an estimated staff cost of $46.83 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 241

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)106 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0096)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Provision for 2016-17 under Programme (1), excluding the amount offset by operating expenses, is $2.4 million higher than the revised estimate for 2015-16. The increase in provision is mainly due to a net increase of 29 posts. What is the amount of salary involved in these newly created posts? What are the job duties of these posts?

Asked by: Hon IP Kwok-him (Member Question No. 46)

Reply:

In 2016-17, there will be a net increase of 29 posts in Programme 1. The composition of additional posts is set out below:

Rank Additional Posts* Estate Surveyor 6 Chief Land Executive 1 Senior Land Executive 2 Land Executive 9 Land Inspector I 7 Land Inspector II 4 Senior Survey Officer (Estate) 1 Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Estate) 5 Analyst/Programmer I 1 Treasury Accountant 1 Accounting Officer I 1 Executive Officer II 2 Clerical Officer 1 Assistant Clerical Officer 6 Supplies Assistant 2 Workman II 1 Total 50*

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 242

- 2 -

* The creation of 50 posts as set out above will be partly offset by the deletion of 21 posts having regard to prevailing operational needs. The net increase is therefore 29 posts.

The total annual salary provision for the net increase of 29 posts is $14.4 million. The posts to be created will mainly be deployed to land administration duties related to the policy objective of increasing land supply for housing and other developments.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 243

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)107 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2187)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

(a) Are short term tenancies (STTs) classified into different categories by District Lands Offices and are there different inspection frequencies accordingly? If yes, please provide the criteria of classification and suggested number of inspections.

(b) Please list the currently valid STTs according to their number of inspections.

More than Financial One One One one Random Year inspection inspection inspection inspection 2015-16 in a year in 3 years in 5 years in a year Currently valid STTs

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Kwok-hung (Member Question No. 42)

Reply:

There are currently over 5 000 short term tenancies (STTs). In general, the District Lands Offices (DLOs) of the Lands Department (Lands D) conduct inspection of sites held by STTs every three years. The DLOs will also inspect the STT sites upon receipt of complaints or referrals. For STTs with higher risk of breach, including those with previous incidences of breach, DLOs proactively inspect the sites periodically to monitor compliance. Given the considerable number of STTs, Lands D does not have readily available breakdown of STTs according to the number of inspections.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 244

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)108 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1783)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Legal Advice

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Lands Department will continue to expedite the approval of legal title of former owners and preparation of compensation documents in respect of private land resumed under various infrastructure projects in 2016-17. Will the Government inform this Committee:

(1) of the average time and expenditure required for handling the task of approving legal titles of former owners and preparing compensation documents presently; and

(2) whether any target, including the average time and expenditure required, has been set for expediting the task? If yes, what are the details; if no, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 1)

Reply:

(1) The title checking and preparation of compensation documents in respect of resumption of private land by the Legal Advisory and Conveyancing Office (LACO) of the Lands Department takes an average of about three months to process a case, at an average cost of about $3,400.

(2) To expedite the approval of legal title of former owners and preparation of compensation documents in respect of private land to be resumed for infrastructure projects, LACO will contract out some of the title checking and related work to private solicitor firms. We do not expect significant change to the average time to be taken to complete the work.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 245

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)109 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1784)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead(No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Lands Department will continue with the work on resumption and clearance of land for approved public projects and undertake preparatory work on resumption and clearance of land required for proposed new projects in 2016-17. In this connection, will the Government inform this Committee of the following:

(1) What were the details of the clearance work in 2015-16? What was the expenditure involved?

(2) What are the specific plans for 2016-17? What are the manpower required and the estimated expenditure?

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 2)

Reply:

(1) A total of about 1 915 structures were cleared in 2015-16 (up to the end of February 2016) for implementation of approved public projects which are mainly for sewerage, drainage, road, public housing and other public works. The total expenditure for land resumption and clearance in 2015-16 up to the end of February 2016 was about $439 million.

(2) In 2016-17, we plan to resume a total of 8.54 hectares of land and clear about 667 structures for implementation of public projects which are mainly for sewerage, drainage, road, public housing and other public works. The total estimated expenditure for land resumption and clearance in 2016-17 for all on-going and new projects is about $2,738 million. It is estimated that around 240 officers would be involved in undertaking the land resumption and clearance work in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 246

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)110 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3220)

Head: (91)Lands Department

Subhead(No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands(Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

With regard to assessing ex-gratia payments to primary producers in the agriculture and fisheries industries arising from development projects, please inform this Committee:

What was the total amount of ex-gratia payments disbursed to primary producers in the agriculture and fisheries industries arising from different development projects in the past three years (2013-14 to 2015-16)? What was the respective number of applications?

Asked by: Hon Steven HO Chun-yin (Member Question No. 51)

Reply:

The total amount of ex-gratia payments disbursed to farmers, fishermen and mariculturists affected by development projects and the respective number of applications involved in the past three financial years are tabulated below-

Total amount of ex-gratia Total amount of ex-gratia payments to affected payments to affected farmers fishermen and mariculturists ($ million) (about) Financial year ($ million) (about) [Number of Applications [Number of Applications involved] involved]

2013-14 35.1 [553] 62.2 [269] 2014-15 14.0 [200] 40.6 [702] 2015-16 7.2 [245] 18.5 [1 043] (up to end of February 2016)

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 247

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)111 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2020)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding temporary use of government land, please advise this Committee on the following:

1. it is expected that 29 hectares (ha) of land for short term tenancies (STTs) will be let by tender and 40.1 ha will be let by direct grant in 2016. What are the respective uses and areas of these pieces of land? Is the use of a temporary fee-paying carpark involved? If yes, what are the details?

2. the number of sites granted by way of STTs for use as temporary fee-paying carparks to be taken back in 2016 for other development uses, the location of the sites to be taken back and the number of various types of vehicles to be affected.

Asked by: Hon Frankie YICK Chi-ming (Member Question No. 39)

Reply:

1. The estimated area of land for short term tenancies (STTs) to be let by direct grant in 2016 is based on the possible demand currently known to the Lands Department (Lands D). The actual area to be let is subject to any changes in demand. The uses of the sites which may be let on STTs by direct grant in 2016 include works sites/works areas for public rental housing/subsidised flat development, community/non-profit making uses and village office. As to the estimated area of land for STTs to be let by tender, the actual area to be let will depend on market responses to the tenders. The uses of the sites which may be let on STTs by tender in 2016 include temporary fee-paying carpark, port back-up use, container storage/handling, cargo handling, recycling business operation, plant nursery and open storage. Of the total estimate of 29 hectares of land to be let on STTs by tender in 2016, over 40% is currently intended to be let for temporary fee-paying carpark use, of which about two-thirds are re-tender cases.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 248

- 2 -

2. In general, Lands D would arrange for disposal of unallocated government land which may be put to gainful use according to the planned long-term uses. Where the long-term use is yet to be determined or not yet due for implementation, Lands D would try to put the site to appropriate temporary use(s), including temporary uses by government bureaux or departments on temporary government land allocations or by parties outside the Government through STTs. The short-term uses of government land should not prejudice any permanent development or long-term use as intended by the Government, including that which is in accordance with the planned use of the land as shown on the statutory plan. If there is a need for permanent development of a particular site, the short-term use would be terminated at an appropriate time to tie in with the permanent development programme in accordance with the conditions of the temporary government land allocation or STTs. Of the 40 sites included in the 2016-17 Land Sale Programme, one residential site in Yau Tong and one commercial site in Cheung Sha Wan would require termination of temporary fee-paying carparks let on STTs.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 249

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)112 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2610)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead(No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What was the area of the land resumed under the Lands Resumption Ordinance (“the Ordinance”) in the past three years? What are the land uses planned or to be planned for these sites? What is the expected outcome of land resumption under the Ordinance in the coming three years? What will be the area of the land and the expenditure involved?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 8)

Reply:

The Government resumes land under different ordinances, depending on the context of resumption. As far as resumption under the Lands Resumption Ordinance (Cap. 124) (the Ordinance) is concerned, a total of about 5.592 hectares (ha) of land were resumed in the past three years for implementation of the public works projects as tabulated below-

Estimated Area resumed Number of compensation under the projects involving expenditure for Year Location Ordinance Proposed land use resumption under the project (ha) the Ordinance ($ million) (about) (about) 2013 0 - - - - 2014 2 Tuen Mun 5.592 706.4 Public housing and community facilities development (involving two projects in terms of the scope of works)

2015 0 - - - -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 250

- 2 -

Subject to completion of the relevant statutory processes and approval of relevant funding, about 4.96 ha of land are proposed to be resumed in 2016 for implementation of the public works projects as tabulated below-

Number of Estimated Area to be projects compensation Year resumed under involving expenditure for (see Location the Ordinance Proposed land use resumption the project Note) (ha) under the ($ million) (about) Ordinance (about) 2016 2 North 2.593 769.9 Residential care homes for the elderly, and landfill

1 Yuen Long 2.367 173.8 Public housing, social welfare facility and school

Note: The year refers to the year in which resumption for the relevant project is expected to take place. The actual clearance may be conducted in stages.

We are not in a position to provide information in respect of the land to be resumed in 2017 and 2018 since the resumption plans are yet to be finalized.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 251

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)113 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2615)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please inform the Committee:

1. What was the number of cases involving retail and wholesale activities in industrial units in breach of lease conditions against which the Lands Department (Lands D) took land control actions? Please provide a breakdown by 18 districts in each of the past three years.

2. What was the number of cases involving retail and wholesale activities in residential units in breach of lease conditions against which Lands D took land control actions? Please provide a breakdown by 18 districts in each of the past three years.

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 55)

Reply:

1. The Lands Department (Lands D) does not have readily available information on the number of lease enforcement actions taken against retail and wholesale activities in industrial units. The available statistics regarding lease enforcement actions taken against non-conforming uses (including non-conforming uses in the form of retail and wholesale activities) in industrial buildings in all the 12 District Lands Offices (DLOs) in the past three years (2013 to 2015) are as follows:

Number of cases with lease enforcement action taken against DLO non-conforming uses in industrial buildings 2013 2014 2015 Hong Kong East 6 20 34 Hong Kong West & South 24 6 5 Kowloon East 61 35 44 Kowloon West 40 18 18 Islands 0 0 0

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 252

- 2 -

Number of cases with lease enforcement action taken against DLO non-conforming uses in industrial buildings 2013 2014 2015 North 0 0 17 Sai Kung 0 0 0 Sha Tin 22 25 5 Tuen Mun 9 8 5 Tai Po 0 0 2 Tsuen Wan & Kwai Tsing 46 97 42 Yuen Long 0 0 0 Total 208 209 172

2. Lands D does not have readily available information on the number of lease enforcement actions taken against retail and wholesale activities in residential units. The available statistics regarding lease enforcement actions taken against non-conforming uses (including but not limited to non-conforming uses in the form of retail and wholesale activities) in non-industrial buildings (including residential buildings) in all the 12 DLOs in the past three years (2013 to 2015) are as follows:

Number of cases with lease enforcement action taken against DLO non-conforming uses in non-industrial buildings 2013 2014 2015 Hong Kong East 25 35 15 Hong Kong West & South 21 31 14 Kowloon East 27 12 7 Kowloon West 11 3 5 Islands 5 0 0 North 0 0 1 Sai Kung 0 0 0 Sha Tin 0 0 0 Tuen Mun 0 0 0 Tai Po 0 0 0 Tsuen Wan & Kwai Tsing 8 25 10 Yuen Long 0 0 0 Total 97 106 52

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 253

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)114 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2616)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please advise this Committee on the following:

1) In 2014-15 and 2015-16, how many applications were made for change in land use that involved payment of premium? Please advise in detail of the original land use and the change in use applied for. Of these applications, how many were approved; how many were rejected; and how many are being processed? What were the amount of payment, plot ratio, site area and floor area involved in each approved application respectively?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 56)

Reply:

The Lands Department received a total number of 60 valid applications in the past two years from 1 April 2014 up to the end of February 2016 for lease modification or land exchange involving change of the permitted use in the lease of the lot concerned and assessment of premium. Out of them, four cases had been withdrawn, one case had been rejected, and 55 cases were at various stages of processing as at the end of February 2016. The cases under processing involve mostly applications to change the land uses from agricultural or industrial uses to residential, non-residential or non-industrial uses. As the cases have not been concluded, we are not in a position to provide the detailed information requested.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 254

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)115 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2617)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please advise this Committee on the following:

In 2014-15 and 2015-16, how many applications were made by the MTR Corporation Limited that involved payment of premium for change in land use? Please advise in detail of the original land use and the change in use applied for. Of these applications, how many were approved; how many were rejected; and how many are being processed? What were the amount of payment, plot ratio, site area and floor area involved in each approved application respectively?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 57)

Reply:

In 2014-15 and 2015-16, the Lands Department (Lands D) received 19 applications from the MTR Corporation Limited for land grant and lease modification. These applications do not all involve changes in land uses. Out of those applications, one application was withdrawn, 11 applications are being processed while seven have been approved with documents executed. The details of the seven cases are as follows:

Item Location Details 1 First Street, Sai Ying Pun, Application for lease modification to amend the net Hong Kong floor areas of the public open space and government accommodation not involving change (Inland Lot No. 9037) of use of the lot.

Premium Amount : Nil Site Area : Not Applicable Gross Floor Area : Not Applicable

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 255

- 2 -

Item Location Details 2 LOHAS Park, No. 1 Lohas Park Application for development rights for Site G Road, Tseung Kwan O (LOHAS Park Package 5)

(Section A and Remaining Portion of Original use: Non-industrial (excluding hotel, Tseung Kwan O Town Lot No. 70) petrol filling station and godown) for the whole lot

Permitted use after lease modification: Residential Accommodation, Public Transport Interchange and Public Toilet (for Site G only)

Premium Amount : $2,064.25 million Site Area : 18 599 square metres (m2) (for Site G only) Gross Floor Area : Not exceeding 102 336 m2 (for Site G only)

3 West Island Line, Hong Kong Application for land grant for railway purpose

(Mass Transit Railway Lot No. 4) Original use: Not Applicable

Permitted use applied for: The West Island Line and associated railway facilities

Premium Amount : $1,000 Site Area : Not Applicable Gross Floor Area : Not Applicable

4 LOHAS Park, No. 1 Lohas Park Application for development rights for Site N Road, Tseung Kwan O (LOHAS Park Package 6)

(Section A and Remaining Portion of Original use: Non-industrial (excluding hotel, Tseung Kwan O Town Lot No. 70) petrol filling station and godown) for the whole lot

Permitted use after lease modification: Residential Accommodation (for Site N only)

Premium Amount : $3,345.44 million Site Area : 13 697 m2 (for Site N only) Gross Floor Area : Not exceeding 136 970 m2 (for Site N only)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 256

- 3 -

Item Location Details 5 LOHAS Park, No. 1 Lohas Park Application for development rights for Site C1 Road, Tseung Kwan O (LOHAS Park Package 7)

(Section A and Remaining Portion of Original use: Non-industrial (excluding hotel, Tseung Kwan O Town Lot No. 70) petrol filling station and godown) for the whole lot

Permitted use after lease modification: Residential Accommodation, Commercial Accommodation, Kindergarten or Kindergarten cum Child Care Centre (for Site C1 only)

Premium Amount : $3,888.3068 million Site Area : 50 275 m2 (for Site C1 only) Gross Floor Area : Residential GFA not exceeding 70 260 m2; Commercial GFA not exceeding 44 500 m2 (for Site C1 only)

6 LOHAS Park, No. 1 Lohas Park Application for development rights for Site H Road, Tseung Kwan O (LOHAS Park Package 8)

(Section A and Remaining Portion of Original use: Non-industrial (excluding hotel, Tseung Kwan O Town Lot No. 70) petrol filling station and godown) for the whole lot

Permitted use after lease modification: Residential Accommodation (for Site H only)

Premium Amount : $2,955.26 million Site Area : 16 638 m2 (for Site H only) Gross Floor Area : Not exceeding 97 000 m2 (for Site H only)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 257

- 4 -

Item Location Details 7 LOHAS Park, No. 1 Lohas Park Application for development rights for Site J Road, Tseung Kwan O (LOHAS Park Package 9)

(Section A and Remaining Portion of Original use: Non-industrial (excluding hotel, Tseung Kwan O Town Lot No. 70) petrol filling station and godown) for the whole lot

Permitted use after lease modification: Residential Accommodation and Kindergarten or Kindergarten cum Child Care Centre (for Site J only)

Premium Amount : $2,851.99 million Site Area : 12 865 m2 (for Site J only) Gross Floor Area : Not exceeding 104 110 m2 (for Site J only)

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 258

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)116 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2618)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please inform this Committee of the following:

(1) In response to the recommendations made by the Director of Audit in Report No. 65 on the disposal of vacant school premises (VSP) by the Education Bureau (EDB), what follow-up actions will be taken by the Lands Department (Lands D) in 2016-17?

(2) Besides EDB passing a list of vacant properties to Lands D, do other government departments have a similar mechanism for passing such a list to Lands D? If yes, please provide a breakdown by government department of the information on the government properties left idle over the past three years, including their locations, areas and the duration for which they have been left idle.

(3) Please provide a breakdown by district of the information on each of the 29 VSP mentioned in Report No. 65 of the Director of Audit, including their location, site area and the duration for which they have been left idle.

(4) Please provide a breakdown by district of the information on each of the 71 VSP with physical possession not delivered to the Government after cessation of school operation as mentioned in Report No. 65 of the Director of Audit, including its location, site area and the duration for which it has been left idle.

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 58)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 259

- 2 -

Reply:

(1) The Education Bureau (EDB) and the Lands Department (Lands D) have agreed on the mechanism and procedures for handling vacant school premises (VSP), including VSP on sites where the leases provide the Government with the rights to re-enter after cessation/diminution of school use, and will strengthen communication and co-ordination under the mechanism in order to optimise the use of VSP as early as possible. Lands D will, as appropriate, continue to take suitable actions to recover possession of VSP on sites for which there is a cessation/diminution of user clause in the land leases and VSP held on government land licences. For VSP on sites returned to or recovered by Lands D, we will make early arrangements to put them to suitable use. Where long-term uses have been identified and agreed within the Government, Lands D will arrange to dispose of the sites for the purpose. Where implementation of the identified long-term uses will take time or where long-term uses are yet to be determined, Lands D will try to put the sites together with the VSP to temporary uses, such as allocating them for use by government bureaux/departments, renting them out on short-term tenancy upon identification of suitable temporary uses, or including the VSP into the list of vacant government sites of the relevant districts for application by interested parties for greening and community uses on a short-term basis.

(2) Lands D normally manages government land instead of built government properties. Under the existing mechanism within the Government, when government properties become surplus to requirement, the relevant bureaux/departments may pass the information to the Government Property Agency (GPA) for exploring alternative uses within the Government. According to GPA, in the past three years, a number of departments had sought its assistance in handling surplus properties. Examples include the Water Supplies Department’s ex-staff quarters in Hong Kong East, Pok Fu Lam, Tai Tam Tuk, Tsing Yi and Kwai Chung; the Civil Aviation Department’s surplus properties in its Headquarters Building on Lantau Island; the Food and Environmental Hygiene Department’s ex-Mong Kok Market in Mong Kok; and the Electrical and Mechanical Services Department’s ex-Headquarters Building in Causeway Bay. The areas of these Government properties range from 30 square metres to 13 000 square metres. As departments are not required to indicate the dates on which their relevant properties have become vacant when seeking assistance from GPA, GPA has no information in this respect.

(3) Regarding the 29 VSP under EDB which were not being used as at 30 April 2015 as mentioned in Report No.65 of the Director of Audit, the land leases of four VSP do not contain a cessation/diminution of user clause allowing the Government to re-enter the land under the lease after cessation of the school use. The land lease of one VSP allows uses other than school use. For the remaining 24 VSP, information on the district, year of school closure and site area as provided by EDB is listed in the following table:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 260

- 3 -

School year in which the Approx. site area No. District school ceased operation (square metres [m2]) (Note 1) (Note 2) VSP that have been reused, reallocated or being planned for educational use as at end December 2015 1 Southern 2013/14 3 300#

2 Southern 2011/12 2 000

3 Wan Chai 2006/07 1 600

4 Kowloon City 2003/04 3 000

5 Kwun Tong 2007/08 3 100#

6 Kwun Tong 2008/09 3 200#

7 Sham Shui Po 2008/09 1 300

8 Sham Shui Po 2007/08 1 200

9 Yau Tsim Mong 2006/07 1 200

10 North 2004/05 700

11 Sha Tin 2009/10 5 200#

12 Sha Tin 2012/13 6 400

13 Tai Po 2012/13 5 800

14 Yuen Long 2012/13 3 050

VSP earmarked for educational use as at end December 2015 15 Central and 2008/09 1 600 Western 16 Hong Kong East 2010/11 4 300 #

17 Kwun Tong 2011/12 3 700 #

18 Kwun Tong 2010/11 2 900

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 261

- 4 -

School year in which the Approx. site area No. District school ceased operation (square metres [m2]) (Note 1) (Note 2) 19 Sham Shui Po 2013/14 3 700

20 Tai Po 1999/00 2 400

21 Tsuen Wan 2010/11 3 600 #

22 Tuen Mun 2010/11 5 300 #

23 Islands 2006/07 5 800

VSP under consideration as to the way forward as at end December 2015 24 Kowloon City 2013/14 3 200

Note 1: “School year in which the school ceased operation” refers to the year the school premises ceased to be used by the original school on site. Some of these school premises have been put to temporary use afterwards.

Note 2: The area of school premises standing on public housing estates of the Hong Kong Housing Authority refers to internal floor area of the VSP as marked with #. The site area of other school premises is a rough estimate based on records available to EDB and the figures are rounded to the nearest hundred m2 and are for reference only.

(4) Regarding the 71 VSP mentioned in Report No. 65 of the Director of Audit the physical possession of which had not been delivered to the Government after cessation of school operation, the land leases of 28 VSP do not contain a cessation/diminution of user clause allowing the Government to re-enter the land after the cessation of school use, while the leases of two VSP allow uses other than school use. In other words, the Government does not have a contractual right to re-enter the private land concerned on the grounds that the school has ceased operation. For the remaining 41 VSP, 26 are under EDB’s purview and 15 are under Lands D’s purview. EDB and Lands D will co-ordinate with each other in taking action to re-enter the sites for either reallocation for school/other educational uses or making other suitable uses of the sites, or in processing applications from the grantees/licencees for alternative uses as appropriate. Information on the district, year of school closure and site area of these 41 VSP is listed in the following table:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 262

- 5 -

School year in which the Approx. site area No. District school ceased operation (m2) (Note 1) (Note 2) 1 Wong Tai Sin 2008/09 2 007 *

2 North 2005/06 7 643 *

3 North 2006/07 16 138 *

4 North 2008/09 6 875 *

5 North 2006/07 878 *

6 North 2006/07 4 146 *

7 North 2007/08 7 768 *

8 Tai Po 1996/97 3 472 *

9 Tai Po 1996/97 1 142 *

10 Tai Po 1995/96 2 699 *

11 Tuen Mun 2005/06 1 854 *

12 Tuen Mun 2006/07 4 458 *

13 Islands 2003/04 223 *

14 Islands 2003/04 488 *

15 Islands 2006/07 Southern portion: 1 681 * Northern portion: 1 752 * 16 Central and Western 2001/02 1 000

17 Eastern 2007/08 6 500

18 Southern 2011/12 2 000

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 263

- 6 -

School year in which the Approx. site area No. District school ceased operation (m2) (Note 1) (Note 2) 19 Southern 2004/05 1 500

20 Wan Chai 2004/05 11 200

21 Wan Chai 2000/01 2 100

22 Wan Chai 2006/07 3 000

23 Wan Chai 2006/07 2 000

24 Kowloon City 2007/08 400

25 Kowloon City 2008/09 1 200

26 Kowloon City 2012/13 2 300

27 Kowloon City 2008/09 1 200

28 Kowloon City 2008/09 1 700

29 Kowloon City 2013/14 3 200

30 Sham Shui Po 2008/09 1 300

31 Sham Shui Po 2007/08 1 300

32 Sham Shui Po 2006/07 1 900

33 Sham Shui Po 2006/07 4 600

34 Yau Tsim Mong 2005/06 1 000

35 Yau Tsim Mong 2010/11 1 100

36 North 2006/07 2 800

37 Sai Kung 2008/09 41 300

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 264

- 7 -

School year in which the Approx. site area No. District school ceased operation (m2) (Note 1) (Note 2) 38 Sha Tin 2012/13 6 400

39 Sha Tin 2008/09 5 000

40 Tai Po 2011/12 3 100

41 Islands 2007/08 6 200

Note 2: The site area marked with * is provided by the Planning Department. The site area of other school premises is a rough estimate based on records available to EDB and the figures are rounded to the nearest hundred m2 and for reference only.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 265

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)117 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0163)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The existing site of the Ap Lei Chau Driving School, currently used as a driving school designated by the Government, is let by way of short term tenancy which will expire on 15 June this year. The Government has said that the continual operation of the school would be allowed by going through normal procedure. What is the progress? What is the term of the new tenancy? Did the Government help identify other locations on Hong Kong Island to be used as a driving school designated by the Government? What are the details?

Asked by: Dr Hon Kenneth CHAN Ka-lok (Member Question No. 10)

Reply:

The existing short term tenancy of the Ap Lei Chau Driving School (the School) will be extended to June 2018 with a revised site area. To reprovide some of the facilities entailed by the site revision, an adjacent site has been let to the School under another short term tenancy for a term until June 2018 at market rent. In the meantime, the Government will continue to identify a suitable site on Hong Kong Island for relocating the School in the longer term.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 266

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)118 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1357)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

(1) Please provide the number of cases handled by the Lands Department (Lands D) in respect of land management, and squatter control and clearance in 2015 in each District Council district:

(i) Land management (a) lease enforcement cases (b) government sites cleared from unlawful occupation

(ii) Squatter control and clearance (a) unauthorised structures demolished (b) surveyed structures inspected (c) structures cleared in programmed development clearances and emergency clearances (excluding surveyed structures cleared on grounds of slope safety)

(2) It is said under Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17 that Lands D will continue to strengthen land control and lease enforcement work, including enforcement against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land and lease breaches in industrial buildings. What are the details of the work and the action?

(3) Regarding the notices issued by Lands D in respect of each case of land control and lease enforcement, what are the ways in which the notices are issued, their number, frequency and targets?

(4) Members of the public suffer losses from time to time by purchasing or renting unauthorised structures on private agricultural land for domestic use. Will education and publicity be launched to minimise victimisation? If yes, what are the details, manpower and expenditure?

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 267

- 2 -

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Che-cheung (Member Question No. 13)

Reply:

(1) On land management, the breakdown of number of cases handled by the Lands Department (Lands D) in 2015 by the 12 District Lands Offices (DLOs) is as follows:

(i) Land management

(a) No. of cases with lease (b) No. of government sites District enforcement actions taken cleared of unlawful on private land occupation Hong Kong East 49 1 680 Hong Kong West & South 19 668 Kowloon East 160 1 064 Kowloon West 43 776 Islands 23 86 North 188 298 Sai Kung 44 266 Sha Tin 37 441 Tuen Mun 48 269 Tai Po 171 543 Tsuen Wan & Kwai Tsing 134 461 Yuen Long 592 579 Total 1 508 7 131

(ii) Squatter control and clearance

(a) In 2015, the Squatter Control Unit of Lands D demolished 212 unauthorised squatter structures on government land as shown in the table below.

District No. of unauthorised structures demolished* Hong Kong 16 Kowloon 23 Islands 15 Sai Kung 1 Sha Tin 28 Tai Po 3 North 4 Tuen Mun 23 Tsuen Wan & Kwai Tsing 76 Yuen Long 23 Total 212

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 268

- 3 -

* It only covers unauthorised structures demolished by the Squatter Control Unit on government land. The statistics do not cover unauthorised structures demolished by DLOs under lease enforcement and land control as presented in the table of part (1)(i) of this reply.

(b) In 2015, the Squatter Control Unit of Lands D inspected 199 491 surveyed squatter structures as shown in the table below.

No. of surveyed squatter structures District inspected Hong Kong 4 149 Kowloon 2 453 Islands 16 734 Sai Kung 14 314 Sha Tin 9 658 Tai Po 13 907 North 46 560 Tuen Mun 30 228 Tsuen Wan & Kwai Tsing 10 117 Yuen Long 51 371 Total 199 491

(c) The distribution of structures cleared in 2015 under programmed development clearances and emergency clearances (excluding surveyed structures cleared on grounds of slope safety) is as follows:

Number of structures District cleared Central & Western - Wan Chai 2 Eastern - Southern - Yau Tsim Mong - Sham Shui Po - Kowloon City - Wong Tai Sin - Kwun Tong - Tsuen Wan - Tuen Mun 1 065 Yuen Long 78 North 573 Tai Po 173 Sai Kung - Sha Tin 85

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 269

- 4 -

Number of structures District cleared Kwai Tsing 11 Islands - Total 1 987

(2) In 2016-17, Lands D will continue to strengthen lease enforcement actions against unauthorised structures on private agricultural land according to the enforcement strategy adopted since April 2014, by various measures including (1) for unauthorised structures being erected on private agricultural land, issuing statutory notices under the Land (Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 28) (the Ordinance) demanding the registered owners to self-demolish such unauthorised structures, or if the owners fail to do so, taking up the demolition work and recovering the costs so incurred; (2) for completed unauthorised structures, proceeding with re-entry action if breaches are not purged in good time after registration of warning letters in the Land Registry; and (3) not accepting applications to regularise unauthorised domestic structures on private agricultural land.

In addition, Lands D will take a risk-based approach in prioritising lease enforcement against non-conforming uses in industrial buildings by actively following up on those cases which would pose a greater threat to public safety, such as cases involving a higher flow of people (particularly elderly persons and children) in the concerned industrial buildings.

(3) In general, if a breach of lease conditions is confirmed, Lands D will take appropriate lease enforcement actions, including issuing a warning letter to the owners requiring them to rectify the breach. If the breach is not rectified within a specified period, Lands D will register the warning letter in the Land Registry, commonly known as “imposing an encumbrance” and, where necessary, take further lease enforcement actions including re-entry or vesting. Lands D served 1 508 warning letters in 2015.

If unlawful occupation of government land is identified, Lands D will post a notice under the Ordinance requiring the occupation of the land to cease by the deadline specified in the notice. In 2015, Lands D posted 56 291 Government Land Notices under the Ordinance when dealing with unlawful occupation of government land. As the notices are posted on each of the objects unlawfully occupying the sites, the number of notices is usually larger than the number of land control cases.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 270

- 5 -

(4) Lands D appointed an advertising agency in August 2014 to design and produce an Announcement in the Public Interest (API) to appeal to the public not to build, buy, rent or occupy any unauthorised structures erected on either private agricultural land or government land. The API has been broadcast on TV and radio since late October 2014. Relevant posters have also been displayed at District Offices, DLOs, Rural Committees and Village Offices. The production cost of the API and posters was around $0.45 million. A leaflet on the same theme is under preparation and will be disseminated in 2016. As staff handling unauthorised structures on private agricultural land also carry out other land administration duties, there is no separate breakdown on the number of staff and staff cost solely for handling unauthorised structures on private agricultural land.

In addition, the Squatter Control Unit of Lands D has erected 378 notice boards across the territory, reminding the public that illegal structures or unauthorised extensions built after 1 June 1982 could lead to demolition of the squatter structures concerned, and that purchase of squatter structures is not protected by the law nor confers any right in the event of clearance.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 271

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)119 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2199)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

2 819 and 2 519 small house applications were actually processed in 2014 and 2015 respectively. Of these applications, how many licences were granted to indigenous villagers for building small houses on private land? How many submitted applications are pending processing? Does the Government have any plan to increase manpower to clear the long-standing backlog of applications?

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Che-cheung (Member Question No. 46)

Reply:

The number of small houses granted by way of building licence by the Lands Department (Lands D) in the past two years (2014 and 2015) is set out below:

2014 2015 Number of small houses granted by way of building licence 839 775

As at end of December 2015, the number of small house applications being processed was 8 800 and the number of applications pending processing was 3 934.

It is Lands D’s performance pledge to complete the processing of not less than 2 300 small house applications in a year and we are achieving the target. At present, Lands D has no plans to allocate additional resources to handle small house applications.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 272

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)120 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0431)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the number of cases processed for small houses under land disposal, will the Department please provide the following figures?

(1) From 1 January 2013 to 31 December 2015, how many applications were made by applicants in the purported capacity of indigenous residents of the New Territories, i.e. small house applications?

(2) Of the small house applications made over the above-mentioned three years, how many were approved and rejected; and how many were pending approval as at 31 December 2015?

(3) How many applications for sale of small houses were there over the above-mentioned three years? Of these applications, how many were approved and rejected; and how many were pending approval as at 31 December 2015?

Asked by: Hon Dennis KWOK (Member Question No. 41)

Reply:

(1)&(2) The number of small house applications received, approved and rejected by the Lands Department (Lands D) in the past three years (2013 to 2015) is set out below:

Number of Number of Number of small house small house small house applications applications applications received approved rejected Three-year period 7 635 3 114 3 436 from 2013 to 2015

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 273

- 2 -

Note: Due to the variations in time required for processing individual small house applications, the applications approved and rejected during the three-year period may not correspond with the applications received during the period.

As at 31 December 2015, Lands D was processing 8 800 small house applications while 3 934 applications received were pending processing.

(3) The number of applications received, approved and rejected for removal of restriction on alienation by Lands D in the past three years (2013 to 2015) is set out below:

Number of Number of Number of applications applications applications received approved rejected Three-year period 1 823 1 524 202 from 2013 to 2015

Note: Due to the variations in time required for processing individual applications for removal of restriction on alienation, the applications approved and rejected during the three-year period may not correspond with the applications received during the period.

As at 31 December 2015, Lands D was processing 152 applications for removal of restriction on alienation.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 274

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)121 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2848)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please provide a breakdown by region (Hong Kong Island/Kowloon/New Territories West (Kwai Tsing, Tsuen Wan, Tuen Mun and Yuen Long)/New Territories East (Sha Tin, Tai Wai, Ma On Shan, Tai Po, Fanling, Sheung Shui and Tseung Kwan O)/Lantau Island/other outlying islands) of (i) the number of cases involving compensation for land resumption; (ii) the uses of the land resumed; (iii) the area of land involved; and (iv) the amount of compensation involved in each of the past four years respectively. How much is estimated to be spent on compensation for land resumption in the coming year?

Asked by: Dr Hon Fernando CHEUNG Chiu-hung (Member Question No. 580)

Reply:

A total of 53 land resumption cases were launched for implementation of public works projects in the past four financial years. The projects are mainly for sewerage, drainage, roads, public housing and other public works. The details are tabulated below-

No. of cases (area of private land and government land involved (hectares)) New Territories Financial year Hong Kong Outlying Kowloon (excluding Outlying Island Islands Islands) 2012-13 0 0 22 (145.75) 1 (3.04) 2013 -14 0 1 (0.23) 10 (61.79) 2 (2.21) 2014-15 0 0 9 (19.09) 0 2015-16 0 1 (0.10) 7 (24.22) 0

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 275

- 2 -

The compensation payments in the past four financial years were about $1,810 million in 2012-13, $1,657 million in 2013-14, $598 million in 2014-15 and $439 million (up to end of February 2016) in 2015-16. The figure for each year covers compensation payments in respect of resumption projects launched in or before that year. The estimated provision for compensation payments for land resumption cases in the financial year 2016-17 is about $2,738 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 276

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)122 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3254)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What is the total area of land currently zoned “village environs”, and of which what is the total area of land still available for small house development?

Asked by: Dr Hon Fernando CHEUNG Chiu-hung (Member Question No. 288)

Reply:

Village Environ (“VE”) generally refers to a 300-foot radius surrounding a recognised village where small house applications are considered. At present, the VE boundaries for 555 out of the 642 recognised villages have been drawn up. Action to draw up the VEs of the remaining 87 recognised villages is underway. That said, some of the villages are subject to such problems as topographical constraints, overlapping of village boundaries due to the villages being in close proximity to each other, villagers’ divergent views on the village boundaries, and the villages having been deserted. As such, we are unable to provide information on the total area of VE.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 277

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)123 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3255)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please provide a breakdown by district of the manpower deployed by the Lands Department to directly or indirectly engage in processing small house applications in the past three financial years. How many small house applications were received, approved or rejected in each district during this period?

2013/14(Note) 2014/15(Note) 2015/16(Note) District Council district i ii iii iv i ii iii iv i ii iii iv Sai Kung district Kwai Tsing district Tsuen Wan district Islands district Sha Tin district Tai Po district Tuen Mun district Yuen Long district North district Others

Note: (i) Manpower (direct and indirect); (ii) Number of applications received; (iii) Number of applications approved; (iv) Number of applications rejected

Asked by: Dr Hon Fernando CHEUNG Chiu-hung (Member Question No. 376)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 278

- 2 -

Reply:

A breakdown of the number of staff involved in New Territories District Lands Offices (DLO) for handling small house (SH) applications, the number of SH applications received, the number of SH applications approved, and the number of SH applications rejected in the past three years is set out below:

2013 (Note) 2014 (Note) 2015 (Note) DLO i ii iii iv i ii iii iv i ii iii iv Islands 7 136 40 25 7 81 53 26 8 127 37 39 North 10 496 121 66 10 590 136 84 10 532 98 71 Sai Kung 12 213 116 91 10 119 86 111 10 140 63 95 Sha Tin 7 82 70 127 7 35 53 62 7 81 19 109 Tai Po 20 297 184 149 20 335 231 207 19 270 194 172 Tsuen Wan & 1 46 4 29 1 25 6 52 1 23 34 11 Kwai Tsing Tuen Mun 6 120 45 21 6 179 45 97 6 218 71 53 Yuen Long 38 1 176 431 472 38 1 158 504 554 38 1 156 473 713

Note: (i) Number of Staff Involved; (ii) Number of SH Applications received; (iii) Number of SH Applications approved; (iv) Number of SH Applications rejected.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 279

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)124 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3256)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question: In each of the past four financial years, how many applications for removal of alienation restriction (AR) were made within one year of issuance of Certificates of Compliance (CCs) in respect of small houses in the New Territories? Furthermore, how many of these cases were approved?

Number of approved applications Number of applications for removal made within one year of issuance of of AR received CCs 2011-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16

Asked by: Dr Hon Fernando CHEUNG Chiu-hung (Member Question No. 377)

Reply:

The Lands Department has not categorised the applications for removal of restriction on alienation according to the time since issue of Certificates of Compliance. In respect of small houses, we set out below the number of cases for which we have given approval to remove restrictions on alienation in each of the past four years (2012 to 2015):

Year Number of approved cases for removal of restriction on alienation 2012 404 2013 485 2014 577 2015 462

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 280

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)125 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3270)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Land Administration

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is mentioned under Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17 that the Government will continue to oversee the implementation of the Pilot Scheme for Arbitration on Land Premium (the Pilot Scheme).

Will the Government inform this Committee of the numbers of applications received, approved and rejected since the implementation of the Pilot Scheme in 2015, and the amounts involved and the estimated number of flats to be built or gross floor area to be provided?

Asked by: Hon Martin LIAO Cheung-kong (Member Question No. 52)

Reply:

Separately, Lands D has declined one application for arbitration which did not meet the policy objective of increasing land supply.

The concluded arbitration case concerns a land exchange for converting agricultural land to land for non-industrial use with a maximum gross floor area of 1 993 square metres. The premium determined through arbitration and paid for this land exchange is $39.26 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 281

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)126 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1738)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (-) Not Specified

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding staff establishment, it is expected that the number of non-directorate posts will increase to 4 079 in March 2017, representing an increase of 33 posts over the preceding year. Please provide details about the posts, their pay scales and duties.

Asked by: Hon POON Siu-ping (Member Question No. 28)

Reply:

In 2016-17, there will be a net increase of 33 posts in the Lands Department. The composition of additional posts is set out below:

Additional Salary Rank Posts* Band** Senior Land Surveyor 1 A Senior Solicitor 1 A Estate Surveyor 6 A Land Surveyor/Assistant Land Surveyor 4 A Solicitor 1 A Chief Land Executive 1 A Senior Land Executive 2 A Land Executive 9 B Land Conveyancing Officer II 1 B Land Inspector I 7 B Land Inspector II 4 B Senior Survey Officer (Estate) 1 B Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Estate) 5 B Senior Survey Officer (Land) 3 B Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Land) 3 B Senior Technical Officer (Cartographic) 1 B

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 282

- 2 -

Additional Salary Rank Posts* Band** Technical Officer/Technical Officer Trainee (Cartographic) 2 B Senior Technical Officer (Reprographic) 1 B Technical Officer/Technical Officer Trainee (Reprographic) 1 B Analyst/Programmer I 1 B Treasury Accountant 1 A Accounting Officer I 1 B Executive Officer II 2 B Clerical Officer 1 B Assistant Clerical Officer 7 B Supplies Assistant 2 C Chainman 1 C Workman II 1 C

Total 71* /

* The creation of 71 posts as set out above will be partly offset by the deletion of 38 posts having regard to prevailing operational needs. The net increase is therefore 33 posts.

** The pay range of the salary band

Band Salary A Master Pay Scale (MPS) 34 to 49 B MPS 10 to 33 C Below MPS 10 or equivalent

The posts to be created will mainly be deployed to carry out land administration duties related to the policy objective of increasing land supply for housing and other developments.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 283

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)127 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1298)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) Survey and Mapping

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

With the advancement of technology, there has been an upsurge in the number of projects applying “Building Information Modelling” technology in recent years, and the application of photogrammetric survey will be popular with quite a number of practitioners in the engineering or surveying profession using digital cameras, smart phones or drones to conduct the survey. Provision for 2016-17 under this Programme is $10.3 million (1.9%) higher than the revised estimate for 2015-16. In this connection, please advise this Committee on the following:

(1) How will the additional estimated expenditure for the current financial year be used to provide support for the staff in optimising the use of modern technologies in their land survey work? What is the expenditure involved?

(2) In addition to enhancing the Land Information System and the quality of the territory-wide 3D spatial data, the Lands Department will replace the film-based aerial camera with a large-format digital aerial camera system. What are the expenditures involved in enhancing the systems and technologies respectively? What effect is the replacement of the systems expected to have on enhancing land survey and mapping work (including how the procedures and time can be saved)? How does it facilitate the establishment of a land database?

Asked by: Hon Tony TSE Wai-chuen (Member Question No. 16)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 284

- 2 -

Reply:

(1) The Lands Department (Lands D) will explore the use of advanced survey technologies for new applications in land administration and land surveying work. In 2016-17, an estimate of about $8 million will be used for the acquisition of an integrated 3D laser scanning and digital imagery mobile mapping system, an unmanned aerial system, three high precision total stations as well as for the upgrade of the existing satellite positioning reference station system. The use of the new technologies will enhance the efficiency and quality of survey and mapping services.

(2) In 2016-17, Lands D will employ a large format digital aerial camera (LFDAC) system to enhance the quality of aerial photographs and other photogrammetric products (e.g. digital orthophoto). With automated functions and simpler operation, it is expected that the number of aerial photographs taken and processed every year through the LFDAC system will be increased by 10% to 15%. The production time of aerial photographs will also be shortened by almost 50% because film development will no longer be required in the production process. After delivery and installation, Lands D will operate the system using existing staff resources. The aerial photographs and other photogrammetric products can be used with topographic maps and land status information to facilitate land administration as well as land boundary surveys, and to enrich the content of the land information database.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 285

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)128 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2230)

Head: (91) Lands Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) Survey and Mapping

Controlling Officer: Director of Lands (Ms Bernadette LINN)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

According to the Brief Description under this Programme of the Lands Department, the Survey and Mapping Office operates a Land Information System for maintaining updated digital maps and cadastral databases and hence providing a foundation geospatial data framework in Hong Kong. In this connection:

․ Please set out the manpower required for operating the system and managing the databases in 2015-16, with a breakdown by grade and whether they were civil service posts or non-civil service contract posts. Is there any expected increase in the manpower in 2016-17? If yes, please state the number of staff and grade involved.

․ Has any review been conducted to find out the utilisation and effectiveness of the data? If yes, what were the findings and specific follow-up measures? Will more data be released for use by other departments and various sectors so as to increase their utilisation rate? If yes, will resources and manpower be provided for carrying out the work?

Asked by: Hon Tony TSE Wai-chuen (Member Question No. 36)

Reply:

A total of 21 staff members are directly engaged in the operation of the Land Information System and the management of the related database. Details regarding the manpower requirements are set out in the table below. No increase of staff is anticipated to maintain the same scope of work of the Land Information System in 2016-17.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 286

- 2 -

Rank Terms (Note 1) No. of Staff Land Surveyor Grade CS 3 Survey Officer Grade CS 8 Technical Officer Grade CS 10 Total: 21

Note 1: CS = Civil Servant (Permanent Establishment Terms)

The Survey and Mapping Office (SMO) of the Lands Department (Lands D) has set up different channels to handle enquiries and collect feedback on digital maps, including telephone hotline, email, and feedback forms downloadable from Lands D’s website. Feedback from these channels, some of which covers the use of digital map data, is reviewed by SMO staff. In 2015, 62 departments obtained over 1.56 million sheet counts of digital map data, while 415 organisations and individuals purchased over 11 300 sheet counts of digital map data from Lands D for their different applications. The digital map data are used in different aspects to support public administration and social development in Hong Kong, including land administration, infrastructure design, planning, environmental protection, education, engineering works and law enforcement. In addition, in response to user feedback and needs, Lands D has since 2014 begun to provide seamless digital map data. This service provision enhances the efficiency of data use by helping map users reduce the time and resource required for merging discrete map tiles.

To support the Government's initiative to provide free online government information as Public Sector Information (PSI), two open maps, namely Digital Topographic Map (B100k-OM) and Digital Orthophoto Map (DOPM100-L0-OM), have been made available for free commercial and non-commercial uses through Lands D’s website. SMO is deploying its existing resources to conduct a review to identify suitable information to be made available as PSI for free download by the public.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 287

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)129 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1160)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

1. Regarding the Department’s efforts to continue with enforcement and prosecution actions against unauthorised developments in the rural New Territories, what are the expenditure and manpower earmarked for 2016-17?

2. Please provide a breakdown on the number of cases involving issuance of warning letters/reminders and enforcement/reinstatement/stop/compliance notices by the Town Planning Board’s list of statutory plans, outline zoning plans and plan numbers. What is the average time taken from the issuance of enforcement/reinstatement/stop notices to the issuance of compliance notices for those cases?

3. Please list in detail the 45 prosecutions/reviews in magistracy and appeals handled in 2015-16.

Asked by: Hon Albert HO Chun-yan (Member Question No. 70)

Reply:

1. Planning enforcement and prosecution actions against unauthorised developments (UDs) in the rural areas of the New Territories are currently undertaken by 68 staff of the Planning Department. There will be no increase in the manpower and resources for planning enforcement in 2016-17. As the work in respect of UDs is undertaken as part of the overall duties of the staff, we are unable to provide a breakdown on the expenditure or resources solely for this area of work.

2. The breakdown on the number of cases involving issuance of warning letters (WLs)/ compliance reminders (CRs), enforcement notices (ENs)/stop notices (SNs)/ reinstatement notices (RNs)/compliance notices (CNs) in 2015 is provided below:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 288

- 2 -

District Council WL/CR EN SN RN CN District (No. of (No. of (No. of (No. of (No. of (relevant statutory plans) cases) cases) cases) cases) cases) Yuen Long (Ha Tsuen, Kam Tin North, Kam Tin South, Lau Fau Shan & Tsim Bei Tsui, Mai Po & Fairview Park, Nam Sang Wai, Ngau Tam Mei, 411 217 0 60 179 Pat Heung, Ping Shan, San Tin, Shek Kong, Sheung Pak Nai & Ha Pak Nai, Tai Tong, Tong Yan San Tsuen)

Tuen Mun (Lam Tei & Yick Yuen, So Kwun Wat) 28 25 0 1 15

North (Fanling North, Fu Tei Au & Sha Ling, Hung Lung Hang, Kwu Tung North, Kwu Tung South, Luk Keng & Wo Hang, Lung Yeuk Tau & Kwan Tei South, Ma Tso Lung & Hoo Hok 96 42 0 14 50 Wai, Man Kam To, Man Uk Pin, Ping Che & Ta Kwu Ling, Ping Kong, Sha Tau Kok, Ta Kwu Ling North, Wo Keng Shan, Wu Kau Tang)

Tai Po (Kau Lung Hang, Lam Tsuen, Sha Lo Tung, Shap Sz Heung, Tai Tan, Uk Tau, Ko Tong & 43 24 0 9 12 Ko Tong Ha Yeung, Ting Kok, Yung Shue O)

Sai Kung (Clear Water Bay Peninsula North, Clear Water Bay Peninsula South, Hebe Haven, Ho Chung, 29 7 0 13 14 Pak Kong & Sha Kok Mei, Tai Mong Tsai & Tsam Chuk Wan, Tseng Lan Shue)

Islands (Mui Wo Fringe, Tai O Fringe, Tung Chung 4 3 0 0 3 Valley)

Tsuen Wan (Chuen Lung & Ha Fa Shan) 2 1 0 0 0

Total 613 319 0 97 273

Note : As the processing of each case may straddle different years, the number of WLs/CRs, ENs, RNs and CNs issued in 2015 may not necessarily correspond to each other.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 289

- 3 -

If the Planning Authority is satisfied that an UD has been discontinued as required by the EN or the land has been reinstated as required by the RN, a CN will be served on the notice recipient. We do not have readily available information on the average time taken to issue CN after issuance of EN and RN. The collection of evidence concerning compliance of statutory notices takes time and varies from case to case. The time taken to issue CN after the issuance of EN and RN thus differ for individual cases.

3. The breakdown of prosecution actions taken in 2015 is provided below:

2015 Number of prosecution cases instigated 45 (Number of summonses) (108)

Number of cases successfully convicted 43 (Number of summonses) (106)

Total fine for each case Ranged from $18,000 to $560,000

For the above 45 prosecution cases instigated in 2015, a breakdown of the number of cases by types of UD is provided below:

Types of UDs 2015 Workshop 1 Storage 26 Container-related uses 2 Vehicle Park 5 Filling of pond/land and excavation of land 10 Columbarium 1 Total 45

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 290

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)130 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0716)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In each of the past three years, how many inspections, enforcement and prosecution actions were carried out in respect of unauthorised developments in the rural New Territories? What was the amount of expenditure involved? What measures will be taken in the future to reduce unauthorised developments in the rural New Territories?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 45)

Reply:

The breakdown of the number of site inspections for confirmed unauthorised developments (UDs), the number of statutory notices served, and the number of prosecution actions in 2013, 2014 and 2015 is provided below:

2013 2014 2015 Site inspection for confirmed UDs 2 386 2 338 2 360 (No. of cases) (812) (765) (761) Statutory notices served 2 175 2 049 2 383 (No. of cases) (390) (374) (416) Summons laid 118 65 108 (No. of cases) (48) (25) (45)

As the work in respect of UDs is undertaken as part of the overall duties of the staff, we are unable to provide a breakdown on the expenditure or resources solely for this area of work. The Planning Department will continue to monitor closely cases of UDs and take appropriate follow-up actions in a timely manner in order to prevent deterioration of the environment in the rural New Territories.

- End –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 291

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)131 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3156)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Department states that it will continue to take forward the detailed planning of Kwu Tung North and Fanling North New Development Areas. What are the details and expenditure involved? Does the planning area cover Fanling Golf Course? If yes, what are the details? If not, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 48)

Reply:

Currently, the Planning Department deploys 15 staff members to, as part of their overall duties, oversee and co-ordinate the detailed district planning works related to the implementation of the Kwu Tung North and Fanling North New Development Areas (NDAs), including preparation of layout plans and planning briefs, and to provide planning input to the Civil Engineering and Development Department and the Lands Department to facilitate the timely implementation of the NDAs. The salary expenditure of these 15 staff members is about $7.8 million in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value. The current work to take forward the detailed planning of the Kwu Tung North and Fanling North NDAs does not cover the Fanling Golf Course which falls outside the two NDAs.

To meet Hong Kong’s long-term housing and other development needs, the Government has commissioned the Preliminary Feasibility Study on Developing the New Territories North (the Study). The prime objective of the Study is to examine the development potential of areas within the New Territories North, to conduct preliminary technical assessments to ascertain broad feasibility of the identified potential development areas and to recommend the strategic infrastructure needed to support the development. The Study is still in progress and will include the examination, as an option, of the development potential of the Fanling Golf Course site and its surrounding areas from a technical

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 292

- 2 - perspective. As the Fanling Golf Course is currently under a Private Recreational Lease (PRL) which is being covered by a review of the PRL policy being undertaken by the Home Affairs Bureau, the Government will take into account the outcomes of the policy review in considering the way forward.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 293

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)132 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0448)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Concerning subsidized housing, although the Administration has already secured sites for the construction of 255,000 units of public housing, one of the key challenges facing the Housing Authority in terms of public housing construction is that more than 80% of land sites are not spade-ready (i.e., sites that have not been properly zoned, require resumption, clearance, reprovisioning of existing facilities, site formation or provision of additional infrastructure). This poses serious uncertainty for meeting the public housing supply. In this connection, what efforts will be taken by the Administration to make those sites spade-ready in a more expeditious manner? Will the Planning Department increase manpower to handle this work, if so, of the number of staff and expenditure to be incurred? What is the timetable for making those sites spade-ready?

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 4)

Reply:

The Development Bureau and Planning Department work towards the provision of adequate land in support of the overall efforts to meet the 10-year housing supply target for the period from 2016-17 to 2025-26. Following the established arrangement, suitable sites will, as they become ready, be allocated to the Housing Department/Hong Kong Housing Authority for public housing development.

Our current best estimate on public housing flat supply for the 10-year period is about 255 000 units. As reported to the Legislative Council (LegCo), we have identified in various land use reviews some 150 potential housing sites, most of which may be made available for housing development in the five years of 2014-15 to 2018-19 for providing over 210 000 flats (over 70% are for public housing), subject to timely completion of the statutory plan amendment and other processes required. Rezoning these sites for residential use would be the key to achieving the housing supply target. Support and

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 294

- 2 -

understanding of the LegCo, District Councils and local community are of paramount importance. As at end-February 2016, 52 out of the some 150 sites had completed the statutory plan amendment processes and are estimated to provide a total of about 65 200 housing units (with about 50% for public housing). The statutory plan amendment processes for another 14 sites have commenced, and would upon completion provide an estimated total of about 15 400 housing units (with over 85% for public housing). The Government will continue to take forward the relevant statutory plan amendments and other processes so as to increase and expedite the housing land supply. We will also continue to carry out land use reviews on suitable areas so as to identify more developable sites for housing to meet the 10-year housing supply target.

Since April 2012, the Planning Department has been provided with additional manpower resources, comprising a supernumerary Chief Town Planner (D1) post and 13 time-limited non-directorate posts for a period of five years, to undertake tasks related to increasing land supply for housing and office uses, including the above land use reviews.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 295

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)133 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0453)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Under Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016–17, during 2016–17, the Department will continue to increase the domestic floor space that can be provided on individual sites as far as permissible in planning terms, in accordance with the increased maximum domestic plot ratios allowed in different Density Zones as appropriate. In this regard, will the Administration provide details about the individual sites approved by the Department to increase maximum domestic plot ratios in each of past 5 years, with the per square feet domestic floor space increased in each of the approved individual sites and hence the increased number of flats provided as a result?

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 25)

Reply:

Since 2013, the Town Planning Board has granted planning permission for relaxation of development intensity for 42 housing sites. These cases are related to the Government’s initiative to increase housing land supply through more optimal use of developed land, and the policy initiative to generally increase the maximum domestic plot ratio currently permitted for other “density zones” of the Main Urban Area and New Towns (i.e. except for the north of Hong Kong Island and Kowloon Peninsula) by around 20% as appropriate and where planning terms permit. Details of the approved cases are as follows:

Increase in total No. of Estimated domestic gross floor Year housing Location increase in area (square feet) sites flat number (about) 2013 4 Tseung Kwan O 341 010 433 3 Kwai Chung/Tsuen Wan 130 370 164 2 Tuen Mun/Yuen Long 91 380 170 4 Kai Tak 365 450 1 020

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 296

- 2 -

Increase in total No. of Estimated domestic gross floor Year housing Location increase in area (square feet) sites flat number (about) 2014 5 Sha Tin/Ma On Shan 645 320 1 338 4 Tuen Mun/Yuen Long 158 330 246 3 Fanling/Sheung Shui 97 670* 209 1 Kwai Chung/Tsuen Wan 7 800 14 2015 13 Kai Tak 1 397 830 3 900 1 Tuen Mun/Yuen Long 4 310 2 1 Fanling/Sheung Shui 149 620* 260 2016 1 Kwai Chung/Tsuen Wan 37 670 91 (up to end February)

* The figure includes non-domestic gross floor area.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 297

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)134 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3282)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Will the Administration provide this Committee with information about land sites reserved for residential use in the Government’s land sale programme since 2013/14 in the given tabular form:

No. of sites No. of flats No. of sites No. of flats to Average processing The longest The longest and Reasons for the requires to be requires be produced / time [in months] for and the shortest the shortest time sites failed to land-use produced / development-par (produced) vetting proposals time taken to taken to complete change land use change (No. (produced) ameter change about land-use change complete the the vetting for or development of sites (No. of sites (Average processing vetting for amendments to the parameters (the succeeded succeeded in time [in months] for land-use development potential in changing changing amendments to the change [in parameters of the number of flats land use) development development months] Outline Zoning could have parameters) parameters of the Plans [in months] otherwise been Outline Zoning Plans) produced)

2013/14 2014/15 2015/16 2016/17

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 21)

Reply:

Information on residential sites in the Government’s Land Sale Programme from 2013-14 to 2016-17 requiring amendment of the Outline Zoning Plan (OZP) to change land use zoning and/or development parameters are set out in the following table –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 298

- 2 -

Total number of sites requiring Number of amendment of sites for which OZP amendment of Estimated Estimated Financial (position as at OZP has been flat flat Remarks year the date of approved number number announcing (position as at the relevant 8 March 2016) annual Land Sale Programme)# 2013-14 15 8 540 11 4 400 Town Planning Board (TPB) agreed to retain one site as “Government, Institution or Community (“G/IC”) zone instead of rezoning it for residential use.

2014-15 15 8 200 12 7 380 TPB agreed to retain two sites as “Green Belt”/ “G/IC” zones instead of rezoning them for residential use.

2015-16 9 5 540 9 5 540 -

2016-17 2 1 470 - - Amendment to OZP for these two sites in progress.

# The figure in this column excludes sites subsequently taken out from the Land Sale Programmes for non-private housing uses. To avoid double-counting, sites that were rolled over to the subsequent financial year are counted only once in the financial year when they first appeared.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 299

- 3 -

The time taken for completing the OZP amendment process for most of the above sites ranged from seven months to 17 months. For sites in respect of which the OZP amendment process is held up by judicial review with order granted by the court staying the submission of the OZP amendments to the Chief-Executive-in-Council, the time taken to complete the OZP amendment process is subject to legal proceedings.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 300

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)135 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0893)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17, the Planning Department states that a comprehensive territory-wide survey on brownfield sites would be conducted. In this connection, will the Government inform this Committee of the following:

1. What are the specific method of the survey and its content?

2. How will the results of the survey be applied?

3. What is the estimated time required for the survey? When will the survey be completed and its results be published?

4. What is the expenditure required for the survey?

Asked by: Hon Vincent FANG Kang (Member Question No. 1)

Reply:

With a view to facilitating formulation of appropriate policies and measures for tackling brownfield sites, the Planning Department is planning to initiate in 2016-17 a comprehensive territory-wide survey on the overall distribution and uses of these brownfield sites in the territory particularly the northern and northwestern parts of the New Territories (NT). The survey findings will provide a basis for assessing the development potential of areas where such brownfield sites are present, and support our ongoing efforts to release these sites for development through comprehensive planning, thereby meeting the land requirements for housing, economic and social developments and improving the environment of the rural NT. It will also enable us to explore in more holistic terms how the economic activities on brownfield sites that are still needed in Hong Kong could be consolidated or accommodated in a more land-efficient manner, and at the same time address the incompatibility of such brownfield operations with the surrounding

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 301

- 2 - environment. The detailed scope, methodology and programme of the survey are still being drawn up, and thus detailed information on cost estimates, timetable and survey arrangements is not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 302

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)136 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2008)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Government states that it will continue to increase the domestic floor space that can be provided on individual sites as far as permissible in planning terms, in accordance with the increased maximum domestic plot ratios allowed in different Density Zones as appropriate. In this connection, please advise:

(1) What are the details of work to commence on the overall planning of Kennedy Town this year? What is the estimated area of additional residential floor space and number of flats that can be provided through planning in the coming three years? What is the additional area for open space and recreational/cultural facilities? Is the ratio of the concerned residential developments to the open space facilities in compliance with the prevailing Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines?

(2) Regarding the planning of Kennedy Town, does the Government have any plan to conduct a thorough public consultation exercise this year? If yes, what is the plan of the consultation work, and the estimated expenditure involved?

Asked by: Hon WONG Kwok-hing (Member Question No. 126)

Reply:

(1) The Planning Department (PlanD) has completed a comprehensive land use review for the western part of Kennedy Town after two rounds of extensive consultation. The recommendations of the review were incorporated in the Kennedy Town & Mount Davis Outline Zoning Plan (the OZP), which was published on 11 March 2016 for public inspection for two months in accordance with the Town Planning Ordinance (Cap. 131) (TPO).

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 303

- 2 -

According to the OZP, five sites are newly planned for residential development with a total capacity of about 3 300 flats (of which about 70% are public housing units). Two sites for public housing development capable of producing about 2 300 flats and one site for private residential development capable of producing about 50 flats are anticipated to be made available for development in the near future. The development of the remaining sites would depend on the progress of the site decontamination for the former incinerator and abattoir sites and the surrounding areas. The new plan for the area will provide not less than 17 000 m2 of new open space including waterfront promenade, a new primary school site, and space for social welfare facilities, public transport terminus and parking facilities to be incorporated into the public housing and private residential developments to serve the local population. These provisions are in compliance with the requirements of the Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines.

(2) The comprehensive land use review for the western part of Kennedy Town has undergone two rounds of extensive consultations, including consultations with the Central and Western District Council as well as various local resident groups, before finalisation and submission to the Town Planning Board (TPB). The OZP which reflects recommendations of the land use review is now under exhibition for public inspection. Any representations/comments received during the public inspection period will be heard and considered by TPB in accordance with the provision of the TPO. As the secretarial support to TPB is provided by the staff of PlanD as part of their overall duties, there is no separate breakdown on departmental expenses dedicated solely for the Kennedy Town land use review and OZP amendment.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 304

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)137 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0283)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning; (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

1) Please provide details of the staff establishment for Programme (1) Territorial Planning in the table below:

Rank Number of Number of Salary Professional staff vacancies Point Qualifications required

2) Please provide details of the staff establishment for Programme (2) District Planning in the table below:

Rank Number of Number of Salary Professional staff vacancies Point Qualifications required

3) How many hours of overtime work and how much allowance are involved in staff’s applications for overtime allowance under each Programme? Are there any cases where staff who have worked overtime cannot claim overtime allowance?

4) The staff establishment of the Planning Department has rapidly increased in recent years. What are the reasons or projects based on which the Department has to increase its staffing? Are the posts involved permanent posts or contract posts? Will it be difficult to delete any surplus posts when the number of planning projects decreases in the future?

Asked by: Hon Jeffrey LAM Kin-fung (Member Question No. 32)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 305

- 2 -

Reply:

1) The details of the staff establishment for Programme (1) Territorial Planning as at end February 2016 are provided in the table below:

Number Number Professional Rank of of Salary point* qualifications staff vacancies required Principal Government Town 1 0 D3 Corporate Planner# membership of Government Town Planner 1 0 D2 the Hong Kong Chief Town Planner 2 0 D1 Institute of Senior Town Planner 15 2 MPS45 – 49 Planners or Town Planner 26 5 MPS31 – 44 equivalent Assistant Town Planner 1 0 MPS18 – 27 - Chief Engineer 1 0 D1 Corporate Senior Engineer 1 0 MPS45 – 49 membership of Engineer 1 0 MPS32 – 44 the Hong Kong Institution of Engineers or equivalent Analyst/Programmer I 1 0 MPS28 – 33 - Analyst/Programmer II 1 0 MPS16 – 27 - Principal Survey Officer 1 0 MPS30 – 37 - (Planning) Senior Survey Officer 6 0 MPS23 – 29 - (Planning) Survey Officer (Planning) 23 1 MPS9 – 22 - Principal Technical Officer 1 0 MPS30 – 37 - (Cartographic) Senior Technical Officer 5 0 MPS23 – 29 - (Cartographic) Technical Officer (Cartographic) 15 1 MPS9 – 22 - Photoprinter II 1 0 MPS2 – 7 - Senior Statistician 1 0 MPS45 – 49 - Statistician 2 0 MPS27 – 44 - Statistical Officer I 2 0 MPS22 – 28 - Statistical Officer II 4 0 MPS8 – 21 - Senior Executive Officer# 1 0 MPS34 – 44 - Executive Officer I# 2 0 MPS28 – 33 - Executive Officer II# 1 0 MPS15 – 27 - Senior Official Languages 1 0 MPS34 – 44 - Officer# Official Languages Officer I# 6 0 MPS28 – 33 -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 306

- 3 -

Number Number Professional Rank of of Salary point* qualifications staff vacancies required Calligraphist# 1 0 MPS3 – 15 - Accounting Officer II# 1 0 MPS14 – 27 - Supplies Officer# 1 0 MPS27 – 33 - Supplies Supervisor II# 2 0 MPS3 – 15 - Personal Secretary I# 2 0 MPS16 – 21 - Personal Secretary II# 3 0 MPS4 – 15 - Confidential Assistant# 1 0 MPS9 – 17 - Clerical Officer# 4 0 MPS16 – 21 - Assistant Clerical Officer# 10 0 MPS3 – 15 - Clerical Assistant# 9 0 MPS1 – 10 - Motor Driver# 2 0 MPS5 – 8 - Workman II# 3 0 MOD0 – 8 -

* “D” denotes Directorate Pay Scale; “MPS” denotes Master Pay Scale; and “MOD” denotes Model Scale I Pay Scale. # Also provides support to other programmes.

2) The details of the staff establishment for Programme (2) District Planning as at end February 2016 are provided in the table below:

Number Number Professional Rank of of Salary point * qualifications staff vacancies required Director of Planning# 1 0 D5 Corporate Principal Government Town 1 0 D3 membership of Planner the Hong Kong Government Town Planner 4 0 D2 Institute of Chief Town Planner 11 0 D1 Planners or Senior Town Planner 54 1 MPS45 – 49 equivalent Town Planner 93 18 MPS31 – 44 Assistant Town Planner 11 0 MPS18 – 27 - Analyst/Programmer I 1 0 MPS28 – 33 - Analyst/Programmer II 1 0 MPS16 – 27 - Principal Survey Officer 5 0 MPS30 – 37 - (Planning) Senior Survey Officer 34 0 MPS23 – 29 - (Planning) Survey Officer (Planning) 104 5 MPS9 – 22 - Principal Technical Officer 2 0 MPS30 – 37 - (Cartographic) Senior Technical Officer 21 0 MPS23 – 29 - (Cartographic)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 307

- 4 -

Number Number Professional Rank of of Salary point * qualifications staff vacancies required Technical Officer (Cartographic) 76 6 MPS9 – 22 - Tracer 7 1 MPS1 – 7 - Photoprinter II 1 0 MPS2 – 7 - Chief Executive Officer# 1 0 MPS45 – 49 - Senior Executive Officer# 2 0 MPS34 – 44 - Executive Officer I# 4 0 MPS28 – 33 - Executive Officer II# 2 0 MPS15 – 27 - Senior Official Languages 1 0 MPS34 – 44 - Officer# Official Languages Officer I# 6 0 MPS28 – 33 - Official Languages Officer II# 1 0 MPS14 – 27 - Senior Calligraphist# 1 0 MPS16 – 21 - Calligraphist# 1 0 MPS3 – 15 - Accounting Officer I# 1 0 MPS28 – 33 - Supplies Supervisor II# 1 0 MPS3 – 15 - Senior Personal Secretary# 1 0 MPS22 – 27 - Personal Secretary I# 5 0 MPS16 – 21 - Personal Secretary II# 12 2 MPS4 – 15 - Confidential Assistant# 1 0 MPS9 – 17 - Senior Clerical Officer# 1 0 MPS22 – 27 - Clerical Officer# 13 0 MPS16 – 21 - Assistant Clerical Officer# 28 0 MPS3 – 15 - Clerical Assistant# 30 0 MPS1 – 10 - Office Assistant# 6 0 MPS1 – 6 - Motor Driver# 9 0 MPS5 – 8 - Workman II# 8 2 MOD0 – 8 -

* “D” denotes Directorate Pay Scale; “MPS” denotes Master Pay Scale; and “MOD” denotes Model Scale I Pay Scale. # Also provides support to other programmes.

3) In 2015-16, the Planning Department (PlanD)’s total expenditure on overtime allowance was about $262,000, involving about 2 000 hours of overtime work performed by its frontline staff. There is no breakdown of the overtime allowance according to Programme.

According to the relevant Civil Service Regulations, overtime work should normally be compensated by time off in lieu. Where this is not practicable, eligible staff, that is non-professional staff in ranks with pay scales maxima on or below Point 25 and minima on or below Point 19 of the Master Pay Scale, may claim overtime allowance.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 308

- 5 -

4) The increase in the staff establishment of PlanD in recent years was mainly due to the creation of time-limited posts to provide manpower support for various tasks. These time-limited posts will lapse after the approved period subject to review.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 309

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)138 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2984)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning; (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

(a) Please list all the planning studies completed/being conducted by the Planning Department in 2015-16, the expenditure involved, and the planning proposals implemented/progress of the studies; and

(b) list all the planning studies to be commenced by the Planning Department in 2016-17, the details, expenditure and manpower to be involved, and the funding planned to be sought from the Legislative Council.

Asked by: Hon WONG Kwok-kin (Member Question No. 10)

Reply:

(a) Details of the planning studies being conducted or completed by the Planning Department (PlanD) in 2015-16 are set out below-

Estimated Total fee Spending in Responsible Planning proposals/ Planning studies completion involved 2015-16 departments progress year ($million) ($million) Completed in 2015-16 1. 2014 Area PlanD Completed N.A. N.A. The Town Assessments of Planning Board Industrial Land and relevant in the Territory authorities were briefed on the findings and recommendations of the study in end 2015. PlanD will take forward the

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 310

- 2 -

Estimated Total fee Spending in Responsible Planning proposals/ Planning studies completion involved 2015-16 departments progress year ($million) ($million) recommendations of the study.

2. Review of PlanD Completed 1.33 0.40 Amendments to Development the relevant Option for statutory plan will Caroline Hill be made to take Road Site forward the recommendations of the study.

On-going in 2015-16 1. Planning and PlanD and the Targeted for 49.50 5.00* The study is in Engineering Civil completion in progress. Stage 3 Study for Engineering 2017 Community Housing Sites in and Engagement on the Yuen Long Development draft South - Department recommended Investigation (CEDD) outline development plan (RODP) will be completed in April 2016.

2. Planning, PlanD and Targeted for 63.40 10.34 The study is in Engineering CEDD completion in progress. Stage 1 and 2017 Community Architectural Engagement on the Study initial development for Topside concept was Development completed in at Hong Kong September 2015. Boundary Crossing Facilities Island of Hong Kong- Zhuhai-Macao Bridge - Feasibility Study

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 311

- 3 -

Estimated Total fee Spending in Responsible Planning proposals/ Planning studies completion involved 2015-16 departments progress year ($million) ($million) 3. Hung Shui Kiu PlanD and Targeted for 70.40 9.71 The study is in New CEDD completion in progress. Stage 3 Development 2016 Community Area Planning Engagement on the and RODP was Engineering completed in Study September 2015. We are considering the views collected and undertaking further technical assessments with a view to finalising the RODP in 2016.

4. Preliminary PlanD and Targeted for 29.63 8.40 The study is in Feasibility CEDD completion in progress and it is Study on 2016 intended that Developing the potential New development areas Territories with broad North development concepts will be identified for further studies. Its findings and recommendations will serve as inputs to Hong Kong 2030+.

5. Urban Design PlanD Targeted for 7.00 2.39* The study is in Study for the completion in progress. Wan Chai 2016 Harbourfront North and enhancement North Point proposals are being Harbourfront formulated taking Areas – into account public Feasibility comments received Study during Stage 1 Public Engagement.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 312

- 4 -

Estimated Total fee Spending in Responsible Planning proposals/ Planning studies completion involved 2015-16 departments progress year ($million) ($million) completed in August 2015

6. Planning and PlanD and Targeted for 17.00 3.57 The study is in Engineering CEDD completion in progress. The Study 2016 draft RODP is for Kwu Tung being prepared. South - Feasibility Study

7. The PlanD Targeted for 2.50 1.63 The study is in Consolidated completion in progress. Its Economic 2016 findings and Development recommendations Strategy for have served as Lantau and inputs to the draft Preliminary Lantau Market development Positioning strategy under Study for public engagement Commercial until 30 April Land 2016. Uses in Major Developments of Lantau

8. Hong Kong PlanD Targeted for N.A. N.A. The study is in 2030+: completion in progress and being Towards a 2017 undertaken by Planning in-house staff of Vision and PlanD as part of Strategy their overall duties. Transcending Public engagement 2030 will be carried out (Hong Kong in 2016. 2030+)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 313

- 5 -

Estimated Total fee Spending in Responsible Planning proposals/ Planning studies completion involved 2015-16 departments progress year ($million) ($million) 9. Review of PlanD Targeted for 4.07 2.07 The study is in Land completion in progress. Its Requirement 2016 findings and for recommendations Grade A will serve as inputs Offices, to Hong Kong Business and 2030+. Industrial Uses

10. Strategic PlanD Targeted for 4.85 1.65 The study is in Environmental completion in progress. Its Assessment for 2017 findings and Hong Kong recommendations 2030+ will serve as inputs to Hong Kong 2030+.

11. Planning and PlanD and Targeted for 28.00 0.38 The study is in Engineering CEDD completion in progress. Stage 1 Study 2017 Community for Tuen Mun Engagement on the Areas 40 and proposed modern 46 and the logistics/green Adjoining industry use was Areas - completed in Feasibility mid-November Study 2015. The views collected are being studied for preparation of a preliminary outline development plan.

12. Planning and PlanD and Targeted for 44.00 8.0 The study is Engineering CEDD completion in substantially Study on the 2016 completed. The Remaining RODP has been Development finalised, with the in Environmental Tung Chung Impact Assessment completed in October 2015. The

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 314

- 6 -

Estimated Total fee Spending in Responsible Planning proposals/ Planning studies completion involved 2015-16 departments progress year ($million) ($million) new/amended Outline Zoning Plans were gazetted on 8 January 2016.

13. Planning and PlanD and Targeted for 29.90 3.33 The study is in Engineering CEDD completion in progress. A Study on 2016 “Market Sounding Future Land Out and Invitation Use at for Development Ex-Lamma Proposal Quarry Area at Exercise” will be Sok Kwu Wan, conducted in Lamma Island mid-2016. - Feasibility Study

14. Planning and PlanD Targeted for 4.50 2.20 The study is near Design Study on completion in completion. the 2016 Amendments to Redevelopment the relevant of Queensway statutory plan are Plaza, underway to take Admiralty - forward the study Feasibility Study recommendations

15. Planning and PlanD Targeted for 6.90 3.1 The study is in Design Study on completion in progress. We the 2016 plan to consult the Redevelopment District Council of Government and relevant Sites at Sai Yee stakeholders on the Street and Mong initial development Kok East Station options in the first – Feasibility half of 2016. Study

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 315

- 7 -

Estimated Total fee Spending in Responsible Planning proposals/ Planning studies completion involved 2015-16 departments progress year ($million) ($million) 16. Transport and PlanD Targeted for 5.68 2.56 The study is in Land Use completion in progress. Its Assessment for 2017 findings and Hong Kong recommendations 2030+ will serve as inputs to Hong Kong 2030+.

17. Review of the PlanD Targeted for 1.10 0.94 The study is in Notional completion in progress. Its Architectural 2016 findings and Scheme of Site recommendations 3 at the New will provide the Central basis in Harbourfront determining the design requirements and development parameters of Site 3 at the New Central Harbourfront.

* Revised estimate for 2015-16

(b) Details of the planning studies to be commenced in 2016-17 by PlanD are set out below-

Estimated Responsible Planning studies commencement and Manpower involved departments completion year 1. Preliminary PlanD and CEDD Targeted for The study will be Land Use commencement in conducted by Study for Lam mid-2016 and consultants to be Tei Quarry completion in 2017 selected. The and the consultancy fee is Adjoining subject to tender. Areas Management of consultancy will be undertaken by

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 316

- 8 -

Estimated Manpower involved Responsible Planning studies commencement and departments completion year in-house staff of PlanD and CEDD as part of their overall duties.

2. Planning and PlanD and CEDD Targeted for The study will be Engineering commencement in conducted by Study for late 2016/early 2017 consultants to be Re-planning and completion in selected. The of Tseung 2020 consultancy fee is Kwan O Area subject to tender. 137 Management of consultancy will be undertaken by in-house staff of PlanD and CEDD as part of their overall duties.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 317

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)139 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0092)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In paragraph 3 of the Brief Description, the Department mentions that its work involves conducting land use-transport studies and evaluating the transport performance of development options or proposals in the course of formulating plans.

In paragraph 4, the Department mentions that it is currently engaged in the planning and engineering studies on Hung Shui Kiu New Development Area, Kwu Tung South and Yuen Long South.

Will the Department inform this Committee whether any assessment has been made of the impact on the transport network of the New Territories West as a whole, assuming that the three development areas mentioned above will be implemented concurrently? If so, in which of the studies will the assessment be conducted? How much is the fee for the transport study? What is the timetable? If not, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Hon IP Kwok-him (Member Question No. 32)

Reply:

Traffic and Transport Impact Assessments (TTIA) have been conducted under the Hung Shui Kiu New Development Area Planning and Engineering Study (HSK NDA Study), Planning and Engineering Study for Housing Sites in Yuen Long South (YLS Study) and Planning and Engineering Study for Kwu Tung South (KTS Study) in support of the proposed developments under the three studies. While each TTIA was separately conducted, all existing and committed developments, as well as potential developments under study and planning, within the relevant study area have been taken into account to assess the cumulative impact of the developments concerned. The TTIAs of the three studies have confirmed that the proposed road networks and railway facilities serving the Northwest New Territories will be able to meet the traffic/transport demand arising from these developments.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 318

- 2 -

Spending on the TTIAs has been subsumed in the total approved project estimates of individual studies, which are $70.4 million for HSK NDA Study, $49.5 million for YLS Study and $17 million for KTS Study in money-of-the-day prices.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 319

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)140 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0098)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Town Planning Information Services

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The actual hits on the website of the Planning Department in 2015 was 12 438 728. The Department estimates that the hits will decrease by around 490 000 in 2016. What are the criteria adopted by the Department for the above assessment?

Asked by: Hon IP Kwok-him (Member Question No. 39)

Reply:

While there is no predictable or regular pattern for hits on the website of the Planning Department (PlanD), as an established practice PlanD makes the best estimate of hits for the following year by the end of the third quarter of every year, based on the pattern of the actual hits for the first three quarters available then. Accordingly, the estimate of hits for 2016 was made by making reference to the actual figures of the first three quarters in 2015, and adopting the average of those three quarters as the estimate for the fourth quarter. As the actual hits of the fourth quarter of 2015 turned out to be higher than the average, there was a difference of about 4% between the actual figure in 2015 and the estimate in 2016.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 320

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)141 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0108)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (700) General non-recurrent

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In paragraph 10 of the Brief Description, it is stated that the Planning Department has worked on the Planning and Design Study on the Redevelopment of Government Sites at Sai Yee Street and Mong Kok East Station in 2015-16.

1. The expenditure on the above-mentioned study this year is over $3 million. What is the content of the study? In which area will the balance of over $4 million be used?

2. Will the scope of the study include the existing Mong Kok East Station with a view to easing the prevailing congestion in the Station and improving the environment on the waiting platform? If not, what are the reasons?

3. What is the work programme for the above-mentioned study?

Asked by: Hon IP Kwok-him (Member Question No. 38)

Reply:

The Planning and Design Study on the Redevelopment of Government Sites at Sai Yee Street and Mong Kok East Station (the Study) aims to examine the development potential of government sites at the junction of Sai Yee Street and Argyle Street adjacent to Mong Kok East Station for a comprehensive development including residential, commercial/office/ hotel, open space and/or government, institution or community facilities. One of the objectives of the Study is to examine both pedestrian and traffic circulation in the area, and make proposals to enhance pedestrian connectivity in the area.

The Study commenced in March 2015. We plan to consult the District Council and relevant stakeholders on the initial development options in the first half of 2016. The balance of the approved commitment will be spent in 2016-17 to cover the remaining tasks.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 321

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)142 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2177)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (-) Not Specified

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please give a breakdown of the estimated number of staff, annual emoluments, housing allowance and allowances for the expenses on duty visits and official entertainment pertaining to the following posts in the Planning Department in 2016-17.

• Director • Deputy Director of Planning • Senior Personal Secretary • Departmental Secretary • Deputy Departmental Secretary • Personal Secretary II of Departmental Administration Division • Assistant Departmental Secretary • Clerical Officer-in-charge • Accounting Officer I • Accounting Officer II • Supplies Officer • Supplies Supervisor II • Chief Town Planner • Senior Town Planner • Town Planner • Personal Secretary II of Strategic Planning Section • Principal Survey Officer • Survey Officer • Senior Survey Officer • Assistant Director of Planning • Principal Technical Officer • Technical Officer • Clerical Officer-in-charge of General Section • Confidential Assistant

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 322

- 2 -

• Senior Official Languages Officer • Official Languages Officer I • Official Languages Officer II • Senior Information Officer • Personal Secretary II of Technical Services Section • Assistant Information Officer • Cartographer • Chief Technical Officer • District Planning Officer • Assistant Town Planner • Town Planning Graduate Trainee • Air Ventilation Assessment Advisor • Clerical Officer • Senior Landscape Architect • Landscape Architect • Assistant Landscape Architect • Field Officer I

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Kwok-hung (Member Question No. 2034)

Reply:

The estimated number of staff in 2016-17 and the salary range of the posts listed in the question are set out below:

Salary Range Posts Estimated no. of staff (per month) Director 1 $217,150 - $223,650 Deputy Director of Planning 2 $180,200 - $196,700 Senior Personal Secretary 1 $37,590 - $47,235 Departmental Secretary 1 $101,620 - $117,080 Deputy Departmental Secretary 2 $63,095 - $95,215 Personal Secretary II of Departmental 1 $13,970 - $26,785 Administration Division Assistant Departmental Secretary 5 $26,785 - $62,235 Accounting Officer I 1 $49,465 - $62,235 Accounting Officer II 1 $25,505 - $47,235 Supplies Officer 1 $47,235 - $62,235 Supplies Supervisor II 3 $13,120 - $26,785 Chief Town Planner/ 17 $130,500 - $142,750 District Planning Officer Senior Town Planner 78 $101,620 - $117,080

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 323

- 3 -

Salary Range Posts Estimated no. of staff (per month) Town Planner 130 $56,770 - $95,215 Personal Secretary II of Strategic 1 $13,970 - $26,785 Planning Section Principal Survey Officer 8 $54,220 - $70,955 Survey Officer 141 $19,160 - $37,590 Senior Survey Officer 43 $39,360 - $51,805 Assistant Director of Planning 6 $154,950 - $169,450 Principal Technical Officer 4 $54,220 - $70,955 Technical Officer 112 $19,160 - $37,590 Confidential Assistant 2 $19,160 - $29,560 Senior Official Languages Officer 2 $63,095 - $95,215 Official Languages Officer I 12 $49,465 - $62,235 Official Languages Officer II 1 $25,505 - $47,235 Senior Information Officer 1 $63,095 - $77,650 Personal Secretary II of Technical 1 $13,970 - $26,785 Services Section Assistant Information Officer 1 $25,505 - $47,235 Cartographer 1 $47,235 - $95,215 Chief Technical Officer 1 $74,210 - $84,480 Assistant Town Planner 18 $31,020 - $47,235 Town Planning Graduate Trainee 55 $20,370 - $21,110 Air Ventilation Assessment Advisor 2 $44,920 Clerical Officer/Clerical 18 $28,140 - $35,890 Officer-in-charge (including Clerical Officer-in-charge of General Section) Senior Landscape Architect 2 $101,620 - $117,080 Landscape Architect 6 $54,220 - $95,215 Assistant Landscape Architect 0 $31,020 - $47,235 Field Officer I 3 $37,590 - $49,465

There are no separate breakdowns on the allowances provided to the staff listed above.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 324

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)143 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2186)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In “Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17” under Programme (2),

(a) The Planning Department indicates that it will produce and review statutory and non-statutory plans. How many plans are there under the current proposal? How many of these plans are for the New Territories?

(b) What is the manpower involved, and the amount of resources for conducting impact assessments?

(d) What are the Planning Department’s criteria for zoning a piece of land as “Village Type Development”?

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Kwok-hung (Member Question No. 41)

Reply:

(a) & (b) Preparation and amendment of statutory and non-statutory plans are the Planning Department (PlanD)’s on-going duties, which will continue to be carried out by in-house staff of PlanD as part of their overall duties. There is no breakdown of manpower and expenditure solely for these tasks. In 2016-17, it is roughly estimated that about 35 new or amendments to statutory plans will be produced. About half of the plans cover areas in the New Territories.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 325

- 2 -

(c) & (d) The “Village Type Development” (“V”) zones on statutory plans are drawn up having regard to a series of planning factors including the existing villages and the Village Environs of recognised villages, the local topography, the existing settlement pattern, site characteristics and the surrounding environment, environmental constraints, as well as the estimate of demand for Small Houses in the coming ten years, etc. Areas of difficult terrain, dense vegetation, burial grounds, stream courses and ecologically sensitive areas are not included in the “V” zones where possible. In 2015-16, the size of land area zoned “V” has increased by about 26 hectares involving mainly the inclusion of the existing village clusters in Tung Chung, which were not previously covered by any statutory plans.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 326

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)144 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1526)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In this Programme, the Department states that one of its duties is to provide technical and secretariat services to the Town Planning Board (TPB) and its committees. Would the Government inform this Committee of the estimated operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated salary expenditure in providing the technical and secretariat services to the TPB and its committees in 2016-17?

Asked by: Hon Albert CHAN Wai-yip (Member Question No. 28)

Reply:

The Planning Department serves as the executive arm of the Town Planning Board (TPB). In 2016-17, the TPB Secretariat has an estimated establishment of 65 staff of various ranks. The estimated operating expenses and salary expenditure of the TPB Secretariat, which provides secretariat and technical services to TPB and undertakes other statutory planning duties, are $15.6 million and $41.4 million respectively.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 327

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)145 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2563)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Under this Programme, will the Government inform this Committee:

(1) What are the operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated annual salary expenditure in 2016-17 for the Territorial Planning Branch?

(2) What are the operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated annual salary expenditure in 2016-17 for the Mainland Planning Unit under the Territorial Planning Branch?

(3) What are the operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated annual salary expenditure in 2016-17 for the Lantau Unit under the Territorial Planning Branch?

(4) What are the operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated annual salary expenditure in 2016-17 for the Territorial Planning Unit under the Territorial Planning Branch?

(5) What are the operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated annual salary expenditure in 2016-17 for the Feasibility Study on the Recreation and Tourism Development Strategy for Lantau?

(6) What are the operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated annual salary expenditure in 2016-17 for the Feasibility Study on Cable Car System from Ngong Ping to Tai O?

(7) What are the operating expenses, staff establishment and estimated annual salary expenditure in 2016-17 for the Cross-boundary Infrastructure and Development Section of the Planning Department?

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 328

- 2 -

Asked by: Hon Albert CHAN Wai-yip (Member Question No. 62)

Reply:

(1) In 2016-17, the Territorial Planning Branch (T-Branch) of the Planning Department (PlanD) comprising five sections will have an establishment of a total of 217 staff members of various grades and ranks. The estimated salary expenditure of these 217 staff members is about $129.3 million in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value. There is no breakdown on estimated operating expenses solely for the T-Branch.

(2) to (4) The Mainland Planning Unit, Lantau Unit and Territorial Planning Unit of the Strategic Planning Section (SP Section) of T-Branch will have an establishment of three, six and ten professional staff respectively in 2016-17. The estimated salary expenditures of these professional staff are about $2.7 million, $5.4 million and $8.8 million respectively in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value. There are also 25 technical and clerical staff who provide support to these three Units and their estimated salary expenditure is about $7.2 million in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value. There is no breakdown on estimated operating expenses solely for these three Units.

(5) & (6) The Recreation and Tourism Development Strategy for Lantau – Feasibility Study and the Preliminary Feasibility Study of Cable Car System from Ngong Ping to Tai O, and Spa and Resort Development at Cheung Sha and Soko Islands are commissioned by the Development Bureau and the Civil Engineering and Development Department respectively. PlanD does not have any dedicated post in 2016-17 for these two studies. Planning inputs to these studies will continue to be provided mainly by the existing staff in the SP Section of T-Branch as part of their overall duties. As such, there is no breakdown on the annual expenditure deployed solely for these two studies.

(7) The Cross-boundary Infrastructure and Development (CID) Section of PlanD will have an establishment of 29 staff members of various grades and ranks. The estimated salary expenditure of these 29 staff members is about $17.9 million in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value. There is no breakdown on estimated operating expenses solely for the CID Section.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 329

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)146 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2605)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the increased maximum domestic plot ratios allowed in different Density Zones, will the Department inform this Committee of the following:

1. What were the districts with increased maximum domestic plot ratios in 2015, and what were the resultant maximum domestic plot ratios?

2. What are the districts with their maximum domestic plot ratios to be increased in 2016-17, and what will be the resultant maximum domestic plot ratios?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 1)

Reply:

In 2015, the Town Planning Board (TPB) granted planning permission for relaxation of development intensity for 15 housing sites in Kowloon City, Tuen Mun and North District. These cases are related to the Government’s initiative to increase housing land supply through making more optimal use of developed land, and the policy initiative to generally increase the maximum domestic plot ratio (PR) currently permitted for other “density zones” of the Main Urban Area and New Towns (i.e. except for the north of Hong Kong Island and Kowloon Peninsula) by around 20% as appropriate and where planning terms permit.

As the increase in development intensity of individual housing sites is subject to application to and approval by TPB in accordance with the statutory planning mechanism where applicable, we are unable to provide information on the districts which will have an increase in domestic PR in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 330

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)147 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2606)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

According to the Government, brownfield sites refer to pieces of agricultural land or rural land in the New Territories that are deserted and have been changed for uses such as open storage, container yards, depots, rural industries and recycling yards which are incompatible with the surrounding environment. It is noted that there is currently plenty of deserted agricultural land and industrial land in Kam Tin and Pat Heung. In this connection, please inform this Committee:

1 At present, what is the area occupied by brownfield sites in the aforesaid districts? What are the locations and lots involved?

2 What is the area of each brownfield site in the lots involved? How many of the sites have been formed?

3 What is the current land utilisation of the lots involved? How many of them have been deserted? What is the state of ownership of the government land and private land involved?

4 Has the Government made assessment that some of the aforesaid brownfield sites are in close proximity to transport networks and can be used for public housing development in a short period? If not, what are the reasons?

5 Over the past five years, in the aforesaid districts, what was the area of brownfield sites or deserted agricultural land used for development or had been developed? What was the land use after development? How many of the sites required resumption of land under the Lands Resumption Ordinance (Cap. 124)?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 3)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 331

- 2 -

Reply:

We have been conducting comprehensive studies in respect of a number of areas in the rural New Territories (NT) with a higher concentration of brownfield sites and having potential for development. The aim is to identify development potential and formulate development plans for such areas, through comprehensive planning and infrastructure upgrading, thereby releasing land for new town development and improving the spoilt environment in the rural NT.

For Kam Tin South, taking into account the infrastructure constraints and public views, the development of the potential housing sites identified under the completed Land Use Review for Kam Tin South and Pat Heung (the Land Use Review) will be in phases. In the initial phase, we have planned the sites at Kam Sheung Road Station and Pat Heung Maintenance Centre for residential development and initiated their rezoning. The development of these two railway sites does not involve any brownfield operations. Three nearby sites which involve some brownfield operations are being planned for public housing development and the site boundary and development proposal are now under study. For the remaining areas of Kam Tin South, further detailed studies and assessments would be required to address the infrastructure constraints and also to utilise the development potential of the areas more effectively. We currently do not have detailed information on the area of brownfield operations involved in the remaining areas.

As part of the Government’s efforts to tackle brownfield operations in the rural NT, we will be taking the Hung Shui Kiu New Development Area as a pilot area for examining the feasibility of consolidating or accommodating brownfield operations that are still needed in Hong Kong in a more land efficient manner. To this end, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is planning to commence feasibility studies on multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations.

Looking forward, and with a view to facilitating the formulation of appropriate policies and measures for tackling brownfield sites, the Planning Department is planning to initiate in 2016-17 a comprehensive territory-wide survey on the overall distribution and uses of these brownfield sites in the territory. The detailed scope, methodology and programme of the survey are still being drawn up and thus detailed information on cost estimates, timetable and survey arrangements is not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 332

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)148 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2607)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

According to the Government, brownfield sites refer to agricultural land or rural land in the New Territories that are deserted and have been changed for uses such as open storage, container yards, depots, rural industries and recycling yards which are incompatible with the surrounding environment. It is noted that there is currently plenty of deserted agricultural land and industrial land in Yuen Long South. In this connection, please inform this Committee in the following:

1 At present, what is the area occupied by brownfield sites in the aforesaid district? What are the locations and lots involved?

2 What is the area of each brownfield site in the lots involved? How many of the sites have been formed?

3 What is the current land use of the lots involved? How many of them have been deserted? What is the land ownership in terms of government and private land?

4 Has the Government made assessment that some of the aforesaid brownfield sites are in close proximity to transport networks and can be used for public housing development shortly? If not, what are the reasons?

5 Over the past five years, in the aforesaid district, what was the area of brownfield sites or deserted agricultural land used for development or had been developed? What was the land use after development? How many of the sites required resumption of land under the Lands Resumption Ordinance (Cap. 124)?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 4)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 333

- 2 -

Reply:

We estimate that a total of about 100 hectares of brownfield sites are involved in the development area of Yuen Long South, mainly in the area adjoining Kung Um Road and the Tong Yan San Tsuen area located to the south of Yuen Long New Town. As part of the Government’s efforts to tackle brownfield operations in the rural NT, we will be taking the Hung Shui Kiu New Development Area as a pilot area for examining the feasibility of consolidating or accommodating brownfield operations that are still needed in Hong Kong in a more land efficient manner. To this end, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is planning to commence feasibility studies on multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations.

Looking forward, and with a view to facilitating formulation of appropriate policies and measures for tackling brownfield sites, the Planning Department is planning to initiate in 2016-17 a comprehensive territory-wide survey on the overall distribution and uses of these brownfield sites in the territory. The detailed scope, methodology and programme of the survey are still being drawn up and thus detailed information on cost estimates, timetable and survey arrangements is not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 334

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)149 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2608)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

According to the Government, brownfield sites refer to agricultural land or rural land in the New Territories that are deserted and have been changed for uses such as open storage, container yards, depots, rural industries and recycling yards which are incompatible with the surrounding environment. It is noted that there is currently plenty of deserted agricultural land and industrial land in New Territories North. In this connection, please inform this Committee in the following:

1 At present, what is the area occupied by brownfield sites in the aforesaid district? What are the locations and lots involved?

2 What is the area of each brownfield site in the lots involved? How many of the sites have been formed?

3 What is the current land use of the lots involved? How many of them have been deserted? What is the land ownership in terms of government and private land?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 6)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 335

- 2 -

Reply:

We estimate that a large number of brownfield sites are involved in the NT North. The details of such brownfield sites including their development potential will require further studies. As part of the Government’s efforts to tackle brownfield operations in the rural NT, we will be taking the Hung Shui Kiu New Development Area as a pilot area for examining the feasibility of consolidating or accommodating brownfield operations that are still needed in Hong Kong in a more land efficient manner. To this end, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is planning to commence feasibility studies on multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 336

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)150 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2609)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the development of brownfield sites or abandoned agricultural land, please inform this Committee of the following:

1 Has the Government conducted territory-wide surveys and data collection on the land area, existing land uses, ownership and nearby transport facilities of brownfield sites or abandoned agricultural land in Hong Kong? If yes, what are the details and expenditure involved? If no, what are the reasons?

2 What is the estimated expenditure reserved for conducting studies on brownfield sites or abandoned agricultural land in this financial year? What are the details?

3 Will the Government conduct public consultation on the future land use of brownfield sites or abandoned agricultural land, and compile a study report to put forth additional measures for the future development of brownfield sites or abandoned agricultural land? What is the expenditure to be involved? If no, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 7)

Reply:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 337

- 2 -

the economic activities on brownfield sites that are still needed in Hong Kong could be consolidated or accommodated in a more land-efficient manner, and at the same time address the incompatibility of such brownfield operations with the surrounding environment. The detailed scope, methodology and programme of the survey are still being drawn up, and thus detailed information on cost estimates, timetable and survey arrangements is not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 338

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)151 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2619)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is stated under Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17 that the Planning Department will continue to conduct land use reviews to increase housing and office land supply and undertake necessary statutory planning work to facilitate delivery of sites. In this connection, will the Government inform this Committee of:

1) the anticipated total number of sites for which reviews will be conducted this year, the total land area involved and the floor area of flats and offices that can be built.

2) the locations of the sites involved, the area and the floor area of each site and the types of uses involved.

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 59)

Reply:

The matter requiring special attention pertains to the Planning Department (PlanD)’s continued efforts on district planning studies in 2016-17. Details of major land use reviews and district planning studies relating to housing and office land supply being undertaken by PlanD in 2016-17 are set out below:

Estimated Land Use Review/ Responsible Completion Latest Findings or Progress Planning Study Departments Year 1 Planning and PlanD and the 2016 The study is substantially Engineering Study Civil completed. According to the on the Remaining Engineering and Recommended Outline Development in Development Development Plan (RODP), the Tung Chung Department proposed Tung Chung New Town (CEDD) Extension will provide about 49 400 residential flats for an

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 339

- 2 -

Estimated Land Use Review/ Responsible Completion Latest Findings or Progress Planning Study Departments Year additional population of about 144 400. It will also provide about 877 000 square metres (m2) gross floor area (GFA) for office, retail and hotel uses. Relevant new/amended statutory town plans were gazetted on 8 January 2016.

2 Planning and Design PlanD 2016 The study is near completion. The Study on the eastern portion of the Queensway Redevelopment of Plaza site is recommended for Queensway Plaza, commercial/office uses (with a GFA Admiralty of about 93 300 m2), while the -Feasibility Study existing Queensway Walkway at the western portion of the site will be retained for retail/dining and public passageway purpose. Amendments to the relevant statutory plan are underway.

3 Planning and Design PlanD 2016 The study commenced in March Study on the 2015 and proposed development Redevelopment of options have been formulated. We Government Sites at plan to consult the District Council Sai Yee Street and and relevant stakeholders on the Mong Kok East initial development options in the Station-Feasibility first half of 2016. Study

4 Planning and PlanD and 2016 To ascertain market interest in the Engineering Study CEDD proposed development, and where on Future Land Use appropriate, to further enhance the at Ex-Lamma draft RODP incorporating public Quarry Area at Sok comments received during previous Kwu Wan, Lamma public engagement, a “Market Island - Feasibility Sounding Out and Invitation for Study Development Proposal Exercise” will be conducted and is expected to commence by mid-2016.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 340

- 3 -

Estimated Land Use Review/ Responsible Completion Latest Findings or Progress Planning Study Departments Year 5 Preliminary Land PlanD and 2017 The study will examine the Use Study for Lam CEDD development potential of the Lam Tei Quarry and the Tei Quarry site and its adjoining Adjoining Areas areas and identify suitable land uses. Consultant selection process is underway. The study is scheduled for commencement in mid-2016.

6 Planning and PlanD and 2020 The study for the re-planning of Engineering Study CEDD Tseung Kwan O Area 137 will for Re-planning of explore the feasibility of residential, Tseung Kwan O commercial and other Area 137 developments, with a view to making more optimal use of this some 80 hectares of formed land, after accommodating the desalination plant and taking into account considerations including the potential environmental impact, as well as traffic and infrastructural capacities. The study will be commissioned in end-2016/early 2017 at the earliest.

Since the above reviews/studies are still in progress, we have yet to have a concrete estimate on the number of sites or area of land that could be used for housing and office purposes as a result of them. The Government will take appropriate follow-up actions in the light of the outcomes of the respective reviews/studies.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 341

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)152 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2620)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In the past five years, what were the respective areas of land for country park, green belt and agriculture (including both government and private land) by the 18 District Council districts? What were the respective areas and locations of cultivated and abandoned agricultural land (including both government and private land) by the 18 District Council districts? In the past five years, what were the details of the change of use of these green belts and agricultural land? Who were the land owners, and what were the locations and areas of the land involved? What are the details of their current planned uses?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 60)

Reply:

The area of land zoned “Agriculture” (“AGR”) and “Green Belt” (“GB”) on statutory plans by 18 District Council districts for the past five years are shown in Table 1 and Table 2 respectively. Land suitable for agricultural use may also be in zonings other than “AGR” including “GB”, “Conservation Area” (“CA”), “Village Type Development” (“V”), etc., and may also be outside any statutory plans and not included in the following figures. As a broad land use zoning, internal road, drainage channels, streams, squatters, etc. are not excluded from the area of land in “AGR” zone. The Planning Department (PlanD) has not compiled land ownership information of land within these zones and doing so would require substantial resources and time that could not be done within the limited time.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 342

- 2 -

Table 1 – Area of land zoned “AGR”

Area of land zoned “AGR” (hectares) (ha) District Council district# 2012* 2013* 2014* 2015* 2016* Yuen Long 1 102.42 1 102.42 1 102.42 1 103.27 1 101.26 North 1 682.05 1 679.10 1 549.34 1 554.98 1 562.09 Tai Po 371.77 371.77 371.77 370.59 371.65 Sha Tin 28.09 28.09 28.09 28.09 28.09 Sai Kung 31.70 31.70 32.69 34.09 34.09 Islands 65.08 65.08 65.08 77.80 82.60 Total 3 281.11 3 278.16 3 149.39 3 168.82 3 179.78

# There is no area of land zoned “AGR” in the remaining 12 District Council districts not on the list. * As at March

Table 2 – Area of land zoned “GB”

District Council Area of land zoned “GB” (ha) district 2012* 2013* 2014* 2015* 2016* Central and Western 242.31 242.31 242.31 242.31 244.47 Wan Chai 248.20 248.20 248.20 248.20 252.22 Eastern 329.48 329.48 329.48 329.48 325.46 Southern 995.63 995.63 995.63 995.63 993.03 Yau Tsim Mong 2.16 2.16 2.16 2.16 2.16 Sham Shui Po 112.97 112.97 112.97 110.92 110.92 Kowloon City 48.24 48.24 48.24 48.24 48.24 Wong Tai Sin 199.79 199.79 199.79 199.79 199.79 Kwun Tong 150.64 150.64 150.50 154.45 154.48 Kwai Tsing 677.26 682.48 682.48 684.54 684.54 Tsuen Wan 1 046.95 1 046.95 1 047.00 1 047.00 1 047.00 Tuen Mun 1 192.51 1 187.87 1 228.96 1 227.89 1 221.86 Yuen Long 1 319.60 1 319.60 1 331.85 1 326.19 1 326.19

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 343

- 3 -

District Council Area of land zoned “GB” (ha) district 2012* 2013* 2014* 2015* 2016* North 2 961.01 2 965.42 2 892.29 3 001.79 3 055.05 Tai Po 1 623.91 1 623.91 1 626.36 1 665.19 1 753.01 Sha Tin 1 345.78 1 345.41 1 345.41 1 343.16 1 341.02 Sai Kung 1 276.70 1 276.70 1 276.56 1 291.45 1 326.97 Islands 1 514.27 1 514.27 1 514.37 1 813.37 1 958.84 Total 15 287.41 15 292.03 15 274.56 15 731.76 16 045.25

* As at March

In the past five years (i.e. from 2011 to 2015), about 146 ha of land zoned “AGR” has been rezoned to other uses, while there is about 32 ha of land zoned “AGR” on new Outline Zoning Plans (OZPs). The “AGR” sites were mainly rezoned to “Other Specified Uses” (“OU”) (about 36%) for nature park, business and technology park, etc., “Government, Institution or Community” (“G/IC”) (about 11%) and “Open Space” (about 9%). During the same period, about 162 ha of land zoned “GB” has been rezoned to other uses, while there is about 671 ha of land zoned “GB” on new OZPs, which cover mainly the country park enclaves and rural areas. The “GB” sites were mainly rezoned to “Residential” (about 41%), area shown as ‘Road’ (about 14%), “G/IC” (about 12%) and “OU” (about 11%) for commercial/residential development, parking facilities and sewage treatment works, etc.

PlanD does not have up-to-date statistics on whether the sites zoned “AGR” are currently being used for agricultural purpose or abandoned. On the other hand, according to the information provided by the Agriculture, Fisheries and Conservation Department (AFCD), there were about 685 ha of active agricultural land and about 3 807 ha of abandoned agricultural land as at December 2015 and the breakdown by 18 District Council districts is at Table 3 below. It should be noted that the said areas covered land within zonings other than “AGR” such as “GB”, “CA” and “V”, or currently not covered by any statutory plans.

Table 3 – Active and abandoned agricultural land in 2015

Year 2015 District Area of Active Area of Abandoned Council Agricultural Land Agricultural Land District# (ha) (about) (ha) (about)

Southern 4 13 Kowloon City 0 3

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 344

- 4 -

Year 2015 District Area of Active Area of Abandoned Council Agricultural Land Agricultural Land District# (ha) (about) (ha) (about)

Wong Tai Sin 0 5 Tsuen Wan 12 90 Tuen Mun 45 111 Yuen Long 230 848 Kwai Tsing 2 16 Islands 27 397 North 277 1 142 Tai Po 62 641 Sai Kung 21 387 Sha Tin 5 154 Sub-total: 685 3 807 Total: 4 492

# There is no active nor abandoned agricultural land in the remaining District Council districts not included in the table.

Country parks are designated under the Country Park Ordinance (Cap. 208). According to AFCD, the area designated as country park by 18 District Council districts as at early March 2016 is shown in Table 4 below.

Table 4 - Area of country park

Area of country park District Council district@ (ha) (about) Central and Western 376 Wan Chai 281 Eastern 693 Southern 1 676 Sham Shui Po 2 Kowloon City 0.7

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 345

- 5 -

Area of country park District Council district@ (ha) (about) Wong Tai Sin 148 Kwai Tsing 37 Tsuen Wan 3 627 Tuen Mun 2 536 Yuen Long 2 850 North 4 841 Tai Po 7 994 Sha Tin 2 305 Sai Kung 6 172 Islands 9 916 Total 43 455

@ No designated country park in Yau Tsim Mong and Kwun Tong districts

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 346

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)153 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2907)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

According to the Government, brownfield sites refer to agricultural land or rural land in the New Territories that are deserted and have been changed for uses such as open storage, container yards, depots, rural industries and recycling yards which are incompatible with the surrounding environment. It is noted that there is currently plenty of deserted agricultural land and industrial land in Tin Shui Wai and Hung Shui Kiu. In this connection, please inform this Committee in the following:

1 At present, what is the area occupied by brownfield sites in the aforesaid district? What are the locations and lots involved?

2 What is the area of each brownfield site in the lots involved? How many of the sites have been formed?

3 What is the current land use of the lots involved? How many of them have been deserted? What is the land ownership in terms of government and private land?

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 5)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 347

- 2 -

Reply:

We estimate that a total of about 190 hectares of brownfield sites are involved in Hung Shui Kiu New Development Area (NDA), mainly in the Ha Tsuen areas, and along Lau Fau Shan Road, Ping Ha Road, Tin Ha Road and Yick Yuen Road. As part of the Government’s efforts to tackle brownfield operations in the rural NT, we will be taking the Hung Shui Kiu NDA as a pilot area for examining the feasibility of consolidating or accommodating brownfield operations that are still needed in Hong Kong in a more land efficient manner. To this end, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is planning to commence feasibility studies on multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 348

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)154 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1544)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

(1) Please provide in the table below information on the number of judicial reviews relating to district planning received by the Planning Department, the planning items which were subject to judicial review and the number of judicial reviews allowed by the court in the past three years.

2013 Planning items No. of judicial No. of cases allowed by reviews received the court

2014

2015

(2) Will additional manpower be deployed to handle the judicial reviews and what will be the specific expenses involved?

(3) Please provide in the table below information on the planning items the progress of which was affected by the judicial reviews in the past three years. How long had these items been delayed?

Year Affected planning items Duration of delay 2013 Item 1 Item 2 2014 2015

Asked by: Hon YIU Si-wing (Member Question No. 320)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 349

- 2 -

Reply:

(1) The Planning Department serving as the executive arm of the Town Planning Board (TPB) handles judicial review (JR) cases concerning TPB’s decisions. In the past three years, a total of 25 JR applications against TPB’s decisions in respect of the representations on the draft outline zoning plans (OZPs) or planning applications under the Town Planning Ordinance (Cap. 131) had been received. The details are as follows:

No. of JR received by planning items No. of cases with Year Planning Applications leave granted by the OZP Note 1 section 12A section 16 Court 2013 1 0 1 1 2014 5 0 5 3 2015 7 1 5 3

Note 1: The OZPs subject to JR are: Kwai Chung, Ngau Tau Kok and Kowloon Bay, Central District (Extension), Sha Tin, Tai O Fringe, Tuen Mun, Tai Po, Hoi Ha, So Lo Pun, Pak Lap, Kwun Tung North, Fanling North, Shek Kip Mei and Chek Lap Kok.

Apart from the above, there are also 11 outstanding judicial reviews received by TPB before 2013 for which court proceedings are still underway.

(2) In order to strengthen secretariat and technical support to TPB including the handling of statutory planning and JR matters, we plan to create in 2016-17 one supernumerary Chief Town Planner post and one Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Planning) post for three years. The estimated salary expenditure of these two posts in 2016-17 is about $1.91 million in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value.

(3) The JR cases involve different issues and are at various stages of legal proceeding. Since 2011, the submission of eight OZPs to the Chief Executive-in-Council for approval has been stayed by the court. The duration of stay of the eight OZPs ranges from 20 months to 55 months as at end-February 2016.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 350

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)155 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1619)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Town Planning Information Services

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

1. Regarding the research project on the history and development of town planning in Hong Kong mentioned in Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17 under Programme (3), please advise on the expenditure and manpower involved in the past five years.

2. Regarding the research project on the history and development of town planning in Hong Kong, please advise on the specific work and studies carried out in the past five years.

3. What is the primary objective of conducting the research project? Has the Department reviewed the effectiveness of the research project? If yes, please provide the details.

Asked by: Hon MA Fung-kwok (Member Question No. 14)

Reply:

The primary objective of the Consultancy Study on History and Development of Town Planning in Hong Kong (“the Study”) is to look into the evolution of town planning in Hong Kong, covering a historical and contemporary account of the major events and an analysis of the relevant socio-economic and political changes that lead to the current institutional and legislative framework on town planning. Specifically, the Study includes research and analysis on the relevant historical records both in Hong Kong and overseas from 1841 to 2015.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 351

- 2 -

The consultancy contract of the Study was awarded to the Office of Research and Knowledge Transfer Services, the Chinese University of Hong Kong at a fee of about $1.43 million. Management of the consultancy is carried out by existing staff of the Planning Department. So far, about $0.71 million has been paid to the Consultant for the deliverables to-date. The Study is expected to complete in 2016-17. The research findings and report are near completion.

- End –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 352

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)156 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0130)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Town Planning Board Section under the Board Division of the Planning Department is responsible for providing secretariat services to the Town Planning Board. How is the existing manpower (including all ranks of Town Planners, Adviser, Survey Officers, Technical Officers, Executive Officers/Assistants, Secretaries, Clerical Officers and Translators) allocated among the Town Planning Board, the Metro Planning Committee, the Rural and New Town Planning Committee and the Representation Hearing Committees? Has the Government reviewed whether the above manpower is sufficient to cope with the workload of the Town Planning Board? If the above manpower is insufficient, will the Government employ additional staff in 2016-17 financial year? If yes, please advise the details including the posts, ranks and estimated salary expense to be involved.

Asked by: Dr Hon Kenneth CHAN Ka-lok (Member Question No. 12)

Reply:

The staff establishment of the Board Division of the Planning Department as at 29 February 2016 is as follows:

Rank Establishment Government Town Planner 1 Chief Town Planner 2 Senior Town Planner 7 Town Planner/Assistant Town Planner 12 Senior Survey Officer (Planning) 2 Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Planning) 7 Senior Technical Officer (Cartographic) 1 Technical Officer/Technical Officer Trainee (Cartographic) 4 Senior Executive Officer 1

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 353

- 2 -

Rank Establishment Executive Officer I 2 Executive Officer II 1 Personal Secretary I 1 Personal Secretary II 2 Senior Clerical Officer 1 Clerical Officer 2 Assistance Clerical Officer 10 Clerical Assistant 4 Office Assistant 2 Workman II 1 Total: 63

The Board Division as a whole serves the Town Planning Board (TPB) and its Committees as well as undertakes relevant duties under its purview. There is no separate breakdown of manpower serving solely and specifically TPB, the Metro Planning Committee, the Rural and New Town Planning Committee or the Representation Hearing Committee.

To strengthen secretariat and technical support to TPB, we plan to create in 2016-17 one supernumerary Chief Town Planner post and one Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Planning) post for three years. The estimated salary expenditure of these two posts in 2016-17 is about $1.91 million in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 354

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)157 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0164)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

There is an increasing number of judicial review cases involving the Town Planning Board (TPB). The Court ruled against the TPB in quite a number of judicial review cases in recent years. The Government indicates that it is necessary for the TPB to review its procedure and practice (including a review in the light of certain court rulings that have implications on the operation of the TPB and its Secretariat), and a supernumerary post will be created to take forward the review. What is the work schedule for the review? Will the Government launch any public engagement exercise on the review? If yes, what are the details? If no, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Dr Hon Kenneth CHAN Ka-lok (Member Question No. 11)

Reply:

The Government plans to create in 2016-17 a supernumerary Chief Town Planner post and a Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Planning) post for three years in the Board Division of the Planning Department to strengthen secretariat and technical support to the Town Planning Board (TPB). The proposal for the creation of the supernumerary Chief Town Planner post which is a directorate post is being submitted to the Legislative Council for approval. Duties of the supernumerary Chief Town Planner post include, inter alia, undertaking a review of TPB’s procedures and practices, including in the light of certain court rulings that might have implications on the operation of TPB and its secretariat, with a view to ensuring propriety and reasonableness while enabling TPB to discharge its statutory functions in an effective and efficient manner. It is estimated that the review and the follow-up work will take about three years to complete. TPB members and other relevant stakeholders will be consulted before the recommended enhancement measures are implemented. During the three-year tenure, the Chief Town Planner will also oversee statutory planning work, handle new/ongoing judicial review cases and process new/amendment statutory plans.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 355

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)158 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0165)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (000) Operational expenses

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

What were the respective attendance rates of each member of the Town Planning Board at the meetings of the Town Planning Board or its Planning Committees last year?

Asked by: Dr Hon Kenneth CHAN Ka-lok (Member Question No. 13)

Reply:

The attendance rate of each member at the Town Planning Board (TPB) meetings and its Planning Committees (PC) meetings from 1 April 2015 to 29 February 2016 is as follows –

No. of No. of Name of Member No. of TPB attendance No. of PC attendance meetings* No. % meetings No. % Permanent Secretary for Development (Planning and 30 30 100% N.A. N.A. N.A. Lands) Mr Stanley Y F WONG 30 28 93% N.A. N.A. N.A. Professor S C WONG 30 25 83% 21 18 86% Mr Roger K H LUK 30 30 100% 21 21 100% Professor P P HO 30 14 47% 21 10 48% Professor Eddie C M HUI 30 27 90% 21 21 100% Dr C P LAU 30 19 63% 21 15 71% Ms Julia M K LAU 26 19 73% 21 18 86% Mr Clarence W C LEUNG 30 20 67% 21 14 67% Mr Laurence L J LI 30 7 23% 21 10 48% Ms Anita W T MA 30 18 60% 21 16 76% Dr W K YAU 30 24 80% 21 15 71%

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 356

- 2 -

No. of No. of Name of Member No. of TPB attendance No. of PC attendance meetings* No. % meetings No. % Ms Bonnie J Y CHAN @ 18 10 56% 12 5 42% Professor K C CHAU 30 24 80% 21 14 67% Mr H W CHEUNG 30 21 70% 21 13 62% Dr Wilton W T FOK 30 22 73% 21 16 76% Mr Ivan C S FU 28 23 82% 21 16 76% Mr Sunny L K HO 26 21 81% 21 15 71% Mr Lincoln L H HUANG 30 25 83% 21 16 76% Ms Janice W M LAI 24 18 75% 21 15 71% Mr Dominic K K LAM 25 19 76% 21 17 81% Mr Patrick H T LAU 28 19 68% 21 18 86% Ms Christina M LEE 30 17 57% 21 13 62% Mr H F LEUNG 30 19 63% 21 14 67% Mr Stephen H B YAU 30 26 87% 21 17 81% Mr F C CHAN 30 27 90% 21 17 81% Mr David Y T LUI 30 25 83% 21 16 76% Mr Frankie YEUNG 30 17 57% 21 12 57% Mr Peter K T YUEN 30 29 97% 21 20 95% Mr Philip S L KAN 30 28 93% 21 17 81% Dr Lawrence W C POON 30 27 90% 21 20 95% Director of Planning 30 30 100% 42 42 100% Deputy Secretary (Transport), Transport and Housing Bureau 30 23 77% 42 42 100% and alternate Director of Home Affairs and 30 30 100% 42 42 100% alternate Director of Environmental 30 30 100% 42 42 100% Protection and alternate Director of Lands and alternate 30 30 100% 42 42 100%

* Members who had declared direct interest in items of hearings were not invited to the respective TPB meetings. These occasions were excluded when calculating Members’ attendance rate.

@ The period when the Member was on maternity leave was excluded from calculation of the member’s attendance rate.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 357

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)159 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3039)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is stated that the Department will continue to manage the Urban Design Study for the Wan Chai North and North Point Harbourfront Areas. In this connection, please advise:

(1) What is the latest design of the Wan Chai North Harbourfront Area, including whether a continuous and connected waterfront along the Hong Kong Island North will be provided for the public? If so, will public consultation be conducted this year on the design of the waterfront, and what is the estimated expenditure for the consultation work?

(2) What is the current progress on the design of the North Point Harbourfront Area? Are there any engineering and technical difficulties? If so, what are the details? Will the works concerned commence this year? What is the estimated expenditure and the works programme?

Asked by: Hon CHAN Yuen-han (Member Question No. 61)

Reply:

The Planning Department commissioned the Urban Design Study for the Wan Chai North and North Point Harbourfront Areas (the Study) in January 2015 to formulate harbourfront enhancement proposals with urban design briefs to guide their implementation. The study area covers the harbourfront stretching from the west of the Hong Kong Convention and Exhibition Centre to the area adjacent to the Island Eastern Corridor in North Point. The Study also aims to enhance and improve connectivity from the hinterland to the waterfront and construct a continuous waterfront promenade along the study area. Stage 1 Public Engagement was conducted between June and August 2015 to gauge public aspirations and gather preliminary views on the overall urban design framework. In parallel, detailed engineering and technical issues are being examined. Based on the public views received,

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 358

- 2 -

the study team is formulating harbourfront enhancement proposals taking into account constraints of individual sites, and will consult the public further at the upcoming Stage 2 Public Engagement. The public engagement is conducted as part and parcel of different stages of the study process and there is no breakdown on the funding earmarked solely for the engagement work.

The Study is still in progress and part of the study area is being used for infrastructure works such as Wan Chai Development Phase II, Central-Wan Chai Bypass and Shatin to Central Link projects. Upon completion of the Study, implementation of the harbourfront enhancement proposals as recommended by the Study would be taken forward progressively having regard to the progress of the relevant works, availability of the respective sites and allocation of resources. The implementation programme and associated funding requirements are not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 359

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)160 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2197)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016–17, it is stated that a comprehensive territory-wide survey on brownfield sites will be conducted. Please advise the details of the survey. What is the definition of “brownfield sites”? Will the survey be conducted by in-house staff or external consultants, and what is the estimated expenditure? When is the survey expected to be completed, and when will the findings be published?

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Che-cheung (Member Question No. 44)

Reply:

Under the Government’s multi-pronged approach to land development, development of land in the northwestern and northern part of the New Territories (NT), where brownfield sites are concentrated, through the new town development approach is a major option for land supply. There is no formal and standard definition for brownfield sites at present. The term generally refers to agricultural or rural land in the NT, predominantly privately owned, that is deserted and converted to uses such as container yards, vehicle depots, vehicle repair workshops, logistics operations, rural workshops, open storage, recycling yards, construction machinery and materials storage which are incompatible with the surrounding environment.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 360

- 2 -

environment of the rural NT. It will also enable us to explore in more holistic terms how the economic activities on brownfield sites that are still needed in Hong Kong could be consolidated or accommodated in a more land-efficient manner, and at the same time address the incompatibility of such brownfield operations with the surrounding environment. The detailed scope, methodology and programme of the survey are still being drawn up, and thus detailed information on cost estimates, timetable and survey arrangements is not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 361

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)161 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2198)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17, the Government states that it will continue to increase the domestic floor area that can be provided on individual sites as far as permissible in planning terms, in accordance with the increased maximum domestic plot ratios allowed in different Density Zones as appropriate. In this connection, please advise, in the past three years, how many residential sites were allowed to increase their domestic plot ratios and what was the increased number of residential units involved? Please provide a breakdown of the above figures by their respective locations in the 18 districts? What is the work plan in this aspect for the coming year?

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Che-cheung (Member Question No. 45)

Reply:

From 2013 to 2015, the Town Planning Board (TPB) has granted planning permission for relaxation of development intensity for 41 housing sites. These cases are related to the Government’s initiative to increase housing land supply through making more optimal use of developed land, and the policy initiative to generally increase the maximum domestic plot ratio currently permitted for other “density zones” of the Main Urban Area and New Towns (i.e. except for the north of Hong Kong Island and Kowloon Peninsula) by around 20% as appropriate and where planning terms permit. Details of the approved cases from 2013 to 2015 are as follows:

District No. of Housing Sites Estimated Increase in Flat No. Kowloon City 17 4 920 Kwai Tsing 2 64 North 4 469 Sai Kung 4 433 Sha Tin 5 1 338

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 362

- 2 -

District No. of Housing Sites Estimated Increase in Flat No. Tsuen Wan 2 114 Tuen Mun 6 408 Yuen Long 1 10 Total 41 7 756

As the increase in development intensity of individual housing sites where planning terms permit is subject to application to and approval by TPB in accordance with the statutory planning mechanism where applicable, we are unable to provide a work plan in this aspect for the coming year.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 363

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)162 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2717)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Planning Department indicates that it will continue to undertake land use reviews with a view to increasing the supply of housing and office land, whereas many people in the community have suggested that the SAR Government should rezone some of the “Green Belt” sites (say 3%) for building residential flats in order to relieve the pressure on housing supply. In this regard, please advise:

Whether the Government has explored the feasibility of the aforesaid suggestion, or is prepared to engage public consultation on the issue? If so, what are the details? If not, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Ir Dr Hon LO Wai-kwok (Member Question No. 38)

Reply:

The Government adopts a multi-pronged strategy to increase land supply to meet Hong Kong’s housing and other needs. As part of this multi-pronged approach, some 150 potential housing sites have been identified for housing development. Of these, some 70 sites zoned “Green Belt” (“GB”) (accounting for about 1% of the total area of land zoned “GB” over the whole territory) would be capable of providing over 80 000 flats (of which over 70% are for public housing), subject to the completion of the statutory plan amendment and other processes required. As at end February 2016, 19 of these “GB” sites had been rezoned for residential use1. We will continue to take forward the rezoning of suitable

1. After consideration of the representations, the Town Planning Board (TPB) decided to propose amendments to the zoning of two proposed residential sites in Tai Po (i.e. west of Nethersole Hospital and near Fung Yuen) by reverting them to “GB”. The proposed amendments to meet the representations were notified in the Gazette under the Town Planning Ordinance (Cap. 131) on 13 March 2015. Also, the TPB decided on 27 February 2015 not to rezone the site at East of Wong Ma Kok Road, Stanley, for housing development. Hence, the corresponding plan amendment was not gazetted. These three sites, not being counted in the 19 “GB” sites already rezoned, have been excluded for calculation of the total potential flat production.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 364

- 2 -

“GB” sites for housing development once the required technical assessments have been completed. We will also continue to carry out land use reviews on suitable areas so as to identify more developable sites for housing and other uses. As with the established practice, the respective District Councils, local community and relevant stakeholders will be consulted, as appropriate, on the statutory plan amendments and individual housing sites.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 365

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)163 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2718)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Planning Department indicates that it has embarked on an updating exercise “Hong Kong 2030+: Towards a Planning Vision and Strategy Transcending 2030” in 2015 which will provide a spatial planning framework and broad directions for planning, land and infrastructure development beyond 2030. In this connection, please advise whether the Government has considered incorporating up-to-date planning concepts and guidelines, holding public engagement consultation to build community consensus, and striving to complete the updating exercise more efficiently? If so, what are the details? If not, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Ir Dr Hon LO Wai-kwok (Member Question No. 39)

Reply:

The Government is carrying out an updating exercise of the territorial development strategy, which is known as “Hong Kong 2030+: Towards a Planning Vision and Strategy Transcending 2030”. In the course of this important updating exercise, we have conducted reviews of various baselines, identified key planning issues, assessed different land requirements and development options, and proposed a conceptual spatial framework for Hong Kong’s sustainable growth. Key planning directions and strategies for enhancing Hong Kong’s liveability have also been examined. During this updating exercise, we have taken into account up-to-date planning principles, concepts and guidelines such as “smart, green and resilient city” concepts, urban mobility, the need to plan for our changing demographics and the integration of biodiversity considerations into spatial planning. We plan to commence the public engagement phase of this updating exercise later this year with a view to finalising the territorial development strategy.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 366

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)164 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1285)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

The Planning Department estimates that the number of judicial reviews handled will increase from seven in 2015 to 15 in 2016. In view of the increasing number of judicial reviews in recent years:

 How much resources and manpower did the Department deploy to handle judicial reviews in 2015?

 Will the Department increase the resources and manpower in 2016? If yes, what are the amount of expenses and the number of staff in each grade to be involved?

 Has any assessment been made on the average time spent on handling each case, the manpower and costs involved, and the pressure faced by its staff in handling the judicial reviews? If yes, what are the findings and follow-up measures?

Asked by: Hon Tony TSE Wai-chuen (Member Question No. 3)

Reply:

The Planning Department (PlanD) serving as the executive arm of the Town Planning Board (TPB) handles judicial review (JR) cases concerning TPB’s decisions. In 2015, a Senior Town Planner was internally deployed to the TPB Secretariat and an Adviser on non-civil service contract term was employed mainly to handle the work related to JR matters with necessary assistance and support from other professional and technical staff. As handling of JR matters is part of the overall duties of PlanD, there is no separate breakdown of expenditure deployed solely for this task.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 367

- 2 -

In order to strengthen secretariat and technical support to TPB, including the handling of statutory planning and JR matters, we plan to create in 2016-17 one supernumerary Chief Town Planner post and one Survey Officer/Survey Officer Trainee (Planning) post for three years. The estimated salary expenditure of these two posts in 2016-17 is about $1.91 million in terms of notional annual mid-point salary value. As handling of JR matters is part of the overall duties of PlanD, there is no separate breakdown of time, manpower and costs on handling each case.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 368

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)165 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1286)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (1) Territorial Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the comprehensive territory-wide survey on brownfield sites to be conducted by the Planning Department in 2016-17:

• What is the specific content of the survey, including its methodology, objective, timetable, and the manpower and expenditure to be involved?

• How will the Department handle and follow up on the results and data to be obtained from the survey, including whether to release the data and the results, how to make good use of the data, and whether to release the data for use by other Government departments and the public?

Asked by: Hon Tony TSE Wai-chuen (Member Question No. 4)

Reply:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 369

- 2 -

thus detailed information on cost estimates, timetable and survey arrangements is not available at this stage. Four time-limited posts (including professionals and supporting staff) are earmarked in the 2016-17 draft Estimates to oversee the survey.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 370

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)166 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1302)

Head: (118) Planning Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) District Planning

Controlling Officer: Director of Planning (K K LING)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

(a)(i) Regarding the second indicator “representations/comments on statutory plans processed” under the Indicators of this Programme, the actual number in 2015-16 was 93 563 and the estimated number in 2016-17 drops significantly to 68 430. What is the reason for the drop? What were the difficulties encountered by the Department when processing the cases in 2015-16?

(ii) Besides, the estimated number of this indicator is still as high as 60 000 in 2016. Will there be any improvement measure taken by the Department to cope with the work?

(b) In recent years, the consultation process for planning and development of land has become drawn out with increasing controversies, resulting in increased workload in various departments. Apart from strengthening the establishment, what measures will be taken by the Government to relieve the workload and pressure of civil servants? What are the specific details, estimated expenditure and manpower, and implementation timetable of these measures?

Asked by: Hon Tony TSE Wai-chuen (Member Question No. 21)

Reply: (a)(i) A large number of representations/comments on the statutory plan amendments relating to the Kwu Tong North/Fanling North New Development Areas were received in 2014 and they accounted for over half of the total number of representations/comments on statutory plans processed in 2015. The estimated number of representations/comments on statutory plans to be processed in 2016 is estimated based on the forecast number of new and amendment statutory plans to be processed and the past trend of representations/comments. As the secretariat to the Town Planning Board (TPB), the Planning Department (PlanD) is obliged to

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 371

- 2 -

process the large number of representations/comments in accordance with the Town Planning Ordinance (Cap. 131) in compliance with the procedures and time limits therein.

(ii) We will continue to adopt suitable administrative arrangements in 2016 to ensure that representations/comments on statutory plans are processed efficiently and effectively while upholding the rights of the representers and commenters to be heard, having regard to the experience in handling large number of representations/comments in recent years.

(b) Apart from creation of civil service posts, PlanD has strengthened manpower support to cope with overall increase in workload by appointment of non-civil service contract (NCSC) staff. In 2015, the numbers of NCSC positions of Planning Assistant and Town Planning Graduate have increased by five (71%) and three (6.5%) respectively. Another nine Planning Assistants will be recruited in 2016. PlanD has also implemented administrative measures including outsourcing, streamlining work flow, and development and enhancement of departmental computer systems for enhancing the efficiency and effectiveness of work. The additional expenditure on Planning Assistants in 2016 is estimated to be $3.4 million. We do not have a separate breakdown for expenditures on other administrative enhancement measures.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 372

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)167 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0696)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the commencement of feasibility studies on possible multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations, what are the details and expenditure of the studies?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 25)

Reply:

As part of the Government’s efforts to tackle brownfield operations in the rural New Territories, we will be taking the Hung Shui Kiu New Development Area as a pilot area for examining the feasibility of consolidating or accommodating brownfield operations that are still needed in Hong Kong in a more land efficient manner. To this end, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is planning to commence feasibility studies on multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations. The studies will cover the conceptual design, planning, technical and financial assessments, and explore possible mode of operation and management of the proposed multi-storey compounds. The studies are tentatively scheduled to commence in mid-2016 for completion by mid-2018. Relevant stakeholders, including existing operators, trade representatives and locals, will be consulted during the studies in order to understand their operational needs and to tap their views. The total project estimate for the studies is about $23 million. The consultancy contracts for the studies is yet to be awarded, and detailed information on the expenditure for individual studies is not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 373

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)168 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0710)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

At present, what is the area of brownfield sites in Hong Kong? What are their major locations? It was mentioned in last year’s Policy Address that a study on feasible measures for implementing new development areas in brownfield sites would be carried out. What are the results of the study? When will the Administration expect to announce the results? What is the expenditure involved?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 39)

Reply:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 374

- 2 -

environmental problems caused by brownfield sites, to release the development potential of suitable sites, and at the same time to provide spaces for those operations still in demand, we must conduct comprehensive and integrated planning with corresponding infrastructure upgrading. Without overall planning and infrastructure, developments of individual brownfield sites in a piecemeal manner would be difficult to support high-density developments including public housing.

Looking forward, with a view to facilitating formulation of appropriate policies and measures for tackling brownfield sites, the Planning Department is planning to initiate in 2016-17 a comprehensive territory-wide survey on the overall distribution and uses of these brownfield sites in the territory. The detailed scope, methodology and programme of the survey are still being drawn up and thus detailed information on cost estimates, timetable and survey arrangements is not available at this stage. Meanwhile, the Government will be taking the Hung Shui Kiu NDA as a pilot area for examining the feasibility of consolidating or accommodating brownfield operations that are still needed in Hong Kong in a more land efficient manner. To this end, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is planning to commence feasibility studies on multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations. The studies will cover the conceptual design, planning, technical and financial assessments, and explore possible mode of operation and management of the proposed multi-storey compounds. The studies are tentatively scheduled to commence in mid-2016 for completion by mid-2018. The total project estimate for the studies is about $23 million.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 375

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)169 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0717)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the area of land formed, only 4.4 hectares of land is estimated for 2016, far less than 22.2 hectares for 2014 and 26.3 hectares for 2015. What are the reasons and the details?

Asked by: Hon James TO Kun-sun (Member Question No. 46)

Reply:

The area of land formed varies each year according to the progress and phasing of the on-going projects. The area of land formed by the Civil Engineering and Development Department in 2016 is expected to be less than those in 2014 and 2015, mainly because some major projects involving land formation and infrastructure works had been substantially completed in 2014 and 2015. For example, about 15 hectares of land were formed under the Development at Anderson Road Project in 2014 and about 23 hectares of land were formed under the Liantang/Heung Yuen Wai Boundary Control Point Project in 2015.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 376

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)170 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0208)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding “continue to ensure that all land and infrastructure required to meet development targets are delivered on time and cost-effectively”, will the Department advise:

1. The respective area, location and time of the deliveries of land this year to meet the development targets;

2. Will the deliveries of land be delayed? If yes, what are the details? If no, what are the reasons? And

3. What are the criteria to assess “cost-effectively”? If any, what are the details? If no, what are the reasons?

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 2)

Reply:

1. The area of land formed varies each year according to the progress and phasing of the on-going projects. Information on the area of land to be formed and delivered by the Civil Engineering and Development Department (CEDD) within 2016 is as follows:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 377

- 2 -

Estimated Area of Location of Project Expected Delivery Date Land Formation Sites Adjacent to Lung Ping 2.2 ha first half of 2016 Road at Tai Wo Ping Kai Tak Development - 2.2 ha first half of 2016 Former Runway Total 4.4 ha

In addition, a total of about 6 hectares of land in the Former North Apron of Kai Tak, which have been formed by CEDD and are temporarily occupied as works sites, will be released and delivered for development by second half of 2016.

2. The current progress of land formation and works in connection with the above projects is satisfactory. We do not anticipate any delay to the delivery of land.

3. We will continue to ensure that all land-related infrastructure works are accomplished in a cost-effective manner so that they are completed within budget, on schedule and support the provision of required infrastructure facilities to meet development targets.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 378

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)171 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0209)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the feasibility studies on possible multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations, can the Department advise the following:

1. When will the studies be completed and the results announced?

2. Is there any measure or arrangement to let the stakeholders to express their views? If yes, what are the details? If no, what are the reasons?

3. What is the expenditure of the studies?

Asked by: Hon Abraham SHEK Lai-him (Member Question No. 6)

Reply:

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 379

- 2 -

The total project estimate for the studies is about $23 million. The consultancy contracts for the studies is yet to be awarded, and detailed information on the expenditure for individual studies is not available at this stage.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 380

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)172 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 0896)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the key performance measures relating to provision of land and infrastructure, the estimate for 2016 is 4.4 hectares which is substantially reduced from 22.2 hectares and 26.3 hectares in 2014 and 2015 respectively under the indicators on the area (hectares) of land formed. In this connection, can the Administration inform this Committee the reasons for substantial reduction in the area of land to be formed?

Asked by: Hon Vincent FONG Kang (Member Question No. 4)

Reply:

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 381

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)173 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 3283)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

In this year, whether the government has any diversion measure for the residents in North District to alleviate the congestion in Fanling Bypass? If yes, what are the specific details?

Asked by: Hon Mrs Regina IP LAU Suk-yee (Member Question No. 35)

Reply:

The Fanling Bypass (FLBP) is planned as a regional highway linking the Fanling North New Development Area (FLN NDA) and the existing Fanling Highway, Man Kam To Road and Sha Tau Kok Road with a view to diverting traffic away from the existing Fanling/Sheung Shui (FSS) New Town areas after intake of population into the FLN NDA.

The proposed FLBP forms part of PWP Item No. 7747CL entitled “Advance site formation and engineering infrastructure works at Kwu Tung North NDA and FLN NDA” and consists of Eastern Section and Western Section. The Eastern Section will serve as a primary distributor to link FLN NDA from Shek Wu San Tsuen and interchange with Sha Tau Kok Road to the existing Fanling Highway (Tai Po Section) whilst the Western Section will link the existing Man Kam To Road with the Eastern Section as a district distributor.

The Eastern Section was gazetted under the Roads (Works, Use and Compensation) Ordinance (Cap 370) in December 2015 and detailed design is being undertaken. Upon its completion, the Eastern Section will not only provide an external traffic link for FLN NDA but will also help relieve traffic congestion of the existing FSS areas.

The implementation programme of the FLBP has yet to be determined.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 382

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)174 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2390)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

During 2016-17, the Civil Engineering and Development Department will continue with the detailed design for the following projects. In this connection, will the Government give a reply in the form below:

Works Total Commencement Project Estimated and Completion Expenditure Dates Trunk Road T2 Development of Anderson Road Quarry site Several sections of the comprehensive cycle track network in the New Territories Advance works and first stage works for the Kwu Tung North and Fanling North NDAs Advance works for development of Lok Ma Chau Loop Development of potential housing and development sites at Ka Wai Man Road, Chung Nga Road and Area 9 in Tai Po, Wang Chau in Yuen Long, Queen’s Hill and Area 48 in Fanling Cross Bay Link Remaining improvement works at Tai O Tai Po Road (Sha Tin Section) Remaining improvement works of phase 1 improvement works at Mui Wo Site formation and infrastructure works for the Initial Sites at Kam Tim South for public housing development

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 383

- 2 -

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 43)

Reply:

According to Rule 49 of the Finance Committee Procedures, special meetings of the Finance Committee are convened to examine the annual Estimates of Expenditure prepared by the Government in support of the Appropriation Bill.

Expenditure charged to the Capital Works Reserve Fund does not form part of the Appropriation Bill. As such, questions relating to expenditure under the Fund are not relevant to the examination of the Estimates of Expenditure or the Appropriation Bill.

Total Estimated Works Works Project Expenditure1 Commencement Completion ($ million in Date2 Date2 MOD) 1. Trunk Road T25 133.6 Under review Under review

2. Development of Anderson Road 187.2 End 2016 End 2022 Quarry site

3. Several sections of the 28.2 Under review Under review comprehensive cycle track network in the New Territories3

4. Advance works and first stage 381.5 2018 2023 works for the Kwu Tung North and Fanling North New Development Areas

5. Advance works for development of 11.5 Under review Under review Lok Ma Chau Loop

6. Development of potential housing 27.2 Late 2017 Early 2021 and development sites at Ka Wai Man Road

7. Development of potential housing 15.0 Mid 2017 End 2022 and development sites at Chung Nga Road and Area 9 in Tai Po

8. Development of potential housing 25.0 Mid 2018 2020/21 and development sites at Wang Chau in Yuen Long

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 384

- 3 -

Total Estimated Works Works Project Expenditure1 Commencement Completion ($ million in Date2 Date2 MOD) 9. Development of potential housing 18.0 End 2016 End 2019 and development sites at Queen’s Hill

10. Development of potential housing 26.5 End 2020 End 2023 and development sites at Area 48 in Fanling

11. Cross Bay Link5 68.3 Under review Under review

12. Remaining improvement works at 7.1 In phases from In phases from Tai O 2nd half of 2016 2019

13. Widening of Tai Po Road (Sha Tin 43.2 Under review Under review Section)5

14. Remaining improvement works of 5.3 Late 2018 Late 2023 phase 1 improvement works at Mui Wo4

15. Site formation and infrastructure 27.1 Under review Under review works for the Initial Sites at Kam Tin South for public housing development

Notes :

1 Total estimated expenditure refers to the estimated cost of carrying out the design and site investigation works (including the associated supervision cost) of the project.

2 Works commencement and completion dates refer to the anticipated commencement and completion dates of the construction works, subject to funding approval by the Finance Committee of the Legislative Council.

3 For cycle track between Tsuen Wan and Tuen Mun (i.e. advance and stage 1 works)

4 Excluding Phase 1 and Phase 2 Stage 1 works of which the detailed design has been completed

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 385

- 4 -

5 Since the detailed design work is ongoing, the anticipated commencement and completion dates of the construction works of the project are under review.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 386

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)175 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2391)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

During 2016-17, the Civil Engineering and Development Department will continue with the construction of infrastructure projects for Lok Wo Sha, Fo Tan in Shatin and Tseung Kwan O. In this connection, can the Government advise the progress, latest anticipated completion dates and expenditure of the relevant projects?

Asked by: Hon James TIEN Pei-chun (Member Question No. 44)

Reply:

In 2016-17, the construction of infrastructure projects in Sha Tin and Tseung Kwan O will be continued. Their progress, anticipated completion dates and estimated expenditures are set out in the table below -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 387

- 2 -

Estimated Project PWP item no. and Anticipated Expenditure Works Progress Project title Completion Date ($ million in MOD price) 7756CL – Ma On Shan Construction works January 2018 252.8 development — roads, commenced in July drainage and sewerage 2015 and works are works at Whitehead and in progress. Lok Wo Sha, phase 2

B757CL – Roads and Construction works October 2018 224.5 drains in Area 16 and Area commenced in 58D, Sha Tin mid-March 2016 and works are in progress.

7160TB — Footbridge Construction works July 2016 80.5 across Po Yap Road commenced in June linking Tseung Kwan O 2014 and works are Area 55 and Area 65 in progress.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 388

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)176 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2401)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding new development planning and reclamation works, please advise:

(a) Please provide information in the form below: (i) area of reclamation anticipated or involved, (ii) area of agricultural land anticipated to be affected or affected, (iii) area of fishing ground anticipated to be lost or lost, (iv) number and location of livestock farms anticipated to be affected or affected, (v) area of active agricultural land anticipated to be affected or affected and (vi) addresses of Vegetable Marketing Co-operative Societies, Ltd. and number of vegetable stations anticipated to be affected or affected.

Proposed or Existing (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Development Planning Kwu Tung North and Fanling North NDAs Hung Shui Kiu NDAs Yuen Long South Kam Tin South Other northern areas in the New Territories Reclamation outside Victoria Harbour (Sunny Bay, Lung Kwu Tan, Siu Ho Wan, Southwest Tsing Yi, Ma Liu Shui, artificial islands in the central waters)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 389

- 2 -

Proposed or Existing (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Development Planning Development of Lantau (Tung Chung New Town Extension, Sunny Bay and Siu Ho Wan reclamation, Hong Kong- Zhuhai-Macao Bridge Hong Kong Boundary Crossing Facilities artificial island) Other development planning and maritime engineering

(b) For new development planning and reclamation works in the next five years, please provide information in the form below: (i) area of reclamation anticipated or involved, (ii) area of agricultural land anticipated to be affected or affected, (iii) area of fishing ground anticipated to be lost or lost, (iv) number and location of livestock farms anticipated to be affected or affected, (v) area of active agricultural land anticipated to be affected or affected and (vi) addresses of Vegetable Marketing Co-operative Societies, Ltd. and number of vegetable stations anticipated to be affected or affected.

Project (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi)

(c) What were the areas of waters in Hong Kong, waters for fishing (excluding marine parks), agricultural land and active agricultural land respectively in the past three years (2013-14 to 2015-16)?

(d) The waters for fishing in Hong Kong, area of agricultural land and livestock farms have been decreasing due to development planning. How will the Government optimize the ancillary facilities and fishing ground of agriculture and fisheries as well as agricultural land? What policy measures will the Government have to assist with the sustainable development of agriculture and fisheries?

(e) During 2015-16, what are the Government’s expenditure and staffing of the consultations, studies and other matters for the above development planning?

Asked by: Hon Steven HO Chun-yin (Member Question No. 47)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 390

- 3 -

Reply:

(a) Information on the respective proposed or on-going development planning is set out below:

Proposed or Existing (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Development Planning Kwu Tung North and nil 64 ha 5 ha 1 no. 28 ha 2 nos. Fanling North NDAs (at Kwu (at Kwu Tung Tung North) North)

Hung Shui Kiu New nil 20ha nil nil (1) 7.6ha 1 Development Area (to be (HSK NDA) confirmed)(2)

Yuen Long South nil 7ha 0.04ha(3) 3 7ha 1(5) (YLS) (another 3 to be confirmed)(4)

Site formation and nil 2.9ha nil nil 5.6ha nil infrastructure works for the Initial Sites at Kam Tin South (KaTS)

Other northern areas in No relevant No relevant No relevant No relevant No relevant No relevant the New Territories(6) information information information information information information available available available available available available

Reclamation outside subject to nil subject to nil nil nil Victoria Harbour further further (Sunny Bay, Lung Kwu study study Tan, Siu Ho Wan, Southwest Tsing Yi, Ma Liu Shui, Artificial Islands in the Central Waters)

Development of Lantau subject to 4.5ha(7) subject to nil 0.7ha(7) nil(7) (Tung Chung New further further Town Extension, Sunny study(7) study(7) Bay and Siu Ho Wan reclamation, Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge Hong Kong Boundary Crossing Facilities artificial island)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 391

- 4 -

Proposed or Existing (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Development Planning Other development planning and maritime engineering

- Wang Chau, Yuen nil 0.7ha nil nil 0.05ha nil Long - Tuen Mun Area 54 nil 13.7ha nil nil 2.9ha nil

Notes:

(1) There is a chicken farm in the HSK NDA. According to the Recommended Outline Development Plan (RODP) of the relevant study, it would not be within the development area or affected by the development.

(2) There are two vegetable marketing co-operative societies in the HSK NDA. According to the RODP of the relevant study, one of them would not be affected, while the retention of the other one at the southern edge of the NDA is subject to further study of the Green Transit Corridor.

(3) According to the relevant study for Yuen Long South (YLS), there are eight fish ponds (with a total area of about 0.58 ha) within the development area. Only one is possibly active for fisheries related activities.

(4) The Stage 3 Community Engagement of the relevant study is being conducted from 19 January 2016 to 19 April 2016. According to the draft RODP of the study, the two chicken farms and one pig farm at the centre of the YLS development area would need to be removed. The retention of another chicken farm and two pig farms at the southern edge of the development area is subject to the formulation and implementation of feasible mitigation measures.

(5) There were one vegetable marketing co-operative society and one vegetable depot in the YLS development area. According to Planning Department’s site visit in February 2016, the vegetable depot has moved out of the development area.

(6) The Preliminary Feasibility Study on Developing the New Territories North jointly commissioned by the Civil Engineering and Development Department (CEDD) and the Planning Department is a preliminary feasibility study. It does not include detailed investigation of land for livestock keeping and agricultural uses.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 392

- 5 -

(7) The area of Tung Chung New Town Extension reclamation is about 129 hectares. The area of agricultural land anticipated to be affected is about 4.5 hectares excluding about 7.2 hectares of land with fruit trees. Area of agricultural land under active farming affected is about 0.7 hectares excluding about 7.2 hectares of land with fruit trees. There is a vegetable marketing co-operative society/vegetable depot within the Tung Chung New Town Extension. According to the Recommended Outline Development Plan of the relevant study, it would not be affected by the development. For Hong Kong-Zhuhai-Macao Bridge Hong Kong Boundary Crossing Facilities artificial island, the reclamation area is about 150 hectares.

(b) The information on the respective new development planning and reclamation works in the next five years is provided below:

Project (i) (ii) (iii) (iv) (v) (vi) Cross Bay Link , Tseung Kwan O nil nil less nil nil nil than 0.3ha

Tseung Kwan O – Lam Tin Tunnel 3ha nil 3.6ha nil nil nil

San Hing Road PRH nil 1.3ha nil nil 0.3ha nil

(c) The studies conducted by CEDD would not cover the whole territory’s land and water areas. The extent of agricultural land and fishing ground involved in the study areas of various development projects will be ascertained in the respective detailed studies.

(d) The Government has been providing support to facilitate the sustainable development of the agricultural and fisheries industries. The Government's work in this respect falls under Programme (2) of Head 139 under the purview of the Permanent Secretary for Food and Health (Food) and Programme (1) of Head 22 under the purview of the Director of Agriculture, Fisheries and Conservation. Members may refer to the above-mentioned programme areas for more details.

(e) The estimated expenditure and manpower deployed by CEDD in 2015-16 are set out below –

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 393

- 6 -

No. of CEDD Project Expenditure professional staff solely

($M) involved with the project/study Kwu Tung North and Fanling North 22.2 14 NDAs

HSK NDA 9.7 9

YLS 5.0 3

KaTS 5.6 2

Wang Chau, Yuen Long (Study) 1.6 1.5

Tuen Mun Area 54: Site 4A(South) In-house 1.5 and Site 5

San Hing Road PRH 1.83 1.5

Reclamation outside Victoria 12.6 8 Harbour (Sunny Bay, Lung Kwu Tan, Siu Ho Wan, Ma Liu Shui, artificial islands in the central waters) Development of Lantau (Sunny Bay and Siu Ho Wan reclamation)

Development of Lantau (Tung 8.0 6 Chung New Town Extension)

Note: Project expenditure includes consultancy fee and cost of surveys and ground investigation works. There are also officers at senior management level who oversee the project, and technical and clerical staff involved in providing support as part of their overall duties.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 394

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)177 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2639)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the planning, design and construction works for the supporting infrastructure of public housing sites in the work items for 2016-17, please advise this Committee the following:

1) Please use the form below to provide information, including i) location of land, ii) area and iii) expenditure involved for planning, design and construction works on the planning, design and construction works for the supporting infrastructure of public housing sites in 2013-14, 2014-15 and 2015-16;

i) ii) iii)

2) Please use the form below to provide information, including i) location of land, ii) area, iii) expenditure involved for planning, design and construction works and iv) anticipated completion date on the current progress of planning, design and construction works for supporting infrastructure of public housing sites;

i) ii) iii) iv)

3) Please use the form below to provide information, including i) location of land, ii) area, iii) expenditure involved for planning, design and construction works and iv) anticipated completion date on the planning, design and construction works for the supporting infrastructure of public housing sites commencing within the next 24 months;

i) ii) iii) iv)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 395

- 2 -

Asked by: Hon WU Chi-wai (Member Question No. 31)

Reply:

1. CEDD infrastructure projects for supporting public housing development with planning, design and construction works completed between 2013-14 and 2015-16 are as follows:

Public Housing Site Estimated Project Location Area Cost of Planning, Design and (ha) Construction Works Project Kai Tak Development - Kai 9.8 No separate breakdown on the cost of Ching Estate, Tak Long public housing sites as it is a mixed Estate and Site 1G1(B) at development former north apron

2. CEDD infrastructure projects for supporting public housing development with on-going planning, design or construction works are as follows*:

Estimated Public Housing Cost of Planning, Anticipated Project Location Site Area Design and Completion Date (ha) Construction Works of Works Project Tung Chung Area 56 3.3 $54.8M 2016 (Design and Construction Cost)

Development at Anderson 12.3 No separate breakdown 2016 Road on the cost of public housing sites as it is a mixed development

Area 54, Tuen Mun: Site 2 4.2 $325M 2016 (Construction Cost)

Area 16 and 58D, Fo Tan, 4.4 $224.5M 2018 Sha Tin (Construction Cost)

Lin Cheung Road, Sham 3.6 $8.2M 2018 Shui Po (formerly Cheung (Design Cost) Sha Wan Wholesale Market $114.8M Phase 2) (Construction Cost)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 396

- 3 -

Estimated Public Housing Cost of Planning, Anticipated Project Location Site Area Design and Completion Date (ha) Construction Works of Works Project North West Kowloon 1.5 $9.75M 2018 Reclamation Site 1, Sham (Design Cost) Shui Po (Phase 1) $200M (Construction Cost)

Queen’s Hill, Fanling 13.6 $11.7M 2019 (Design Cost) $1,459.5M (Construction Cost)

Area 54, Tuen Mun: 6.3 $1,046.5M 2019 Site 1&1A and Site (Construction Cost) 3/4 (East)

Tung Chung Area 54 3.3 $4.4M 2020 (Design Cost)

Wang Chau, Yuen Long 5.7 $16M 2021 (Design Cost)

Kwu Tung North New 9.8 No separate breakdown 2020 Development Area on the cost of public (Advance Works) housing sites as it is a mixed development Fanling North New 5.8 Development Area (Advance Works)

Anderson Road Quarry 1.5 No separate breakdown 2020 on the cost of public housing site as it is a mixed development

Ka Wai Man Road and 1.5 $27.2M 2021 Ex-Mount Davis Cottage (Design Cost) Area, Kennedy Town

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 397

- 4 -

Estimated Public Housing Cost of Planning, Anticipated Project Location Site Area Design and Completion Date (ha) Construction Works of Works Project Chung Nga Road East and 7.2 $2.7M 2022 West, and Area 9, Tai Po (Design Cost)

Area 48, Fanling Under review $15.6M 2023 (Design Cost)

Ex-Lamma Quarry, Sok 1.4 No separate breakdown 2023 Kwu Wan on the cost of public housing sites as it is a mixed development

Initial Sites at Kam Tin 19.2 $27.12M 2024 South (Design Cost)

Tung Chung New Town 30.2 No separate breakdown in stages from Extension on the cost of public 2023 to 2026 housing sites as it is a mixed development

Area 54, Tuen Mun: Site 1.7 Under review Under review 4A (South) and Site 5

San Hing Road, Tuen Mun Under review $21.4M Under review (Design Cost)

Ex-Cha Kwo Ling Kaolin 0.3 No separate breakdown Under review Mine Site on the cost of public housing sites as it is a mixed development

* Public housing sites undergoing feasibility studies but yet to commence the planning, design or construction works are not included in the table.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 398

- 5 -

3. CEDD infrastructure projects for supporting public housing development with planning, design or construction works planned to commence in the coming 24 months are as follows*:

Estimated Public Housing Cost of Planning, Anticipated Project Location Site Area Design and Completion Date

(ha) Construction Works of Works Project Hung Shui Kiu New 0.8 Under review 2019 to 2020 Development Area advance works, phase 1

Pokfulam South Under review Under review Under review

* Public housing sites undergoing feasibility studies but yet to confirm the commencement of the planning, design or construction works in the coming 24 months are not included in the table.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 399

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)178 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1586)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

1. In 2016, the estimated area of land formed is 4.4 hectares (ha). Please specify the land use;

2. The estimated area of land formed drops from 26.3 ha in 2015 to 4.4 ha. Please provide the reasons why there is a large drop in the area of land formed? Besides, please provide the reasons why the financial provision under Programme (3) increases by 14.9% despite the large drop in the area of land formed;

3. Regarding the development of Lok Ma Chau Loop, what is the progress at present? Please specify the details of the works and the timetable of the expected availability of land.

Asked by: Hon MA Fung-kwok (Member Question No. 2)

Reply:

1. The 4.4 hectares (ha) of land to be formed and delivered by the Civil Engineering and Development Department (CEDD) within 2016 comprises (i) Site adjacent to Lung Ping Road at Tai Wo Ping (2.2 ha) for private housing development; and (ii) Kai Tak Development Former Runway (2.2 ha) for commercial use.

2. The area of land formed varies each year according to the progress and phasing of the on-going projects and does not have direct relationship with the financial provision under Programme (3). The area of land formed by CEDD in 2016 is expected to be less than those in 2014 and 2015, mainly because some major projects involving land formation and infrastructure works had been substantially completed in 2014 and 2015.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 400

- 2 -

For example, about 15 ha of land were formed under the Development at Anderson Road Project in 2014 and about 23 ha of land were formed under the Liantang/Heung Yuen Wai Boundary Control Point Project in 2015. As regards the estimated increase in financial provision under Programme (3), it is mainly due to the increased provision for filling of vacancies, salary increments and the net increase of 80 posts mainly for land supply projects and associated infrastructure.

3. Following the completion of the planning and engineering study on the development of Lok Ma Chau Loop (the Loop) in 2013, CEDD has commenced the detailed design of advance works for the development of the Loop in mid-2014, covering mainly land decontamination and provision of environmental mitigation measures and temporary construction access. Meanwhile, the Planning Department is proceeding with the preparation of the statutory outline zoning plan (OZP) for the Loop area. The work on the detailed design of the advance works and the preparation of the draft OZP will continue in 2016-17.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 401

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)179 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1351)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

It is mentioned in Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17 that the Civil Engineering and Development Department will:

(1) commence the feasibility studies on possible multi-storey compounds for brownfield operations. What are the details, progress and timetable of this item?

(2) commence the detailed design of Hung Shui Kiu NDA advance works and stage 1 works. What are the progress and timetable of this item?

(3) continue the engineering feasibility studies for sites in Yuen Long. What are the details, progress and timetable of this item?

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Che-cheung (Member Question No. 7)

Reply:

Anticipated Name of Project Details of Study Progress of Study Completion Date of Study Proposed multi-storey Taking the Hung Shui The studies are By mid-2018. compounds for Kiu New Development tentatively brownfield operations Area as a pilot area, the scheduled to study will examine the commence in feasibility of mid-2016. accommodating brownfield operations in multi-storey compounds.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 402

- 2 -

Anticipated Name of Project Details of Study Progress of Study Completion Date of Study Hung Shui Kiu New To carry out the detailed Pending the Under review. Development Area design of the site finalization of the advance works and formation and associated Recommended stage 1 works infrastructure works. Outline Development Plan (RODP), the consultancies are targeted to commence in end 2016. Engineering feasibility To explore the feasibility The consultancy The fourth quarter study on potential of proposed housing commenced in third of 2016. public housing site in development at the site. quarter of 2015. Long Bin, Yuen Long Technical assessment in progress. Engineering feasibility To explore the feasibility The consultancy The second study on potential of proposed housing commenced in quarter of 2017. public housing site development at the sites. fourth quarter of near Tan Kwai Tsuen, 2015. Technical Yuen Long assessment in progress.

Note

The question refers to the detailed design of Hung Shui Kiu NDA advance works and stage 1 works and the engineering feasibility studies for sites in Yuen Long. The on-going planning and engineering feasibility studies on HSK NDA and Yuen Long South are not included in the reply.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 403

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)180 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2194)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding Matters Requiring Special Attention in 2016-17, can the Government advise the following:

1. the progress, latest project estimate and completion date of the construction works of the Wan Chai Development Phase II;

2. the anticipated completion date of the detailed feasibility study for the Environmentally Friendly Linkage System for Kowloon East;

3. the progress, latest project estimate and completion date of the construction works for the Tseung Kwan O-Lam Tin Tunnel; and

4. the anticipated completion date of the design for advanced works and first stage works of the Kwu Tung North and Fanling North New Development Areas.

Asked by: Hon LEUNG Che-cheung (Member Question No. 41)

Reply:

Expenditure charged to the Capital Works Reserve Fund do not form part of the Appropriation Bill. As such, questions relating to expenditure under the Fund are not relevant to the examination of the Estimates of Expenditure or the Appropriation Bill.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 404

- 2 -

1. For Wan Chai Development Phase II (WDII) project, all land required for the construction of the Central-Wan Chai Bypass (CWB) has been formed. The at-grade road required for enabling the commissioning of the CWB would be completed by mid 2017. The latest estimate of the WDII project is $4,642.7 million (in money-of-the-day prices).

2. The detailed feasibility study for the Environmentally Friendly Linkage System for Kowloon East is targeted for substantial completion in the third quarter of 2017.

3. The detailed design of the Tseung Kwan O–Lam Tin Tunnel project has been substantially completed. The latest project estimate for the main tunnel and associated works, which excludes the Cha Kwo Ling tunnel section, is around $15 billion (in money-of-the-day prices). We will seek funding approval from the Legislative Council within this legislative session with a view to commencing construction works in July 2016 for completion by mid-2021.

4. The design work for Advance Works and First Stage Works of Kwu Tung North and Fanling North New Development Areas is progressing on schedule for construction to commence in 2018, subject to funding approval.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 405

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)181 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2212)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the commencement of the ground decontamination works at the site of the ex-Kennedy Town incineration plant/abattoir, what are the detailed work and expenditure of the Government in 2016-17? What were the details and the total number of local consultations (including district councils and local organisations) conducted for this project by the Government in the past three years? What were the views received? How did the Government follow up on the views?

Asked by: Hon SIN Chung-kai (Member Question No. 60)

Reply:

The ground decontamination works at the site of ex-Kennedy Town Incineration Plant/Abattoir and adjoining area is planned to commence upon approval of the funding application by the Legislative Council in 2016. The forecast expenditure in 2016-17 is $44.1 million.

In the past three years, the Government has consulted local stakeholders on the proposed ground decontamination works at the following consultation meetings:

Local Consultations Dates Central and Western District Council (C&WDC) May 2013, March 2015 Public forums organised by C&WDC members April 2015, June 2015 District affair forums organised by local organisations November 2013, December 2014, May 2015, January 2016

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 406

- 2 -

The local stakeholders in general did not object to the proposed decontamination works, and requested more environmental mitigation measures and closer liaison with local representatives in the course of the decontamination works. The Government has undertaken to adopt extra mitigation measures, establish a works liaison group, and convene regular meetings with C&WDC members and local representatives. In response to some residents who are against the decontamination project and asked the Government to retain Cadogen Street Temporary Garden, the Government has explained through various channels that it is necessary to take forward the decontamination project so as to remove the potential health risks of the contaminated soil and to pave the way for future development for the benefit of the community as a whole.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 407

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)182 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 2439)

Head: (33) Civil Engineering and Development Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not specified

Programme: (3) Provision of Land and Infrastructure

Controlling Officer: Director of Civil Engineering and Development (Daniel K W CHUNG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Please list out the locations of the potential public housing sites in the East New Territories. And when will the feasibility/ preliminary development (studies) be completed?

Asked by: Dr Hon Elizabeth QUAT (Member Question No. 19)

Reply:

According to the Housing Department, the locations of the potential public housing sites in the East New Territories to be completed by the Hong Kong Housing Authority (HA) in the coming five years from 2015-16 to 2019-20 are set out at Annex.

For public housing projects with completion beyond 2019-20 (2020-21 and onwards), most of them are still at the preliminary planning and design stage, and are subject to various factors such as feasibility study or investigation, change of land use, consultation with local communities, infrastructure construction, site formation works and timely acquisition of other resources including manpower resources and funding approval. In this connection, the Civil Engineering and Development Department is carrying out engineering feasibility studies to explore potential public housing sites in the East New Territories specifically Tseung Kwan O and Ma On Shan. Detailed information about these projects is subject to the findings and recommendations of the studies and are not yet available at this juncture. The Government will consult the relevant District Councils on these projects in due course as and when ready.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 408

Annex

HA’s Public Rental Housing (PRH) Production in the East New Territories (2015-16 to 2019-20)

Year of Completion/ PRH Project Sub-district 2015-16 Shatin Area 52 Phase 2 Sha Tin Shatin Area 52 Phase 4 Tai Po Po Heung Street, Tai Po 2016-17 Shatin Area 52 Phase 3 Sha Tin Shatin Area 52 Phase 4 2018-19 Fo Tan Phase 1 Sha Tin Shek Mun (Shek Mun Estate Phase 2) Choi Yuen Road North Fanling Area 49

(Based on Public Housing Construction Programme as at December 2015)

HA’s Subsidised Sale Flats (SSF) Production in the East New Territories (2015-16 to 2019-20)

Year of Completion/ SSF Project Sub-district 2016-17 Mei Mun Lane, Sha Tin Area 4C Sha Tin Pik Tin Street, Sha Tin Area 4D 2017-18 Sha Tin Hin Tin Street, Sha Tin Area 31 2019-20 Au Pui Wan Street Sha Tin Hang Kin Street, Ma On Shan Wo Sheung Tun Street, Fo Tan Sai Kung Tseung Kwan O Area 65C2 Phase 1

(Based on Public Housing Construction Programme as at December 2015)

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 409

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)183 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1144)

Head: (42) Electrical and Mechanical Services Department

Subhead (No. & title): (-) Not Specified

Programme: (2) Mechanical Installations Safety

Controlling Officer: Director of Electrical and Mechanical Services (CHAN Fan)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

How many days were Ngong Ping cable cars suspended from operation due to incidents in the past three years? What is the inspection interval of the Electrical and Mechanical Services Department? Please provide information using the following tables:

Suspension Date

Start Date of Suspension Total Suspension Hours Cause of Incident Day-month-2013 Day-month-2014 Day-month-2015

Examination Date

Type of Inspection (Surprise Examination Date Inspection/Routine Inspection/Annual Inspection)

Asked by: Hon Alan LEONG Kah-kit (Member Question No. 49)

Reply:

In the past three years, there were two operational suspensions of the ropeway in 2013, with details shown in the table below. No passenger stayed on the cable car cabins during the service suspensions in both incidents.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 410

- 2 -

Start Date of Suspension Total Suspension Hours Cause of Incident 14 October 2013 47 minutes Triggering of a rope position switch at the Airport Island Angle Station due to improper setting of the switch

27 November 2013 67 minutes Triggering of a faulty signaling sensor at the Airport Island Angle Station

The Electrical and Mechanical Services Department conducted about 65 inspections of Ngong Ping cable cars every year, with an average of five to six inspections per month, during the past three years. The types of inspection include routine inspection (e.g. surveillance inspection on operation and maintenance of the ropeway, inspection prior to resumption of service after major alteration of ropeway), surprise inspection and annual inspection (e.g. rescue drill, annual survey of the ropeway by overseas ropeway expert), details of which are shown in the table below.

Examination Date Type of Inspection 9-Jan-2013 Routine inspection 24-Jan-2013 Surprise inspection 31-Jan-2013 Routine inspection 8-Feb-2013 Routine inspection 12-Feb-2013 Routine inspection 19-Feb-2013 Routine inspection 25-Feb-2013 Routine inspection 12-Mar-2013 Routine inspection 13-Mar-2013 Routine inspection 14-Mar-2013 Routine inspection 15-Mar-2013 Routine inspection 18-Mar-2013 Annual inspection 19-Mar-2013 Annual inspection 20-Mar-2013 Annual inspection 21-Mar-2013 Annual inspection 1-Apr-2013 Surprise inspection 9-Apr-2013 Routine inspection 14-Apr-2013 Surprise inspection 17-Apr-2013 Routine inspection 25-Apr-2013 Routine inspection 29-Apr-2013 Surprise inspection 2-May-2013 Surprise inspection 8-May-2013 Routine inspection 16-May-2013 Routine inspection

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 411

- 3 -

Examination Date Type of Inspection 21-May-2013 Routine inspection 28-May-2013 Surprise inspection 3-Jun-2013 Routine inspection 5-Jun-2013 Routine inspection 10-Jun-2013 Routine inspection 18-Jun-2013 Routine inspection 26-Jun-2013 Routine inspection 27-Jun-2013 Routine inspection 5-Jul-2013 Routine inspection 9-Jul-2013 Routine inspection 15-Jul-2013 Routine inspection 19-Jul-2013 Routine inspection 30-Jul-2013 Surprise inspection 13-Aug-2013 Routine inspection 15-Aug-2013 Routine inspection 16-Aug-2013 Routine inspection 20-Aug-2013 Routine inspection 2-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 4-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 6-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 9-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 10-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 12-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 16-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 17-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 18-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 21-Sep-2013 Routine inspection 4-Oct-2013 Routine inspection 15-Oct-2013 Surprise inspection 24-Oct-2013 Routine inspection 31-Oct-2013 Routine inspection 6-Nov-2013 Routine inspection 11-Nov-2013 Routine inspection 18-Nov-2013 Routine inspection 22-Nov-2013 Routine inspection 4-Dec-2013 Surprise inspection 13-Dec-2013 Routine inspection 17-Dec-2013 Routine inspection 18-Dec-2013 Routine inspection 23-Dec-2013 Routine inspection 27-Dec-2013 Routine inspection 2-Jan-2014 Routine inspection

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 412

- 4 -

Examination Date Type of Inspection 7-Jan-2014 Routine inspection 8-Jan-2014 Routine inspection 13-Jan-2014 Routine inspection 14-Jan-2014 Routine inspection 15-Jan-2014 Routine inspection 16-Jan-2014 Routine inspection 31-Jan-2014 Surprise inspection 3-Feb-2014 Surprise inspection 14-Feb-2014 Routine inspection 21-Feb-2014 Routine inspection 26-Feb-2014 Routine inspection 10-Mar-2014 Routine inspection 17-Mar-2014 Annual inspection 18-Mar-2014 Annual inspection 19-Mar-2014 Annual inspection 20-Mar-2014 Annual inspection 8-Apr-2014 Routine inspection 9-Apr-2014 Routine inspection 16-Apr-2014 Routine inspection 23-Apr-2014 Routine inspection 14-May-2014 Routine inspection 20-May-2014 Routine inspection 22-May-2014 Routine inspection 26-May-2014 Routine inspection 3-Jun-2014 Routine inspection 6-Jun-2014 Routine inspection 11-Jun-2014 Routine inspection 25-Jun-2014 Routine inspection 3-Jul-2014 Routine inspection 11-Jul-2014 Routine inspection 14-Jul-2014 Routine inspection 21-Jul-2014 Routine inspection 22-Jul-2014 Routine inspection 29-Jul-2014 Routine inspection 8-Aug-2014 Routine inspection 11-Aug-2014 Surprise inspection 15-Aug-2014 Routine inspection 18-Aug-2014 Routine inspection 27-Aug-2014 Routine inspection 29-Aug-2014 Routine inspection

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 413

- 5 -

Examination Date Type of Inspection 3-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 8-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 16-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 17-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 18-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 19-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 22-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 29-Sep-2014 Routine inspection 15-Oct-2014 Routine inspection 16-Oct-2014 Routine inspection 20-Oct-2014 Routine inspection 22-Oct-2014 Routine inspection 27-Oct-2014 Routine inspection 28-Oct-2014 Routine inspection 4-Nov-2014 Routine inspection 17-Nov-2014 Routine inspection 21-Nov-2014 Routine inspection 27-Nov-2014 Routine inspection 28-Nov-2014 Routine inspection 3-Dec-2014 Routine inspection 12-Dec-2014 Routine inspection 15-Dec-2014 Routine inspection 22-Dec-2014 Routine inspection 31-Dec-2014 Routine inspection 4-Jan-2015 Routine inspection 14-Jan-2015 Routine inspection 19-Jan-2015 Routine inspection 22-Jan-2015 Routine inspection 26-Jan-2015 Routine inspection 27-Jan-2015 Routine inspection 28-Jan-2015 Routine inspection 3-Feb-2015 Routine inspection 6-Feb-2015 Routine inspection 9-Feb-2015 Routine inspection 11-Feb-2015 Routine inspection 17-Feb-2015 Surprise inspection 18-Feb-2015 Surprise inspection 19-Feb-2015 Surprise inspection 21-Feb-2015 Surprise inspection 5-Mar-2015 Routine inspection 13-Mar-2015 Annual inspection

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 414

- 6 -

Examination Date Type of Inspection 16-Mar-2015 Annual inspection 17-Mar-2015 Annual inspection 18-Mar-2015 Annual inspection 19-Mar-2015 Annual inspection 31-Mar-2015 Routine inspection 2-Apr-2015 Routine inspection 8-Apr-2015 Routine inspection 13-Apr-2015 Routine inspection 17-Apr-2015 Routine inspection 20-Apr-2015 Routine inspection 28-Apr-2015 Routine inspection 2-May-2015 Routine inspection 4-May-2015 Routine inspection 5-May-2015 Routine inspection 8-May-2015 Routine inspection 9-May-2015 Routine inspection 11-May-2015 Routine inspection 14-May-2015 Routine inspection 17-Jun-2015 Routine inspection 18-Jun-2015 Routine inspection 23-Jun-2015 Routine inspection 29-Jun-2015 Routine inspection 7-Jul-2015 Routine inspection 9-Jul-2015 Routine inspection 16-Jul-2015 Routine inspection 21-Jul-2015 Routine inspection 27-Jul-2015 Routine inspection 31-Jul-2015 Routine inspection 4-Aug-2015 Routine inspection 10-Aug-2015 Routine inspection 13-Aug-2015 Routine inspection 14-Aug-2015 Routine inspection 19-Aug-2015 Routine inspection 7-Sep-2015 Routine inspection 10-Sep-2015 Routine inspection 14-Sep-2015 Routine inspection 15-Sep-2015 Routine inspection 16-Sep-2015 Routine inspection 17-Sep-2015 Routine inspection

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 415

- 7 -

Examination Date Type of Inspection 5-Oct-2015 Routine inspection 19-Oct-2015 Routine inspection 28-Oct-2015 Routine inspection 19-Nov-2015 Routine inspection 20-Nov-2015 Routine inspection 1-Dec-2015 Routine inspection 2-Dec-2015 Routine inspection 3-Dec-2015 Routine inspection 4-Dec-2015 Routine inspection

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 416

Examination of Estimates of Expenditure 2016-17 Reply Serial No.

DEVB(PL)184 CONTROLLING OFFICER’S REPLY

(Question Serial No. 1205)

Head: (100) Marine Department

Subhead (No. & title): (603) Plant, vehicles and equipment

Programme: (5) Government Fleet

Controlling Officer: Director of Marine (Maisie CHENG)

Director of Bureau: Secretary for Development

Question:

Regarding the replacement of hydrographic survey launch “Hydro 1” under Item 893 of Subhead 603, please advise on:

(a) the justifications for the increase in the commitment by over 40%;

(b) the reason(s) why the replacement work has not yet commenced given that the item was approved in 2011-12;

(d) the estimated expenditure for 2016-17.

Asked by: Hon LEE Cheuk-yan (Member Question No. 16)

Reply:

There was a surge in the number of new government vessel projects in the past few years due to the latest operational needs and the fact that quite some of the existing government vessels had approached the end of their normal service life. As the professional agent of government fleets, the Marine Department (MD) is responsible for the procurement of government vessels centrally. Due to the need to review the vessel procurement procedures and the shortage of experienced staff in MD in the past few years, there was a delay in this project.

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 417

- 2 -

The cost estimate of the hydrographic survey launch “Hydro 1” conducted in 2011 was based on market information and the cost of similar vessel construction projects at that time. Since there has been a surge in the cost of labour, material and insurance, etc. in the shipbuilding industry in recent years, it is envisaged that the approved commitment will not be sufficient to cover the latest cost of such project. The increase in commitment is based on inflation adjustment as well as the comparison with the latest market information and tender prices of recently returned tenders of vessels of similar size and type.

The tender of this project was issued. The estimated expenditure for this project in 2016-17 is $0.974M.

- End -

Session 16 DEVB(PL) - Page 418